Cambridge IELTS 13 is the latest IELTS exam preparation.https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 13 reading test 2 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: BRINGING CINNAMON TO EUROPE
QUESTIONS 1-9: COMPLETE THE NOTES BELOW. CHOOSE ONE WORD ONLY FROM THE PASSAGE FOR EACH ANSWER.
1. BIBLICAL TIMES: ADDED TO……………
Key words: biblical, added Looking for the key words, we find a reference to biblical times in paragraph 1. “It was known in biblical times, and is mentioned in several books of the Bible, both as an ingredient that was mixed with oils for anointing people’s bodies and…..” So, cinnamon was used with oils.
– added to = mixed with
The answer is oils.
2. BIBLICAL TIMES: USED TO SHOW……… BETWEEN PEOPLE
Key words: biblical, show In the same sentence in paragraph 1, we find another use for cinnamon in biblical times. The passage continues: “…and also as a token indicating friendship amonglovers and friends”.
– show = indicate – people = lovers and friends
The answer is friendship.
3. ANCIENT ROME: USED FOR ITS SWEET SMELL AT………..
Key words: Rome, sweet smell The use of cinnamon in Ancient Rome is also described in paragraph 1. “In ancient Rome, mourners attending funerals burnt cinnamon to create a pleasant scent”.
– sweet smell = pleasant scent
The answer is funerals.
4. MIDDLE AGES: WAS AN INDICATION OF A PERSON’S………
Key words: Middle Ages, indication The Middle Ages are first mentioned in paragraph 1. Here, we find: “In the Middle Ages, Europeans who could afford the spice used it to flavour food, particularly meat, and to impress those around them with their ability to purchase an expensive condiment from the ‘exotic’ East. At a banquet, a host would offer guests a plate with various spices piled upon it as a sign of the wealth at his or her disposal”. Thus, at this time few people could afford spices such as cinnamon. If you could offer it to guests, this indicated that you were wealthy.
– indication = sign
The answer is wealth.
5. KNOWN AS A TREATMENT FOR …………. AND OTHER HEALTH PROBLEMS
Key words: treatment, health problems The medical use of cinnamon is referred to at the end of paragraph 1: “Cinnamon was also reported to have health benefits, and was thought to cure various ailments, such asindigestion”. Indigestion is mentioned as a specific health problem, for which cinnamon was a treatment.
– treatment = cure – health problems = ailments
The answer is indigestion.
6. GROWN IN…………
In paragraph 2, the writer describes how Arab traders/merchants transported cinnamon. “They took it from India, where it was grown…..” The answer is India.
7. MERCHANTS USED………. TO BRING IT TO THE MEDITERRANEAN
Key words: merchants, Mediterranean The same sentence in paragraph 2 continues: “where it was grown, on camels via anoverland route to the Mediterranean”. Thus, cinnamon was brought to the Mediterranean using camels. The answer is camels.
8. ARRIVED IN THE MEDITERRANEAN AT……………..
Key words: arrived, Mediterranean In the next sentence, we find the answer to Q8: “Their journey ended when they reached Alexandria”. When the journey ended, this means that they had arrived – they had reached their destination – Alexandria, which we are told is a port in the Mediterranean.
– arrived = reached
The answer is Alexandria.
9. TRADERS TOOK IT TO …………… AND SOLD IT TO DESTINATIONS AROUND EUROPE
Key words: traders, sold, destinations, Europe The next sentences in paragraph 2 then provide the answer to Q9. When cinnamon arrived in Alexandria: “European traders sailed there to purchase their supply ofcinnamon, then brought it back to Venice. The spice then travelled from that great trading city to markets all around Europe”. Thus, the traders took/brought the cinnamon to Venice.
– destinations = markets
The answer is Venice.
QUESTIONS 10-13: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 1 ?
10. THE PORTUGUESE HAD CONTROL OVER THE CINNAMON TRADE IN CEYLON THROUGHOUT THE 16TH CENTURY.
Key words: Portuguese, Ceylon, throughout, 16th century Looking for the key words, we find ‘Portuguese’ and ‘Ceylon’ at the beginning of paragraph 3. All of paragraph 3 is about how the Portuguese controlled and increased the production of cinnamon, building a fort in 1518 to maintain their control of Ceylon during all of the 16th century. “In 1518, the Portuguese built a fort on Ceylon, which enabled them to protect the island, so helping them to develop a monopoly in the cinnamon trade and generate very high profits”.
– control over ~ a monopoly in
The statement is TRUE.
11. THE DUTCH TOOK OVER THE CINNAMON TRADE FROM THE PORTUGUESE AS SOON AS THEY ARRIVED IN CEYLON.
Key words: Dutch, took over, arrived, Ceylon The arrival of the Dutch is described at the beginning of paragraph 4. “When the Dutcharrived off the coast of southern Asia at the very beginning of the 17th century, they set their sights on displacing the Portuguese as kings of cinnamon…. By 1640, the Dutch broke the 150-year Portuguese monopoly when they overran and occupied their factories. By 1658, they had permanently expelled the Portuguese from the island, thereby gaining control of the lucrative cinnamon trade”.
From this history, we learn that the Dutch arrived early in the 17th century, but they did not gain complete control of the cinnamon trade until after they had expelled the Portuguese in 1658. So, they did not take control of the cinnamon trade as soon as they arrived.
– take over = displace
The statement is FALSE.
12. THE TREES PLANTED BY THE DUTCH PRODUCED LARGER QUANTITIES OF CINNAMON THAN THE WILD TREES.
Key words: trees, Dutch, larger quantities, wild In paragraph 5, the planting of cinnamon trees by the Dutch is mentioned. “Eventually the Dutch began cultivating their own cinnamon trees to supplement the diminishing number of wild trees available for use”. We are given no information here about whether these trees planted by the Dutch produced more cinnamon than the wild trees.
– plant = cultivate The statement is NOT GIVEN.
13. THE SPICE TRADE MAINTAINED ITS ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE DURING THE 19TH CENTURY.
Key words: spice trade, importance, 19th century In the last paragraph, the author refers to the 19th century and the ‘diminishing economic potential’ of the cinnamon trade: “the spice trade overall was diminishing in economicpotential, and was eventually superseded by the rise of trade in coffee, tea, chocolate, and sugar”. The trade, therefore, had become less important by the middle of the 19th century. The statement is FALSE.
PASSAGE 2: OXYTOCIN
QUESTIONS 14-17: READING PASSAGE 2 HAS SIX PARAGRAPHS, A-F.
14. REFERENCE TO RESEARCH SHOWING THE BENEFICIAL EFFECTS OF OXYTOCIN ON PEOPLE
Key words: research, beneficial effects One of the key words to note is ‘beneficial’. The first reference to research is in paragraph B. This was in 2005: “The study was the start of research into the effects of oxytocin on human interactions”. This was followed by other studies: “These follow-up studies have shown that after a sniff of the hormone, people become more charitable, better at reading emotions on others’ faces and at communicating constructively in arguments”. All of these, we can say, are beneficial effects. The paragraph concludes: “Together, the results fuelled the view that oxytocinuniversally enhanced the positive aspects of our social nature”.
– beneficial effects = positive aspects
The answer is paragraph B.
15. REASONS WHY THE EFFECTS OF OXYTOCIN ARE COMPLEX
Key words: reasons, effects, complex We are looking for information about the effects of oxytocin, and the reasons why these effects are complex. The first sentence of paragraph F suggests that we might find the information in this paragraph: “Perhaps we should not be surprised that the oxytocin story has become more perplexing”. If something is ‘perplexing’, we have difficulties in understanding it, because it is complicated/complex. Then, we find the answer in the statement by Sue Carter, who summarises the reasons: “It (oxytocin) affects primitive parts of the brain like the amygdala, so it’s going to have many effects on just abouteverything”.
Something which has many effects on almost everything is obviously complex. The answer is paragraph F.
16. MENTION OF A PERIOD IN WHICH OXYTOCIN ATTRACTED LITTLE SCIENTIFIC ATTENTION
Key words: period, little, scientific attention In paragraph B, Heinrichs describes the experiment which he and his team conducted. “The study was the start of research into the effects of oxytocin on human interactions. ‘For eight years, it was quite a lonesome field’, Heinrichs recalls. Now, everyone is interested’.” Scientists, therefore, did not pay much attention to oxytocin during this period of 8 years, but then they did become interested. The answer is paragraph B.
17. REFERENCE TO PEOPLE IGNORING CERTAIN ASPECTS OF THEIR RESEARCH DATA
Key words: ignoring, aspects, research data In paragraph E, we are told that Bartz looked again at some previous studies: “Bartz has recently shown that in almost half of the existing research results, oxytocin only influenced certain individuals or in certain circumstances. Where once researchers took no notice of such findings, now a more nuanced understanding of oxytocin’s effects is propelling investigations down new lines”.
– ignoring = taking no notice
– research data = findings
The answer is paragraph E.
QUESTIONS 18-20: MATCH EACH RESEARCH FINDING WITH THE CORRECT RESEARCHER, A-F.
18. PEOPLE ARE MORE TRUSTING WHEN AFFECTED BY OXYTOCIN
Key words: trusting, affected We find the answer when we read about the experiment in paragraph B. Markus Heinrichs “asked volunteers to do an activity in which they could invest money with ananonymous person who was not guaranteed to be honest. The team found that participants who had sniffed oxytocin via a nasal spray beforehand invested moremoney than those who received a placebo instead”. So, those people who took oxytocin invested more money than those who did not. This means that they trusted the anonymous (and possibly dishonest) person more than the participants who took no oxytocin. The answer is A (Markus Heinrichs).
19. OXYTOCIN INCREASES PEOPLE’S FEELINGS OF JEALOUSY
Key words: increases, jealousy The experiment described in paragraph C shows that “ when volunteers played a competitive game, those who inhaled the hormone showed more pleasure when they beat other players, and felt more envy when others won”. The volunteers who took oxytocin felt more jealousy when others won the game. This research was carried out by Simone Shamay-Tsoory.
– jealousy = envy The answer is B (Simone Shamay-Tsoory).
20. THE EFFECT OF OXYTOCIN VARIES FROM ONE TYPE OF PERSON TO ANOTHER
Key words: effect, varies We are looking for an experiment in which oxytocin has different effects on different people. We find this in paragraph C. Bartz found this in her research: “What’s more, administering oxytocin also has sharply contrasting outcomes depending on a person’s disposition. Jennifer Bartz from Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, found that it improves people’s ability to read emotions, but only if they are not very socially adept to begin with. Her research also shows that oxytocin in fact reduces cooperation in subjects who are particularly anxious or sensitive to rejection”. In other words, the effects are different for different people.
– effect = outcome – varies ~ contrasting
The answer is C (Jennifer Bartz).
QUESTIONS 21-26: COMPLETE THE SUMMARY BELOW.
21. THE EARLIEST FINDINGS ABOUT OXYTOCIN AND BONDING CAME FROM RESEARCH INVOLVING……………
Key words: earliest, findings, bonding The first research is mentioned in paragraph A, and it is clear that the studies linked oxytocin and bonding behaviour in animals: “It was through various studies focusing on animals that scientists first became aware of the influence of oxytocin. They discovered that it helps reinforce the bondsbetween prairie voles….” The link between oxytocin and bonding behaviour came, therefore, from the first studies into oxytocin, which were carried out on animals – prairie voles and sheep.
– bonding = reinforce the bonds
– research = studies
The answer is animals.
22. IT WAS ALSO DISCOVERED THAT HUMANS PRODUCE OXYTOCIN DURING …………….
Key words: humans, produce The answer is also given in paragraph A. After discussing the effects of oxytocin on animals, the author continues: “It is also released by women in childbirth, strengthening the attachment between mother and baby”. Thus, we are told that humans (mothers) produce oxytocin when they have babies, helping in the bonding process.
– produce = release
The answer is childbirth.
23. AN EXPERIMENT IN 2005, IN WHICH PARTICIPANTS WERE GIVEN EITHER OXYTOCIN OR A ………….. , REINFORCED THE BELIEF THAT THE HORMONE HAD A POSITIVE EFFECT.
Key words: experiment, 2005, participants, positive effect We find these key words in paragraph B: “Oxytocin’s role in human behaviour first emerged in 2005. In a groundbreaking experiment, Markus Heinrichs….asked volunteers to do an activity in which they could invest money with an anonymous person who was not guaranteed to be honest. The team found that participants who hadsniffed oxytocin…invested more money than those who received a placebo instead” More experiments were then done: “Together the results fuelled the view that oxytocin universally enhanced the positive aspects of our social nature”.
So, participants were given either oxytocin or a placebo (= a harmless substance, which they believed was oxytocin).
– reinforced the belief = fuelled the view
The answer is placebo.
24. A STUDY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF HAIFA WHERE PARTICIPANTS TOOK PART IN A ………………. , REVEALED THE NEGATIVE EMOTIONS WHICH OXYTOCIN CAN TRIGGER.
Key words: Haifa, negative emotions We find these key words in paragraph C. “Simone Shamay-Tsoory at the University ofHaifa, Israel, found that when volunteers played a competitive game, those who inhaled the hormone showed more pleasure when they beat other players, and felt more envy when others won”.
In this study, participants had to play a game, and their emotions were recorded when they won or lost. If they lost, they felt more envy (a negative emotion) after they had taken oxytocin.
– participants = volunteers
– took part in = played
The answer is game.
25. A STUDY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF ANTWERP SHOWED PEOPLE’S LACK OF WILLINGNESS TO HELP ……………. WHILE UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF OXYTOCIN.
Key words: Antwerp, lack of willingness, help The University of Antwerp is mentioned in paragraph D. “Studies conducted byCarolyn DeClerck of the University of Antwerp, Belgium, revealed that people who had received a dose of oxytocin actually became less cooperative when dealing with complete strangers”.
Thus, after taking (a dose of) oxytocin, people were less willing to help (= became less cooperative to) strangers.
– showed = revealed
The answer is strangers.
26. MEANWHILE, RESEARCH AT THE UNIVERSITY OF AMSTERDAM REVEALED THAT PEOPLE WHO HAVE BEEN GIVEN OXYTOCIN CONSIDER……………… THAT ARE FAMILIAR TO THEM IN THEIR OWN COUNTRY TO HAVE MORE POSITIVE ASSOCIATIONS THAN THOSE FROM OTHER CULTURES”.
The University of Amsterdam is also mentioned in paragraph D. “Carsten De Dreu at the University of Amsterdam in the Netherlands discovered that volunteers given oxytocin showed favouritism: Dutch men became quicker to associate positive words with Dutch names than with foreign ones…” Therefore, in the study, Dutch names were considered to have more positive associations, in preference to foreign names (= names from other cultures). The answer is names.
PASSAGE 3: MAKING THE MOST OF TRENDS
QUESTIONS 27-31: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER,A, B, C OR D.
27. IN THE FIRST PARAGRAPH, THE WRITER SAYS THAT MOST MANAGERS
Key words: managers In the first paragraph, the writer states that: “…managers often fail to recognize the lessobvious but profound ways these trends are influencing consumers’ aspirations, attitudes, and behaviors”. We learn that “managers can identify the major trends of the day”, so Answer A is incorrect. However, managers are not good at understanding how these trends influence the lives of consumers. So, they are unaware of the significant impact that trends have on consumers’ lives.
– profound = significant
– influencing ~ impact on
The answer is D.
28. ACCORDING TO THE THIRD PARAGRAPH, COACH WAS ANXIOUS TO
Key words: Coach, anxious
n paragraph 3, we learn how the company ‘Coach’ responded to the bad economic situation in 2008. “The Coach brand had been a symbol of opulence and luxury for nearly 70 years, and the most obvious reaction to the downturn would have been to lower prices. However, that would have risked cheapening the brand’s image”.
By producing a cheaper sub-brand, Poppy handbags, Coach was able to avoid price cuts on all its products, and maintain its image as a manufacturer of luxury goods. Most of its competitors, however, simply lowered their prices. Therefore, Coach was anxious to ‘safeguard its reputation as a manufacturer of luxury goods’.
– reputation = image
The answer is C.
29. WHAT POINT IS MADE ABOUT TESCO’S GREENER LIVING PROGRAMME?
Key words: Tesco, Greener Living In paragraph 4, the writer describes Tesco’s Greener Living programme. At the end of the paragraph, we learn that Tesco did not change the range of products which it sold, it simply added these ‘greener products’ to its range. In other words, Tesco’s Greener Living programme ‘did not require Tesco to modify its core business activities’. The writer states: “Tesco has not abandoned its traditionalretail offerings, but augmented its business with these innovations, thereby infusing its value proposition with a green streak”.
– core business activities ~ traditional retail offerings
The answer is A.
30. WHAT DOES THE WRITER SUGGEST ABOUT NIKE’S STRATEGY?
Key words: Nike, strategy Nike’s strategy is described in paragraph 5. The writer explains: “At first glance, spending resources to incorporate elements of a seemingly irrelevant trend into one’s core offerings sounds like it’s hardly worthwhile”. If something is ‘seemingly irrelevant to a business’, then this means that it will bring ‘few benefits’, and the strategy will be ‘hardly worthwhile’.
– might appear = at first glance – few benefits ~ hardly worthwhile
In the case of Nike, therefore, the ‘strategy…might appear to have few obvious benefits’.
The answer is D.
31. WHAT WAS ORIGINAL ABOUT THE ME2?
Key words: ME2, original
A video game, the ME2, is mentioned in paragraph 6. At the end of the paragraph, we learn what was original about this game: “What set it apart was that it incorporated thetraditional physical component of children’s play…The ME2, introduced in 2008, catered to kids’ huge desire to play video games while countering the negatives, such as associations with lack of exercise and obesity”.
Therefore, the feature of the ME2 which was different, was that children did physical exercise at the same time as using the handheld game. So, ‘it was a handheld game that addressed people’s concerns about unhealthy lifestyles”.
– unhealthy lifestyles ~ lack of exercise and obesity
The answer is D.
QUESTIONS 32-37: MATCH EACH STATEMENT WITH THE CORRECT COMPANY, A, B, C OR D.
32. IT TURNED THE NOTION THAT ITS PRODUCTS COULD HAVE HARMFUL EFFECTS TO ITS OWN ADVANTAGE
Key words: products, harmful effects, advantage
We found similar information in the previous question. In paragraph 6, the strategy of ‘counteract and reaffirm’ used by iToys is described. This “…involves developing products or services that stress the values traditionally associated with the category in ways that allow consumers to oppose – or at least temporarily escape from – the aspects of trends they view as undesirable”. Later in the paragraph: “By reaffirming the toy category’s association with physical play, the ME2 counteracted some of the widely perceived negative impacts of digital gaming devices”. Thus, the iToys handheld video games were products that aimed to provide children with physical exercise – counteracting (= turning to its own advantage) the image of video games as associated with lack of exercise.
– turned to its own advantage = counteracted
– harmful effects = negative impacts
The answer is D.
33. IT EXTENDED ITS OFFERING BY COLLABORATING WITH ANOTHER MANUFACTURER
Key words: extended, offering, collaborating In paragraph 5, we find a description of the collaboration (= business cooperation) between Nike and Apple to launch a new product (= extend its offering): “In 2006 they teamed up with technology company Apple to launch Nike+…” This new product, developed between Nike and Apple, extended the range of products offered by Nike.
– collaborate = team up with
The answer is C.
34. IT IMPLEMENTED AN INCENTIVE SCHEME TO DEMONSTRATE ITS CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Key words: incentive scheme, social responsibility In paragraph 4, Tesco’s Greener Living programme is described. This programme has an incentive scheme to encourage customers to care for the environment. “For example, Tesco customers can accumulate points for such activities as re-using bags, recycling cans and printer cartridges, and buying home-insulation materials. Like points earned on regular purchases, these green points can be redeemed for cash”. This “…demonstrates the company’s commitment to protecting the environment by involving consumers…” The scheme, therefore, is a scheme in which Tesco demonstrates that it is a socially-responsible company (= corporate social responsibility). The answer is B.
35. IT DISCOVERED THAT CUSTOMERS HAD A POSITIVE ATTITUDE TOWARDS DEALING WITH DIFFICULT CIRCUMSTANCES
Key words: customers, positive attitude, difficult These difficult circumstances are the economic crisis (‘downturn’) of 2008, referred to in paragraph 3. The strategy adopted by the company ‘Coach’ was designed to cope with this situation: “…they initiated a consumer-research project which revealed that customers were eager to lift themselves and the country out of tough times”.
36. IT RESPONDED TO A GROWING LIFESTYLE TREND IN AN UNRELATED PRODUCT SECTOR
Key words: responded, growing, lifestyle, unrelated In paragraph 5, the writer asks us to “…consider Nike’s move to integrate the digital revolution into its reputation for high-performance athletic footwear”. This is part of Nike’s radical strategy to ‘combine and transcend’: “This entails combining aspects of the product’s existing value proposition with attributes addressing changes arising from a trend…” Nike thus took advantage to move their product into a new space in the market to appeal to ‘amateur athletes and digital consumers’. This was a combination of two unrelated product sectors. The answer is C.
37. IT SUCCESSFULLY AVOIDED HAVING TO CHARGE ITS CUSTOMERS LESS FOR ITS CORE PRODUCTS
Key words: avoided, charge less, core products In paragraph 3, the writer refers to the luxury-goods company, Coach. It created a new brand range of lower-priced Poppy handbags, but continued to produce the expensive handbags which were the “conventional Coach products”. “Creating the sub-brand allowed Coach to avert an across-the-board price cut”.
– avoid = avert – charge less ~ price cut
– core = conventional
The answer is A.
QUESTIONS 38-40: COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE WITH THE CORRECT ENDING, A, B, C OR D.
38. IF THERE ARE ANY TREND-RELATED CHANGES IMPACTING ON YOUR CATEGORY, YOU SHOULD
Key words: trend-related, changes, impacting, category At the beginning of paragraph 7, we find the key words: “Once you have gained perspective on how trend-related changes in consumer opinions and behaviors impact on your category, you can determine which of our three innovation strategies to pursue”.
– identify = determine
– use ~ pursue
The answer is B.
39. IF A CURRENT TREND HIGHLIGHTS A NEGATIVE ASPECT OF YOUR CATEGORY, YOU SHOULD
Key words: current trend, negative aspect In paragraph 7, the writer states that: “…if aspects of the category clash with undesired outcomes of a trend, such as associations with unhealthy lifestyles, there is an opportunity to counteract those changes by reaffirming the core values of your category”.
– emphasise = reaffirm – traditional values ~ core values
The answer is C.
40. IF THE CONSUMERS’ NEW FOCUS HAS AN INCREASING LACK OF CONNECTION WITH YOUR OFFERING, YOU SHOULD
Key words: new focus, lack, connection In the middle of paragraph 7 we find the key words ‘consumers’ new focus’. The writer states: “If analysis reveals an increasing disparity between your category and consumers’ new focus, your innovations need to transcend the category to integrate the two worlds”.
Cambridge IELTS 13 is the latest IELTS exam preparation.https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 13 reading test 1 with detail explanations.
QUESTIONS 1-7: COMPLETE THE TABLE BELOW. CHOOSE ONE WORD ONLY FROM THE PASSAGE FOR EACH ANSWER.
1. allowed businesses to………information regularly
Key words: businesses, information, regularly Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about an activity that businesses usually conduct in the database section of the website. In paragraph 2, when referring to the database of tourism services, the author mentions: “because participating businesseswere able to update the details they gave on aregularbasis, the information provided remained accurate.” From this, it can be safely concluded that the activity we are looking for is updating information.
– information = details – regularly = on a regular basis
The answer is update.
2. provided a country-wide evaluation of businesses, including their impact onthe…………….
Key words: country-wide, evaluation, impact Looking for the key words in the passage, we find them at the end of paragraph 2: “Tourism New Zealand organised a scheme whereby organisations appearing on the website underwent an independent evaluationagainst a set of agreed national standards of quality. As part of this, the effect of each business on the environment was considered”. This paragraph is all about the website, as we can see from the first sentence. All the organisations/businesses on the site were evaluated, including their impact on the environment.
– impact = effect The answer is environment.
3. e.g. an interview with a former sports……………..
Key words: interview, former, sports
The answer is in paragraph 3, when the author speaks of features relating to famous people and places: “One of the most popular was an interview with the former NewZealand All Blacks rugby captain Tana Umaga”.
– sports = rugby So, the answer is captain.
4. an interactive tour of various locations used in ……………
Key words: interactive, tour, locations Remember that paragraph 3 refers tofamous people and places/locations. We find the answer in the middle of paragraph 3: “Another feature that attracted a lot of attention was an interactive journey through a number of the locations chosen for blockbuster films which had made use of New Zealand’s stunning scenery as a backdrop”.
– tour = journey – various = a number of
The answer is films.
5. Information on driving routes varied depending on the …………..
Key words: driving routes, varied, depending on The answer is given at the end of paragraph 3: “To make it easier to plan motoring holidays, the site catalogued the most popular driving routes in the country, highlighting different routes according to the season and indicating distances and times”.
– driving = motoring – depending on = according to
The answer is season.
6. Travel Planner: included a map showing selected places, details of public transport and local ………………..
Key words: Travel Planner, map, public transport, local. Travel Planner is discussed in paragraph 4: “Later, a Travel Planner feature was added, which allowed visitors to click and ‘bookmark’ places or attractions they were interested in, and then view the results on a map. The Travel Planner offered suggestedroutes and public transport options between the chosen locations. There were also links to accommodation in the area”.
– local = in the area The answer is accommodation.
7. ‘Your Words’: travellers could send a link to their……………….
Key words: Your Words, travellers, send ‘Your Words’ is also referred to in paragraph 4: “The website also had a ‘Your Words’ section where anyone could submit a blog of their New Zealand travels for possible inclusion on the website”. So, anyone travelling in New Zealand could go to the website ‘Your Words’ and use the link to send a blog of their travels, to be included on the website.
– send = submit
The answer is blog.
QUESTIONS 8-13. DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 1 ?
8. The website www.newzealand.com aimed to provide ready-made itineraries and packages for travel companies and individual tourists.
Key words: ready-made, itineraries, packages, travel companies, individual tourists At the beginning of paragraph 6, the author refers to the aim of the website, which: “…was set up to allow both individuals and travel organisations to create itineraries and travel packages to suit their own needs and interests”.
The website therefore was designed NOT to provide ready-made packages for travellers or for travel companies. It was designed, on the contrary, for everyone to create their own holidays, according to their own interests. Also, in paragraph 3 it is stated that: “As the site developed, additional features were added to help independent travellers devise their own customised itineraries”.
– travel companies = travel organisations – individual tourists = individuals/independent travellers ready-made # to suit their own needs and interests
Therefore, the statement is FALSE.
9. It was found that most visitors started searching on the website by geographical location.
Key words: visitors, started searching, geographical location As many paragraphs discuss the website, finding the correct place in the passage is not easy. However, in paragraph 6, we find: “On the website, visitors can search for activities not solely by geographical location, but also by the particular nature of the activity”. Two pieces of information are not given – we don’t know if visitors started searching on the website by geographical location. We only know that visitors can use the website to search by geographical location if they wish. Secondly, we don’t know what most visitors did when they entered the website. So, the answer is NOT GIVEN.
10. According to research, 26% of visitor satisfaction is related to their accommodation
Key words: research, 26%, satisfaction, accommodation Percentages are only given in paragraphs 5 and 6, so it is not difficult to find the information in paragraph 6: “…research shows that activities are the key driver of visitor satisfaction, contributing 74% to visitor satisfaction, while transport and accommodation account for the remaining 26%”. The figure of 26% refers to those visitors who say they are satisfied with the transport or with their accommodation. This percentage does NOT refer to accommodation alone, so we cannot say that 26% of visitor satisfaction is related only to their accommodation – some of this proportion will relate to transport. For this reason, the statement is FALSE.
11. Visitors to New Zealand like to become involved in the local culture
Key words: visitors, involved, local culture We find the answer in paragraph 6 again: “It has also been found that visitors enjoy cultural activities most when they are interactive, such as visiting a marae (meeting ground) to learn about traditional Maori life”.
– like = enjoy – become involved in = interactive
The statement is TRUE.
12. Visitors like staying in small hotels in New Zealand rather than in larger ones
Key words: visitors like, small hotels, larger Looking for one of the key words – ‘hotels’ – this is not mentioned in any of the paragraphs. Accommodation is referred to in paragraph 6 and ‘the smallest bed and breakfast’ is mentioned in paragraph 2, but there is nothing to refer to the statement in the question. The answer is NOT GIVEN.
13. Many visitors feel it is unlikely that they will return to New Zealand after their visit
Key words: visitors, unlikely, return
In the final paragraph, we find: “Because of the long-haul flight, most visitors stay for longer (average 20 days) and want to see as much of the country as possible on what is often seen as a once-in-a-lifetime visit”. To reach New Zealand, a long flight is usually necessary, so people often visit only once. They stay for an average of 20 days, and they try to see as much as they can, because they may not visit again.
– unlikely that they will return = a once-in-a-lifetime visit.
So, the statement is TRUE.
PASSAGE 2: WHY BEING BORED IS STIMULATING AND USEFUL, TOO
QUESTIONS 14-19: READING PASSAGE 2 HAS SIX PARAGRAPHS, A-F.
14. Paragraph A.
In this paragraph the author introduces the subject of boredom, indicating that: “…defining boredom so that it can be studied in the lab has proved difficult”. Defining an object to be studied, and then studying it in the laboratory/lab are both elements of a scientific approach, but there are problems. It is difficult. So, the correct heading is: ‘problems with a scientific approach to boredom’.
– problems ~ difficult
ANSWER: iv
15. Paragraph B.
In the first sentence of Paragraph B, the author states: “By asking people about their experiences of boredom, Thomas Goetz and his team at the University of Konstanz in Germany have recently identified five distinct types: indifferent, calibrating, searching, reactant and apathetic”. The system used by the researchers to measure these types is then described. A two-axes chart is used to arrange the types, with one axis recording level of arousal and the other axis recording positive or negative feelings. So, the main idea of Paragraph B is ‘creating a system of classification for feelings of boredom’.
ANSWER: vi
16. Paragraph C.
This paragraph is about the positive aspects of boredom. The findings of the psychologist Sandi Mann are discussed: “Mann has found that being bored makes us more creative. ‘We’re all afraid of being bored but in actual fact it can lead to all kinds of amazing things’, she says. So, the correct heading is: ‘The productive outcomes that may result from boredom’.
ANSWER: i
17. Paragraph D.
In contrast, psychologist John Eastwood considers that boredom is negative: “In my view, by definition boredom is an undesirable state’. The paragraph continues: “For Eastwood, the central feature of boredom is a failure to put our ‘attention system’ into gear……Perhaps most
worryingly, says Eastwood, repeatedly failing to engage attention can lead to a state where we don’t know what to do any more, and no longer care”. So, when we are bored, the biggest worry is that we may no longer pay attention or care about the things we do. The most appropriate heading is: “A potential danger arising from boredom”.
– potential = can lead to
ANSWER: v
18. Paragraph E.
This paragraph is about certain characteristics of personality, and how these tend to be associated with boredom. Eastwood’s team think that: “Boredom proneness has been linked with a variety of traits. People who are motivated by pleasure seem to suffer particularly badly. Other personality traits, such as curiosity, are associated with a high boredom threshold. More evidence that boredom has detrimental effects comes from studies of people who are more or less prone to boredom”.
A link has been made, therefore, between boredom and people with certain characteristics. The correct heading is: “Identifying those most affected by boredom”.
– affected by = prone to
ANSWER: viii
19. Paragraph F.
The author discusses psychologist Francoise Wemelsfelder’s view that: “…our over-connected lifestyles might even be a new source of boredom”. So, we need less mental stimulation, not more, and: “…perhaps we should leave our phones alone, and useboredom to motivate us to engage with the world in a more meaningful way”.
So, this is a new explanation of one reason why we become bored, and a new cure – less stimulation – is proposed. The correct heading is: “A new explanation and a new cure for boredom”. ANSWER: iii
QUESTIONS 20-23: LOOK AT THE FOLLOWING PEOPLE (QUESTIONS 20-23) AND THE LIST OF IDEAS BELOW. MATCH EACH PERSON WITH THE CORRECT IDEA, A-E.
20. Peter Toohey
We can quickly find this name in Paragraph A: Toohey compares boredom with disgust, which is: “…an emotion that motivates us to stay away from certain situations. ‘If disgust protects humans from infection, boredom may protect them from infectioussocial situations’, he suggests”.
Toohey’s idea is that boredom may actually protect us from bad situations or experiences.
– avoid = stay away from – an unpleasant experience = infectious social situations
The answer is E.
21. Thomas Goetz
Goetz is mentioned in both Paragraph B and Paragraph E. We already know (from Q15) that Paragraph B is about the classification of types of boredom by Goetz and his team. This matches B in the list of ideas: “Of the five types, the most damaging is ‘reactant’ boredom with its explosive combination of high arousal and negative emotion”. So, ‘reactant’ boredom is the worst of all five types of boredom, because it is ‘the most damaging’.
– sort = type
The answer is B.
22. John Eastwood
Eastwood is mentioned in Paragraph D and Paragraph E. Starting to look for the answer in Paragraph D, we find a discussion of boredom as a failure to put our attention system into action: “This causes an inability to focus on anything, which makes time seem to go painfully slowly. What’s more, your efforts to improve the situation can endup making you feel worse”.
– trying to cope with boredom = your efforts to improve the situation
– increase its negative effects = making you feel worse
The answer is D.
23. Francoise Wemelsfelder
Her name is mentioned in the last paragraph. She believes that: “In modern human society there is a lot of overstimulation but still a lot of problems finding meaning”. Our modern lifestyles, therefore, tend to stimulate us too much, without enabling us to find any meaning for what we do.
– today = modern
The answer is A.
QUESTIONS 24-26: COMPLETE THE SUMMARY. WRITE ONE WORD ONLY FROM THE PASSAGE FOR EACH ANSWER.
24 For John Eastwood, the central feature of boredom is that people cannot …………. , due to a failure in what he calls ‘the attention system’, and as a result they become frustrated and irritable. Key words: Eastwood, central, failure, attention system
Using the key words, we find the answer in Paragraph D: “For Eastwood, the central feature of boredom is a failure to put our ‘attention system’ into gear. This causes an inability to focus on anything….” Thus, when people are bored, they are not able to focus on anything.
– as a result = causes
– cannot = inability to
The answer is focus.
25. His team suggests that those for whom ……………. is an important aim in life may have problems in coping with boredom. Key words: aim, problems, coping The answer is found in Paragraph E, again using the key words. Here, it is stated that: “Boredom proneness has been linked with a variety of traits. People who are motivatedby pleasure seem to suffer particularly badly”.
So, people who are motivated by pleasure try to achieve pleasure as an important aim in life. They soon seem to get bored and have problems, suffering badly. The answer is pleasure.
26. … whereas those who have the characteristic of ……………..can generally cope with it. Key words: characteristic, cope with In the next sentence, we learn about the people who cope well with boredom: “Other personality traits, such as curiosity, are associated with a high boredom threshold”. If people have a ‘high boredom threshold’, that means that they are not easily bored. These are people who have the characteristic of curiosity.
– characteristic = personality trait
The answer is curiosity.
PASSAGE 3: ARTIFICIAL ARTISTS
QUESTIONS 27-31: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
27. What is the writer suggesting about computer-produced works in the first paragraph?
Key words: suggest, computer-produced, works In paragraph 1, the writer tells us about how successful works of art have been which have been produced using the computer: “Classical music by an artificial composer has had audiences enraptured….Artworks painted by a robothave sold for thousands of dollars and been hung in prestigious galleries. And software has been built which creates art that could not have been imagined by the programmer”. All of this indicates answer B: A great deal of progress has already been attained in this field.
The answer is B.
28. According to Geraint Wiggins, why are many people worried by computer art?
Key words: Geraint Wiggins, worried Looking for the key words, we find the name ‘Geraint Wiggins’ in paragraph 2. If creative acts can be translated into computer code, this means that human creativity is no longer a special quality of being human. Computers can do the same thing. “It scares a lot of people. They are worried that it is taking something special away from what it means to be human”. In other words, when computer art performs the same creative acts as humans, then people are worried that: ‘It undermines a fundamental human quality” – by taking away (=undermining) the unique (=special) human ability to be creative.
– worried = scared
The answer is C.
29. What is a key difference between Aaron and the Painting Fool?
Key words: difference, Aaron, Painting Fool Aaron is mentioned in paragraphs 3 and 4. In paragraph 3, the writer explains what Aaron is and what it can do: “It is still little more than a tool to realise the programmer’s own creative ideas”. In paragraph 4, Aaron is compared with the Painting Fool: “Unlike earlier ‘artists’, such as Aaron, the Painting Fool only needs minimal directionand can come up with its own conceptsby going online for material”. As a result, we are told, the Painting Fool is beginning to develop its own imagination. So, the difference is that Aaron only follows the programmer’s ideas, while the Painting Fool can create its own ideas independently, going online for material (= subject matter). The difference is ‘the source of its subject matter’
– key difference = unlike
The answer is C.
30. What point does Simon Colton make in the fourth paragraph?
In paragraph 4, Colton’s ideas on computer-produced art are presented. “The software runs its own web searches and trawls through social media sites. It is now beginning to display a kind of imagination too, creating pictures from scratch….While some people might say they have a mechanical look, Colton argues that such reactions arise frompeople’s double standards towards software-produced and human-produced art”.
If people have ‘double standards’ they have moral principles which are unfair, because they judge human art in one way and computer-produced art in a different way. The answer is that: ‘People tend to judge computer art and human art according to different criteria (= ‘double standards’).
The answer is D.
31. The writer refers to the paintings of a chair as an example of computer art which….
Key words: paintings, chair, computer art This is a tricky question, so be careful or you will end up with the wrong answer. The Painting Fools paintings of a chair are discussed at the end of paragraph 4. Here, the writer refers to ‘software bugs’ and ‘a technical glitch’. However, these problems do not necessarily have bad results. In the case of the chair paintings: “Some of the Painting Fool’s paintings of a chair came out in black and white, thanks to a technical glitch. This gives the work an eerie, ghostlike quality”. So, these technical problems resulted in paintings of a chair which had an unexpected and ‘eerie and ghostlike quality’ – in other words they had a ‘striking’ effect on people who saw them. The paintings produced by computer art thus: “achieved a particularly striking effect”. The answer is A.
QUESTIONS 32-37: COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE WITH THE CORRECT ENDING, A-G.
32. Simon Colton says it is important to consider the long-term view when…
Key words: Simon Colton, long-term view At the beginning of paragraph 5, we find the statement that: “Researchers like Colton don’t believe it is right to measure machine creativity directly to that of humans ‘whohave had millennia to develop our skills’ ”. This refers to the creativity (=artistic achievements) of computers and humans and how important it is to consider the element of time.
– long-term = millennia
The answer is D.
33. David Cope’s EMI software surprised people by…
Key words: Cope, EMI, surprised In paragraph 5, David Cope and his EMI program are mentioned. His software created (= generated) music in the style of various classical composers. Then, people’s reactions are described: “Audiences were moved to tears, and EMI even fooled classical music experts into thinking they were hearing genuine Bach”. Thus, people were not able to distinguish between the work of a famous human classical composer and the work of the EMI program. The EMI program generated: “work that was virtually indistinguishable from that of humans”.
– surprised = moved to tears
The answer is A.
34. Geraint Wiggins criticised Cope for not…
Key words: Wiggins, criticised Cope We find why Wiggins criticised Cope in paragraph 5. “Some, such as Wiggins, have blasted Cope’s work as pseudoscience, and condemned him for his deliberately vague explanation of how the software worked”. So, Wiggins claimed that Cope did not explain clearly (= reveal) how the software (= program) worked (= the technical details).
– criticised = blasted, condemned
The answer is E.
35. Douglas Hofstadter claimed that EMI was…
Key words: Douglas Hofstadter, EMI The answer can be found in paragraph 5. “Douglas Hofstadter of Indiana University said EMI created replicas which still rely completely on the original artist’s creative impulses”. Thus, EMI just made copies, “producing work entirely dependent on (= rely on) the imagination (= creative impulses) of its creator (= original artist)”. The answer is C.
36. Audiences who had listened to EMI’s music became angry after…
Key words: audiences, EMI’s music, angry At the end of paragraph 5, the author states that: “When audiences found out the truth they were often outraged with Cope, and one music lover even tried to punch him”. When they first listened to EMI’s music, people did not know that it had been produced by a computer program. When they found out (= ‘discovered’) the truth, they became angry.
– angry = outraged
The answer is G.
37. The participants in David Moffat’s study had to assess music without…
Key words: participants, David Moffat, assess The name David Moffat is in paragraph 6. His study is described: “The participants weren’t told beforehand whether the tunes were composed by humans or computers, but were asked to guess, and then rate how much they liked each one”. So, listening to pieces of music, the participants in the study did not know if they were “the work of humans or software”.
– music = tunes
The answer is B.
QUESTIONS 38-40: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE CLAIMS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE 3?
38. Moffat’s research may help explain people’s reactions to EMI
Key words: Moffat, explain, reactions, EMI At the beginning of paragraph 6, the writer asks: “…why did so many people love the music, yet recoil when they discovered how it was composed? We then learn that Moffat’s study helps to provide an answer to this question: “A study by computer scientist David Moffat of Glasgow Caledonian University provides a clue”. Thus, people’s reactions to music composed by a computer required some explanation. Their reaction was either to love the music or to recoil. The study provided a clue. research = study
– help explain = provide a clue.
The answer is YES.
39. The non-experts in Moffat’s study all responded in a predictable way
Key words: non-experts, Moffat, predictable Moffat asked both experts and non-experts to take part in his study by listening to six pieces of music (paragraph 6). The writer tells us that: “People who thought the composer was a computer tended to dislike the piece more than those who believed it was human. This was true even among the experts, who might have been expected to be more objective in their analysis”. We learn that everyone in the study (experts and non-experts) generally disliked a piece of music more when they thought the composer was a computer. The writer was surprised that even the music experts reacted in the same way as the non-experts. Non-experts are not mentioned again, so we don’t know if they all responded in a predictable way. The answer is NOT GIVEN.
40. Justin Kruger’s findings cast doubt on Paul Bloom’s theory about people’s prejudice towards computer art Key words: Kruger, doubt, Bloom, prejudice Paul Bloom and Justin Kruger are mentioned in the final paragraph. “Where does this prejudice come from? Paul Bloom of Yale University has a suggestion: he reckons part of the pleasure we get from art stems from the creative process behind the work….Meanwhile, experiments by Justin Kruger of New York University have shown that people’s enjoyment of an artwork increases if they think more time and effort wasneeded to create it”.
They both have theories about why people might be prejudiced against computer art. Bloom believes that people get pleasure partly from appreciating the creative process of making art.
Kruger thinks that people enjoy an artwork more if they think that a lot of time and effort went into creating it. So, Kruger’s findings do not contradict Bloom’s theory – the creative process can be appreciated because humans have spent time and effort to create a work of art.
Cambridge IELTS 12 is the latest IELTS exam preparation.https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 12 reading test 4 with detail explanations.
1. obsidian
Question: Early humans used a material called 1…………. to make the sharp points of their 2……………
Key words: early humans, sharp points
In the first paragraph, the author mentioned that “From our earliest origins, man has been making use of glass. Historians have discovered that a type of natural glass – obsidian – … was first used as tips for spears”. “From our earliest origins” can be understood as “early humans”, “make use of” is the same as “use”, and “tips” means “sharp points”, so it can be inferred from the two sentences that our ancestors used obsidian to make the sharp points of their spears. Therefore, the answer for question 1 is “obsidian” and for question 2 is “spears”.
– Man from our earliest origins = early human
– Tip = sharp point
– Make use of = use
2. spears
Question: Early humans used a material called 1…………. to make the sharp points of their 2……………
Key words: early humans, sharp points
In the first paragraph, the author mentioned that “From our earliest origins, man has been making use of glass. Historians have discovered that a type of natural glass – obsidian – … was first used as tips for spears”. “From our earliest origins” can be understood as “early humans”, “make use of” is the same as “use”, and “tips” means “sharp points”, so it can be inferred from the two sentences that our ancestors used obsidian to make the sharp points of their spears. Therefore, the answer for question 1 is “obsidian” and for question 2 is “spears”.
– Man from our earliest origins = early human
– Tip = sharp point
– Make use of = use
3. beads
Question: 4000 BC: 3………………. made of stone were covered in a coating of man-made glass.
Key words: 4000 BC, made of stone, covered, coating, man-made glass
By using the skim and scan skill, we can locate the word “4000 BC” in the first paragraph: “Archaeologists have even found evidence of man-made glass which dates back to 4000 BC; this took the form of glazes used for coating stone beads”. Here, “this” refers to “man-made glass”, and “coat” means “cover”, so the sentence can be paraphrased into “man-made glass was used to cover the stone beads”. The answer is “beads” (note that only one word is allowed)
– Coat = cover
4. impurities
Question: First century BC: glass was coloured because of the 4……………… in the material.
Key words: first century BC, coloured, because of, material
We can find the phrase “First century BC” in the second paragraph: “The glass made during this time was highly coloured due to the impurities of the raw material”. “due to” means “because of”, so the impurities in the material were responsible for the colour of glass. Hence, the answer is “impurities”.
– Due to = because of
5. Romans
Question: Until 476 AD: only the 5…………… knew how to make glass.
Key words: until 476 AD, only, knew
It is mentioned in the second paragraph that the Romans “guarded the skills and technology required to make glass very closely” and it was not until 476 AD “that glass-making knowledge became widespread”. “glass-making knowledge” means “how to make glass” and “widespread” means “distributed over a wide region, or occurring in many places or among many persons or individuals”, which is the opposite of the term “only”. It can be inferred from this that prior to 476 AD, such knowledge had been exclusive to the Romans and only they knew how to make glass. The answer is “Romans”.
– Glass-making knowledge = how to make glass
6. lead
Question: 17th century: George Ravenscroft developed a process using 6……………. to avoid the occurrence of 7…………… in blown glass.
Key words: 17th century, George Ravenscroft, avoid, blown glass
Information about George Ravenscroft can be found in the third paragraph where the author mentioned an attempt to “counter the effect of clouding that sometimes occurred in blown glass by introducing lead to the raw materials used in the process”. The words “counter the effect of” mean “reduce the effect of”, which means it is the same as “avoid”. The idea is to use a material called lead in the production of blown glass to avoid “clouding” which may otherwise occur. Hence, the answer for question 6 is “lead” and for question 7 is “clouding”.
– Counter the effect of = avoid
7. clouding
Question: 17th century: George Ravenscroft developed a process using 6……………. to avoid the occurrence of 7…………… in blown glass.
Key words: 17th century, George Ravenscroft, avoid, blown glass
Information about George Ravenscroft can be found in the third paragraph where the author mentioned an attempt to “counter the effect of clouding that sometimes occurred in blown glass by introducing lead to the raw materials used in the process”. The words “counter the effect of” mean “reduce the effect of”, which means it is the same as “avoid”. The idea is to use a material called lead in the production of blown glass to avoid “clouding” which may otherwise occur. Hence, the answer for question 6 is “lead” and for question 7 is “clouding”.
– Counter the effect of = avoid
8. taxes
Question: Mid-19th century: British glass production developed after changes to laws concerning 8……………
Key words: mid-19th century, British glass production, after, changes, laws
Because the questions follow the order of the text, and we already know the position of the answer to question 7 (in third paragraph), just pay attention to the following parts. We find the word “Britain” and the date 1845, which refers to “mid-19th century”, at the beginning of the fourth paragraph. It is mentioned that the Excise Act had put “heavy taxes on the amount of glass melted in a glasshouse, and were levied continuously from 1745 to 1845”. But since its repeal, meaning that the laws were cancelled, “the modern glass industry”, which is the same as “British glass production”, started to develop. “The repeal of the Excise Act in 1845” can be considered as “changes to laws” and obviously it was concerned with “heavy taxes”. With the note that only one word is allowed, the answer should be “taxes”.
9. TRUE
Question: In 1887, HM Ashley had the fastest bottle-producing machine that existed at the time.
Key words: fastest, bottle-producing, at the time
In terms of HM Ashley’s machine, the fifth paragraph stated that it was “more than three times quicker than any previous production method”. A “bottle-producing machine” is a form of “production method”, so this statement obviously means that it was the fastest machine at that time. Therefore the answer is TRUE.
10. FALSE
Question: Michael Owens was hired by a large US company to design a fully-automated bottle manufacturing machine for them.
Key words: hired, large US company, design, fully-automated
Information about Michael Owens can be found in the fifth paragraph. It is mentioned that he was the “founder of the Owens Bottle Machine Company”. He started the company and he was the owner. Hence, the statement that he was hired by the company, meaning that he was an employee, must be FALSE.
11. NOT GIVEN
Question: Nowadays, most glass is produced by large international manufacturers.
Key words: nowadays, most, large international manufacturers
It is mentioned in the sixth paragraph that “Today, glass making is a big business. It has become a modern, hi-tech industry operating in a fiercely competitive global market where quality, design and service levels are critical to maintaining market share”. However, there is no information about glass being produced by international companies. The answer is NOTGIVEN.
12. TRUE
Question: Concern for the environment is leading to an increased demand for glass containers.
Key words: concern, environment, lead to, increased demand, glass containers
In the last paragraph, the author said “with growing consumer concern for green issues, glass bottles and jars are becoming ever more popular”. Thus, “concern for green issues” means “concern for the environment” and “glass bottles and jars” are types of “glass containers”. It can be inferred from the sentence that environmental concerns led to the increasing popularity of, therefore “increased demand for”, the above-mentioned glass containers. The correct answer is TRUE.
13. FALSE
Question: It is more expensive to produce recycled glass than to manufacture new glass.
Key words: more expensive, recycled glass, new glass
In the last paragraph, the author made a comparison between recycled and new glass : “As less energy is needed to melt recycled glass than to melt down raw materials, this also saves fuel and production costs”, implying that the production of recycled glass is not as expensive as that of new glass, because it does not require as much “energy”, “fuel” and “production costs”. Thus, the answer is FALSE.
14. D
Question: What did the 2006 discovery of the animal bone reveal about the lynx?
Key words: 2006 discovery, animal bone, lynx
The date 2006 can be found in the first paragraph using the skim and scan skill. Here, the author claimed that “the 2006 find, together with three others in Yorkshire and Scotland, is compelling evidence that the lynx and the mysterious llewyn were in fact one and the same animal. If this is so, it would bring forward the tassel-eared cat’s estimated extinction date by roughly 5,000 years”. The word “find” is the same as “discovery” and “bring forward” means “to move to an earlier time or date”. It can be understood that after this discovery, scientists had enough proof to say that the extinction of the lynx had happened much later than previously thought. Hence, the answer is D.
– Discovery = find
15. A
Question: What point does the writer make about large predators in the third paragraph?
Key words: large predators, third paragraph
We can find information about “large predators” in the third paragraph: “Some of them drive dynamic processes that resonate through the whole food chain, creating niches for hundreds of species that might otherwise struggled to survive”. “The whole food chain” refers to ecosystems and “resonate” means “to broadly affect something”. The first half of the sentence means that the presence of large predators can extensively affect the ecosystems in which they live. In addition, it helps to create “niches”, meaning appropriate environments, for other animals including those considered to be the prey. Hence, more species are more likely to survive, which means biodiversity is increased. The author summarises this in the final sentence: “The killers turn out to be bringers of life”. The answer is A.
– Killers = predators
16. C
Question: What does the writer suggest about British conservation in the fourth paragraph?
Key words: British conservation, fourth paragraph
In the fourth paragraph, the author mentioned that British conservation “tried to preserve the living world as if it were a jar of pickles, letting nothing in and nothing out, keeping nature in a state of arrested development”. It can be understood that they wanted to keep everything in a static state, without developing, failing to understand that “ecosystems are not merely collections of species; they are also the dynamic and ever-shifting relationships between them”. “Ever-shifting” means “continuously changing and developing”, so the idea of always keeping everything the same is not plausible or possible. In other words, British conservation “has taken a misguided approach”. The answer is C.
17. A
Question: Protecting large areas of the sea from commercial fishing would result in
Key words: protect, large areas of the sea, commercial fishing, result in
In the fifth paragraph, the author mentioned “At sea the potential is even greater: by protecting large areas from commercial fishing, we could once more see what 18th-century literature describes: vast shoals of fish being chased by fin and sperm whales, within sight of the English shore”, anticipating the return of once-flourished marine life if sea protection is done right, by creating breeding reserves. However, protecting large areas of the sea not only benefits the ecosystem, it also benefits the fishing industry whose over-exploitation of the seabed “could not be more damaging to its own interests”. Commercial fishing leaves no fish offspring in the sea, meaning no fish to catch in the near future. An alternative would be to protect marine life and turn to “catches in the surrounding seas”, which could be more profitable in the long run. Therefore, the answer is A.
18. C
Question: According to the author, what distinguishes rewilding from other environmental campaigns?
Key words: distinguishes, rewilding, other campaigns
It is claimed in the sixth paragraph that “rewilding is a rare example of an environmental movement”, meaning it is different from other campaigns, because “it helps to create a more inspiring vision”. “inpiring” means “appealing” and “vision” can be understood as “positive message”. By arguing in favour of rewilding, “campaigners articulate what they are for, rather than only what they are against”. Their message is, therefore, positive so the answer has to be C.
– Appealing = inspiring
– Positive message = vision
19. E
Key words: no evidence, lynx, danger
In the seventh paragraph, it is stated that “The lynx presents no threat to human beings: there is no known instance of one preying on people”. “no known instance” is the same as “no evidence” and “prey on” means to feed on, which is similar to “put something in danger”, so the sentence could be paraphrased into “there is no evidence that the lynx has put people in danger”. Hence, the blank must be filled with E – “humans”
– No evidence = no known instance
– Prey on = put something in danger
20. D
Key words: reduce the number, populations increased enormously, recent decades
Also in the seventh paragraph, the lynx is described as “a specialist predator of roe deer, a species that has exploded in Britain in recent decades”. The term “to explode” means “to increase enormously in population”. A predator is an organism that exists by preying upon other organisms. The fact that the lynx is a predator of the roe deer means that it feeds on, therefore reduces the number of, the latter. And roe deer are a type of wild animal, so the answer should be D – “wildanimals”.
The next part of the seventh paragraph stated that “The lynx requires deep cover, and as such presents little risk to sheep and other livestock, which are supposed, as a condition of farm subsidies, to be kept out of the woods”. The term “little risk” means “minimal threat”, “as a condition” means “provided”, “kept out of” is the same as “kept away from” and “the woods” refers to “lynx habitats”. We can paraphrase this sentence like this: “the lynx only poses a minimal threat to livestocks, provided that they are kept away from lynx habitats”. Since farm animals also mean livestock, the answer is F – “farmanimals”.
– Minimal threat = little risk
– Provided = as a condition
– Kept away from = kept out of
22. A
Key words: link efficiently, initiatives, return
In the seventh paragraph, it is mentioned that the reintroduction of the lynx “marries well”, meaning “links efficiently”, with the aim of “bringing forests back to parts of our bare and barren uplands” which imply “certain areas of the country”. Since “bring something back” means “return” and “initiative” can be understood as “aim”, the answer would relate to forests. Hence, it should be A – “trees”
– Link efficiently = marries well
– Return = bring back
23. NO
Question: Britain could become the first European country to reintroduce the lynx.
Key words: first European country, reintroduce
In the eighth paragraph, the author told us that he “heard several conservationists suggest that the lynx could be reintroduced there within 20 years”, meaning that the reintroduction of the lynx in Britain has not happened yet. In addition, it is also stated that “The lynx has now been reintroduced to the Jura Mountains, the Alps, the Vosges in eastern France and the Harz mountains in Germany”. Therefore, Britain cannot be the first European country to reintroduce the lynx. The answer is NO.
24. NOT GIVEN
Question: The large growth in the European lynx population since 1970 has exceeded conservationists’ expectations.
Key words: large growth, exceed, conservationists’ expectations
It is mentioned in the eighth paragraph that “the European population has tripled since 1970”, indicating “the large growth in the European lynx population since 1970”. However, there is no information about conservationists’ expectations. So the answer is NOTGIVEN.
25. YES
Question: Changes in agricultural practices have extended the habitat of the lynx in Europe.
The next part of the eighth paragraph gave information about lynx habitats: “the lynx has been able to spread as farming has left the hills”. The word “farming” means “agricultural practices”, so “farming has left the hills” can be considered as a “change in agricultural practices”. This suggests that the land previously used for farming is now available for the lynx to inhabit, spreading their territory. The word “spread” has the same meaning as “extend the habitat”, therefore it can be deduced that the changes in agriculture have allowed the lynx to extend their habitat. The answer is YES.
– Farming = agricultural practices
– Spread = extend the habitat
26. YES
Question: It has become apparent that species reintroduction has commercial advantages.
Key words: species reintroduction, commercial advantages
Following information about the increasing size of lynx habitats, the eighth paragraph mentioned that “people discover that it is more lucrative to protect charismatic wildlife than to hunt it, as tourists will pay for the chance to see it”. Both “lucrative” and “commercial advantages” means money-making. The sentence suggests that the lynx could become a tourist attraction, bringing in money to the areas where they live. In other words, they bring about commercial benefits, so the correct answer is YES.
– Lucrative = commercial advantages
27. iv
Paragraph A
This paragraph mentions the 2008 financial meltdown, the aftermath of which is the search for responsible businesses: “Governments, regulators, central banks and auditors have all been in the frame. The role of bank directors and management and their widely publicised failures have been extensively picked over and examined in reports, inquiries and commentaries”. In this sentence, “failures” is the same as “problems”; “Governments, regulators, central banks and auditors” are examples of “external bodies” related to the 2008 crisis. Therefore the correct heading is iv– Many external bodies being held responsible for problems.
– Problems = failures
– External bodies = governments, regulators, central banks and auditors
28. ii
Paragraph B
The first sentence shows the main content of this paragraph: “The knock-on effect of this scrutiny has been to make the governance of companies in general an issue of intense public debate and has significantly increased the pressure on, and the responsibilities of, directors”. “Scrutiny” means “close examination” and “effect” means “impact”, so this paragraph is about the impacts of close examination on companies. The correct heading is ii – The impact on companies of being subjected to close examination.
– Impact = effect
– Close examination = scrutiny
29. vi
Paragraph C
Paragraph C is quite short, so you should read it thoroughly to find the correct answer. The author mentioned that “board business is devolved to committees in order to cope with the workload, which may be more efficient but can mean that the board as a whole is less involved in fully addressing some of the most important issues”. This suggests that the disadvantage of board business is the potential risk of board members not being able to work collectively to get through the issues. The term “the board” refers to “directors”, “to be involved in” means “take part in” and “address important issues” means “solve major problems”. Therefore, we can paraphrase as follows: directors may not fully take part in solving major problems. The correct heading is vi – A risk that not all directors take part in solving major problems.
– Take part in = to be involved in
– Solve major problems = address important issues
30. viii
Paragraph D
Paragraph D discusses “a radical solution” called “the professional board”. Although there are certain drawbacks to this solution and it may not be suitable for all businesses, the author claimed that “more professional and better-informed boards would have been particularly appropriate for banks where the executives had access to information that part-time non-executive directors lacked, leaving the latter unable to comprehend or anticipate the 2008 crash”. Therefore, such a solution is a proposal about necessary changes to deal with the problems in board operation previously mentioned in paragraph C. The correct heading is viii – A proposal to change the way the board operates.
31. vii
Paragraph E
We can find information about the heading of this paragraph in the first sentence: “One of the main criticisms of boards and their directors is that they do not focus sufficiently on longer-term matters of strategy, sustainability and governance, but instead concentrate too much on short-term financial metrics”. This means that boards do not see the bigger picture, nor do they understand the importance of long-term and sustainable development. Therefore, the most appropriate heading would be vii – Boards not looking far enough ahead.
– Look far ahead = focus on longer-term
32. i
Paragraph F
By reading the first sentence of paragraph F: “Compensation for chief executives has become a combat zone where pitched battles between investors, management and board members are fought”, we know that there are often disagreements concerning “compensation” between the investors and board directors of a company. The term “compensation” means payment or remuneration, so it has to do with money. Hence, heading i – Disputes over financial arrangements regarding senior managers are the most suitable (“dispute” means disagreement and “financial arrangements” refers to “compensation”). However, to be sure, we need to look further. In this paragraph, there is no information regarding changes made to the company, so heading iii – The possible need for fundamental change in every area of business is not relevant. Heading v – The falling number of board members with broad enough experience is not the answer either, despite the mention of “chief executives” in the paragraph, because there is no reference to a reduction in the number of board members.
– Financial arrangements = compensation = payment
– Senior managers = chief executives
33. iii
Paragraph G
The correct heading for this paragraph can be inferred from the sentence: “Boards of companies in all sectors will need to widen their perspective to encompass these issues and this may involve a realignment of corporate goals”. The term “in all sectors” means “in every area”, and it is clear that there are fundamental questions asked about “the morality of capitalism and the market economy”. Thus, the answer is definitely iii – The possible need for fundamental change in every area of business.
– In every area = in all sectors
34. YES
Question: Close scrutiny of the behavior of boards has increased since the economic downturn.
We can find information about the economic downturn in paragraph A: “Following the 2008 financial meltdown, which resulted in a deeper and more prolonged period of economic downturn than anyone expected, the search for explanations in the many post-mortems of the crisis has meant blame has been spread far and wide” and “The role of bank directors and management and their widely publicised failures have been extensively picked over and examined in reports, inquiries and commentaries”. “The search for explanations” here can be understood as the fact that after the crisis, the responsibility of boards involved had been brought to the fore and examined in a thorough and careful manner (“extensively picked over and examined”). This has the same meaning as “being scrutinized”. In addition, the term “spread far and wide” means that such scrutiny has “increased” among the community. Therefore, the answer should be YES.
– Scrutiny = extensively picked over and examined
– Increase = spread far and wide
5. NOT GIVEN
Question: Banks have been mismanaged to a greater extent than other businesses.
Key words: mismanaged, greater extent, banks, other businesses
Mismanagement refers to the failures of “governments, regulators, central banks and auditors”. These businesses are said to “have all been in the frame”, meaning that each and all of them are partly responsible for the 2008 crisis. However, we cannot find any information about whether “banks” contributed the most towards this crisis, nor are they more “mismanaged” than the remaining businesses, so the statement “Banks have been mismanaged to a greater extent than other businesses” must be NOTGIVEN.
36. NO
Question: Board meetings normally continue for as long as necessary to debate matters in full.
Key words: board meeting, normally, as long as necessary, in full
The last sentence of paragraph B: “Agendas can become overloaded and this can mean the time for constructive debate must necessarily be restricted in favour of getting through the business”. The fact that companies have a lot of other work to do means that they cannot afford long and thorough discussion. As a result, the time is restricted. Here, “the time for constructive debate” can refer to a board meeting, “in full” means “thorough” or “in detail”, so it can be inferred that board meetings are usually rushed and not fully discussed, which is the opposite meaning of “continue for as long as necessary to debate matters in full”. Therefore the answer is NO.
37. NO
Question: Using a committee structure would ensure that board members are fully informed about significant issues.
In paragraph C, the author mentioned that “board business is devolved to committees in order to cope with the workload, which may be more efficient but can mean that the board as a whole is less involved in fully addressing some of the most important issues”. The word “important” is the same as “significant”. The fact that members of the committee are “less involved in fully addressing some of the most important issues” can be seen as their inability to understand the problems in detail. In addition, the sentence “It is not uncommon for the audit committee meeting to last longer than the main board meeting itself” can imply that committee members are not “fully informed” and therefore take much more time than needed to get on with the business. Hence, the answer is NO.
38. information
Question: Before 2008, non-executive directors were at a disadvantage because of their lack of…………………..
Key words: before 2008, non-executive directors, disadvantage, lack of
In the last sentence of paragraph D, the author mentioned “executives had access to information that part-time non-executive directors lacked, leaving the latter unable to comprehend or anticipate the 2008 crash”. Here, “the latter” refers to non-executive directors, while “disadvantage” can imply the fact that they were not ready or prepared for the financial meltdown in 2008. The reason for this is that non-executive directors lacked “information”. Therefore the answer has to be “information”.
39. financial
Question: Boards tend to place too much emphasis on ………………… considerations that are only of short-term relevance.
Key words: tend to, too much, emphasis, short-term
We can use the skim and scan skill to find the word “short-term” in paragraph E: “they do not focus sufficiently on longer-term matters of strategy, sustainability and governance, but instead concentrate too much on short-term financial metrics”. The term “concentrate too much on” is the same as “place too much emphasis on”. So the word to fill in the blank must be about “financial metrics”. With the note that only one word is allowed and that the blank is followed by the word “considerations”, the answer should be “financial”.
– place too much emphasis on = concentrate too much on
40. investors/ shareholders
Question: On certain matters, such as pay, the board may have to accept the views of ………………
Key words: pay, accept
We already know from question 32 that there are often conflicts between investors and boards concerning the matter of “compensation”, or “pay”. It is also stated in paragraph F that “shareholders use their muscle in the area of pay to pressure boards to remove underperforming chief executives”. The passage continues: “Their powers to vote down executive remuneration policies increased when binding votes came into force”. If a decision is “binding”, this means that it must be accepted. Therefore, the word to fill in the blank should be “investors” or “shareholders”.
Cambridge IELTS 12 is the latest IELTS exam preparation.https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 12 reading test 3 with detail explanations.
1. v
Paragraph A
The first paragraph is about the inhospitable environment of the Galapagos Islands and explains that “the islands were colonised by one or more tortoises from mainland South America”. There is no heading about the environment. “Colonise” can be considered the same as “populate”. Moreover, the author claims “This inhospitable environment is home to the giant Galapagos tortoise.” Hence, “one or more tortoises from mainland South America” populated the islands. Heading v is most appropriate for this paragraph. The answer is v.
– Colonise = populate
2. iii
Paragraph B
In paragraph B, the author mentioned what happened to the tortoises after human arrival, and those are negative impacts for the tortoises such as “taken on board these ships to act as food supplies”, “they (humans) hunted the tortoises and destroyed their habitat to clear land for agriculture”, and so on. All of these can be considered as “the disadvantage of tortoise populations”, while “human arrival” and “settlers came to the islands” can be seen as “developments”. Therefore, the heading for this paragraph has to be heading iii – “Developments to the disadvantage of tortoise populations”. The answer is iii.
3. viii
Paragraph C
Paragraph C is about a tortoise-breeding centre with its captive-breeding programme. “Work began” on this programme in 1989 and is “dedicated to protecting the island’s tortoise populations”. Hence, this programme was the starting-point for tortoise conservation. Heading viii – “The start of the conservation project” is the most appropriate.
– Start = begin
– Programme = project
– Protect tortoise populations = conservation
4. i
Paragraph D
Paragraph D told us about an exact point – about 5 years of age – at which “their size and weight – and their hardened shells – are sufficient to protect them from predators”. And the author claims: “But if people wait too long after that point, the tortoises eventually become too large to transport.”. That means we need to find the perfect timing for captive-bred tortoises to be reintroduced into the wild. Hence, heading i – “The importance of getting the timing right” is the answer.
5. iv
Paragraph E
In this paragraph, the writer mentioned “repatriation efforts”, which refers to every endeavor to bring tortoises back to the islands. The author also tells us that at first, this work was done in small numbers, but then it was decided to “work out more ambitious reintroduction” – they brought 300 of the breeding centre’s tortoises back to their islands by helicopter. It was a much bigger number, based on a bigger idea. Therefore, heading iv – “Planning a bigger idea” is the heading of this paragraph.
Note: You may be confused between heading iv and heading vii – Looking for a home for the islands’ tortoises. However, this is “repatriation”, which means taking back to the place where they used to be, they are not “looking for” any other home. Hence, heading vii is inappropriate.
– More ambitious = bigger
6. vi
Paragraph F
The 3 remaining headings are: “Carrying out a carefully prepared operation” (keywords: carefully prepared, operation), “Looking for a home for the islands’ tortoises” (look for, home), and “Young meets old” (young, old, meet). Paragraph F is about the preparation to use a helicopter to bring tortoises back to their islands. The author mentioned: “During a period of three days, a group of volunteers from the breeding centre worked around the clock to prepare the young tortoises for transport.” In addition, we are told that groups of volunteers spent some time on the islands before the tortoises arrived, clearing sites for the helicopter to land. There is no line about “looking for a home” or “young meets old”. Therefore, heading vi – “Carrying out a carefully prepared operation” is the most suitable one for this paragraph.
7. ii
Paragraph G
In the second sentence of this paragraph, the author mentioned “Eventually, one tiny tortoise came across a fully grown giant who had been lumbering around the island for around a hundred years.” “One tiny tortoise” refers to “young” while “a fully grown giant” means “old” – about 100 years old, in fact. And “came across” means “to meet by accident”. Hence, “Young meets old” is the heading for this paragraph.
– Come across = meet
8. pirates
Question: 17th century: small numbers taken onto ships used by …………
Keywords: 17th century, small numbers, taken, ships
“17th century” is mentioned in the second sentence of paragraph B, so we have to pay attention to this part – “From the 17th century onwards, pirates took a few on board for food”. “A few” refers to “small numbers” and “on board” refers to “on ships”. We can paraphrase this sentence like this “From the 17th century onwards, small numbers were taken onto ships for food by pirates”. Therefore, the answer is “pirates”.
– A few = small numbers
9. food
Question: 1790s: very large numbers taken onto whaling ships, kept for 9………….. and also used to produce 10…………..
Keywords: 1790s, large numbers, whaling ships, kept, to produce
The next part of paragraph B is about what happened after “the arrival of whaling ships in the 1790s”. That is “Relatively immobile and capable of surviving for months without food or water, the tortoises were taken on board these ships to act as food supplies during long ocean passages.” The tortoises were taken onto ships “to act as food supplies”. That means they were kept for food. The answer for question 9 is “food”.
The author also mentioned “Sometimes, their bodies were processed into high-grade oil.” “processed into high-grade oil” means “used to produce high-grade oil”. However, they allow one word only, so we have to choose the most important word – “oil” – as the answer for question 10.
10. oil
Question: 1790s: very large numbers taken onto whaling ships, kept for 9………….. and also used to produce 10…………..
Keywords: 1790s, large numbers, whaling ships, kept, to produce
The next part of paragraph B is about what happened after “the arrival of whaling ships in the 1790s”. That is “Relatively immobile and capable of surviving for months without food or water, the tortoises were taken on board these ships to act as food supplies during long ocean passages.” The tortoises were taken onto ships “to act as food supplies”. That means they were kept for food. The answer for question 9 is “food”.
The author also mentioned “Sometimes, their bodies were processed into high-grade oil.” “processed into high-grade oil” means “used to produce high-grade oil”. However, they allow one word only, so we have to choose the most important word – “oil” – as the answer for question 10.
11. settlers
Question: Hunted by …………… on islands
Keywords: hunt, on islands
The author mentioned the word “hunt” later in paragraph B – “They hunted the tortoises and destroyed their habitat to clear land for agriculture”. We have to look at the previous sentences to find out who “they” refers to. “In total, an estimated 200,000 animals were taken from the archipelago before the 20th century. This historical exploitation was then exacerbated when settlers came to the islands.” Obviously, “they” are “settlers” who came to the islands”. Therefore, “settlers” is the answer.
12. species
Question: Habitat destruction: for the establishment of agriculture and by various …………… not native to the islands, which also fed on baby tortoises and tortoises’ ……………
Keywords: Habitat destruction, not native, fed on, tortoises
They not only hunted tortoises and destroyed their habitat to clear land for agriculture, but settlers also “introduced alien species – ranging from cattle, pigs, goats, rats and dogs to plants and ants – that either prey on the eggs and young tortoises or damage or destroy their habitat.” (the last sentence of paragraph C). The word “alien” means “coming from a different country, race, or group”, which is the same as “not native to the islands.” The author referred to those alien species that “damage or destroy their habitat”, which means the same as “habitat destruction”. The answer for question 12 is “species”. Those species also “prey on eggs and young tortoises.” “Prey on” means “feed on”, and “young tortoises” refers to “baby tortoises.”. Hence, what remains is “tortoises’ eggs.” The answer is eggs.
– Alien = not native
– Destruction = damage or destroy
13. eggs
Question: Habitat destruction: for the establishment of agriculture and by various …………… not native to the islands, which also fed on baby tortoises and tortoises’ ……………
Keywords: Habitat destruction, not native, fed on, tortoises
They not only hunted tortoises and destroyed their habitat to clear land for agriculture, but settlers also “introduced alien species – ranging from cattle, pigs, goats, rats and dogs to plants and ants – that either prey on the eggs and young tortoises or damage or destroy their habitat.” (the last sentence of paragraph C). The word “alien” means “coming from a different country, race, or group”, which is the same as “not native to the islands.” The author referred to those alien species that “damage or destroy their habitat”, which means the same as “habitat destruction”. The answer for question 12 is “species”. Those species also “prey on eggs and young tortoises.” “Prey on” means “feed on”, and “young tortoises” refers to “baby tortoises.”. Hence, what remains is “tortoises’ eggs.” The answer is eggs.
– Alien = not native
– Destruction = damage or destroy
14. D
Question: An acceptance that not all diseases can be totally eliminated
Keywords: acceptance, not all diseases, totally eliminated.
In paragraph D, the author mentioned some information about health geography and diseases: “It is an increasingly important area of study in a world where diseases like polio are re-emerging, respiratory diseases continue to spread, and malaria-prone areas are still fighting to find a better cure.” The words “continue to spread” and “still fighting to find a better cure” mean that humans cannot control the above-mentioned diseases and still need “a better cure” for them, which is the same as they are not “totally eliminated”. Later in the paragraph, we find a key statement: “…people will always be prone to illness…” Therefore, the answer is D.
– Illness = diseases
15. C
Question: Examples of physical conditions caused by human behavior.
Keywords: examples, physical conditions, human behavior.
In paragraph C, the author gives some examples. The human behavior referred to includes: “the massive number of cars being driven”, and “the cutting down of forests”. The physical conditions which have resulted in large cities are “smog and pollution that cause asthma, lung problems, eyesight issues and more”.
16. F
Question: A reference to classifying diseases on the basis of how far they extend geographically
In paragraph F, the author mentioned a way of categorising illnesses and diseases. “Categorise” is the same as “classify”, which means “to divide diseases into groups according to their type”. Therefore, we have to pay attention to this part of the text: “…work to create a clear way of categorising illnesses, diseases and epidemics into local and global scales. Health geographers can map the spread of illnesses and attempt to identify the reasons behind an increase or decrease in illnesses”. “Categorising…into local and global scales” can be understood as “how far the extend geographically”. Hence, the information in paragraph F matches the statement.
– Classify = categorise
– Spread = extend
17. G
Question: Reasons why the level of access to healthcare can vary within a country
Keywords: reasons, level of access to healthcare, vary, within a country
In paragraph G, the writer mentioned “a very large discrepancy between the options available to people”. “A very large discrepancy” is the same as “vary” and “options available to people” can be seen as “level of access”. In the previous sentence, the author was talking about the availability or the lack of healthcare provision, so we can understand they are “level of access to healthcare”. And the author named some reasons for this large discrepancy – “different social classes, income brackets, and levels of education”. Therefore, paragraph G contains information in the statement. The answer is G.
– Vary = a very lagre discrepancy
– Options available to people = level of access
18. D
Question: A description of health geography as a mixture of different academic fields
Keywords: health geography, mixture, academic fields
In the second sentence of paragraph D, the author claimed “Health geography is the combination of, on the one hand, knowledge regarding geography and methods used to analyse and interpret geographical information, and on the other, the study of health, diseases and healthcare practices around the world.” “Combination” is the same as “a mixture”. It is a mixture of “knowledge regarding geography”, “methods used to analyse and interpret geographical information”, and “the study of health, diseases and healthcare practices”. Those can be considered as “different academic fields” which, when combined, make a “hybrid science” (= a science which is the product of mixing different disciplines) Therefore, the answer is D.
– Mixture = combination
19. B
Question: A description of the type of area where a particular illness is rare
Keywords: type of area, a particular illness, rare
In paragraph B, the author claimed “depending on where you live, you will not have the same health concerns as someone who lives in a different geographical region” and gave an example of a particular illness (malaria) in different regions. In tropical regions, malaria is widespread. However, in high-altitude deserts, this disease “is much less of a problem”. High-altitude deserts is a type of area, and “much less of a problem” means it is very unusual, or we can consider it as “rare”. The answer is B.
20. vaccinations
Question: Certain diseases have disappeared, thanks to better ……………… and healthcare
Keywords: certain disease, disappeared, thanks to, better, healthcare
In the first sentence of the first paragraph, the author wrote: “many diseases that affect humans have been eradicated due to improvements in vaccinations and the availability of healthcare”. “diseases have been eradicated” means people are able to “get rid of those diseases completely”, or we can say that those diseases have disappeared completely. “Due to” is the same as “thanks to”, and “improvements” refers to “something better”. In this sentence, the author mentioned 2 things – “vaccinations” and “the availability of healthcare”. “Healthcare” is mentioned in the statement already, therefore, what we are looking for is “vaccinations”. The answer is “vaccinations”.
– Eradicate = disappear
– Improvements = better
21. antibiotics
Question: Because there is more contact between people, ………… are losing their usefulness.
Keywords: contact between people, lose, usefulness
In the next sentences of the first paragraph, the author mentioned “contact between people” – “In a world that is far more globalised than ever before, people come into contact with one another through travel and living closer and closer to each other. As a result, super-viruses and other infections resistant to antibiotics are becoming more and more common.” The first sentence let us know that “there is more contact between people” (more globalized, come into contact with one another, closer and closer), and the second one showed its consequence (as a result) that is “super-viruses and other infections resistant to antibiotics are becoming more and more common”. “Resistant to antibiotics” means antibiotics are not useful to combat those super-viruses and other infections. They are losing their usefulness since those super-viruses are becoming more common. Therefore, the answer is antibiotics.
22. mosquitos
Question: Disease-causing ……………….. are most likely to be found in hot, damp regions.
Keywords: disease – causing, most likely, found, hot, damp regions.
This gap needs a noun, something or someone that can cause diseases. In the paragraph about the disease called malaria (paragraph B), the author mentioned “tropical regions that foster a warm and damp environment in which the mosquitos that can give people this disease can grow”. So, the writer tells us that mosquitos that can cause malaria to spread in a warm and damp environment. Therefore, what we have to find out here is “mosquitos”. The answer is mosquitos.
23. factories
Question: One cause of pollution is ……………….. that burn a particular fuel.
Keywords: cause of pollution, burn, particular fuel
In paragraph C, the author named some causes of pollution. They are the massive number of cars being driven, factories that run on coal power, and the rapid industrialisation of some countries. Among them causes, factories is the word that relates to “run on coal power”, which means burns a particular fuel (coal – to be more specific). Therefore, the answer is factories.
24. forests
Question: The growth of cities often has an impact on nearby ……………….
Keywords: the growth of cities, impact, nearby
In the last sentence of paragraph C, the author explained why the rapid industrialization of some countries can cause pollution. “The rapid industrialisation of some countries in recent years has also led to the cutting down of forests to allow for the expansion of big cities, which makes it even harder to fight the pollution with the fresh air that is produced by plants.” “The expansion of big cities” can be seen as “the growth of cities”. To make way for the growth of cities, they have to “cut down forests”. We can say it has an impact on nearby forests. The answer is forests.
– Growth = expansion
25. polio
Question: …………. is one disease that is growing after having been eradicated.
Keywords: one disease, grow, after eradicated.
We need to find out the most appropriate disease, one which is ‘growing’. In paragraph D, the author mentioned some diseases that need a better cure. One of them is polio which is re-emerging. “Emerge” means to appear, and “re” is a prefix used with the meaning “again”. We can understand that polio is a disease that can appear again (after being treated or eradicated). Therefore, the answer is polio.
26. mountain
Question: A physical barrier such as a ………………. can prevent people from reaching a hospital.
Keywords: physical barrier, prevent, reach a hospital
The word needed is after an article and stands in front of a verb. Therefore, it has to be a noun. “Hospital” is mentioned once in the passage in paragraph G, in which the author took an example of people’s attempt to assess the levels of healthcare. The writer states: “it may be very difficult for people to get medical attention because there is a mountain between their village and the nearest hospital”. What prevents people from getting to their nearest hospital is a mountain (a physical barrier). Therefore, the noun we’re looking for is “mountain”.
27. dopamine
Question: It was noted that the music stimulated the brain’s neurons to release a substance called 27…………. in two of the parts of the brain which are associated with feeling 28………….
Keywords: music, stimulate, brain’s neurons, release, substance, two of the parts of the brain, associated, feeling
In the last sentences of the second paragraph, the author wrote “The first thing they discovered is that music triggers the production of dopamine – a chemical with a key role in setting people’s moods – by the neurons (nerve cells) in both the dorsal and ventral regions of the brain. As these two regions have long been linked with the experience of pleasure, this finding isn’t particularly surprising.” “Trigger” means “to cause something to start” and can be considered as “stimulate”. It is said that music stimulates the production of a chemical called dopamine. “A chemical” is the same as “a substance” and “production” is the same as “release”. Therefore, “dopamine” is what we’re looking for in question 27. After that, the author mentioned two regions of the brain and claimed they “have long been linked with the experience of pleasure.” “Linked” refers to “associated” (to be connected), and “feeling” means “experience”. Hence, the answer for question 28 is “pleasure”.
– stimulate = trigger
– substance = chemical
– associated = linked
– parts = regions
28. pleasure
Question: It was noted that the music stimulated the brain’s neurons to release a substance called 27…………. in two of the parts of the brain which are associated with feeling 28………….
Keywords: music, stimulate, brain’s neurons, release, substance, two of the parts of the brain, associated, feeling
In the last sentences of the second paragraph, the author wrote “The first thing they discovered is that music triggers the production of dopamine – a chemical with a key role in setting people’s moods – by the neurons (nerve cells) in both the dorsal and ventral regions of the brain. As these two regions have long been linked with the experience of pleasure, this finding isn’t particularly surprising.” “Trigger” means “to cause something to start” and can be considered as “stimulate”. It is said that music stimulates the production of a chemical called dopamine. “A chemical” is the same as “a substance” and “production” is the same as “release”. Therefore, “dopamine” is what we’re looking for in question 27. After that, the author mentioned two regions of the brain and claimed they “have long been linked with the experience of pleasure.” “Linked” refers to “associated” (to be connected), and “feeling” means “experience”. Hence, the answer for question 28 is “pleasure”.
– stimulate = trigger
– substance = chemical
– associated = linked
– parts = regions
29. caudate
Question: Researchers also observed that the neurons in the area of the brain called the 29………… were particularly active just before the participants’ favourite moments in the music – the period known as the 30………….
Keywords: observe, neurons, area of the brain, active, before, favourite moments
In the first sentence of the third paragraph, the author claimed that “the dopamine neurons in the caudate – a region of the brain involved in learning stimulus-response associations, and in anticipating food and other ‘reward’ stimuli – were at their most active around 15 seconds before the participants’ favourite moments in the music”. The phrase: “at their most active” is the same as “particularly active” and “region” means “area” of the brain, so it is clear that such a “region” refers to “the caudate”. Therefore, the answer for question 29 is “caudate”. In the following sentence, it is said that “The researchers call this the ‘anticipatory phase’”. Here, “this” refers to the observation made by researchers concerning the participants’ favourite music. The period at which something happens is a stage or a ‘phase’. Hence, the answer for question 30 should be “anticipatoryphase”.
– particularly active = at their most active
– area = region
30. anticipatory phase
Question: Researchers also observed that the neurons in the area of the brain called the 29………… were particularly active just before the participants’ favourite moments in the music – the period known as the 30………….
Keywords: observe, neurons, area of the brain, active, before, favourite moments
In the first sentence of the third paragraph, the author claimed that “the dopamine neurons in the caudate – a region of the brain involved in learning stimulus-response associations, and in anticipating food and other ‘reward’ stimuli – were at their most active around 15 seconds before the participants’ favourite moments in the music”. The phrase: “at their most active” is the same as “particularly active” and “region” means “area” of the brain, so it is clear that such a “region” refers to “the caudate”. Therefore, the answer for question 29 is “caudate”. In the following sentence, it is said that “The researchers call this the ‘anticipatory phase’”. Here, “this” refers to the observation made by researchers concerning the participants’ favourite music. The period at which something happens is a stage or a ‘phase’. Hence, the answer for question 30 should be “anticipatoryphase”.
– particularly active = at their most active
– area = region
31. food
Question: Activity in this part of the brain is associated with the expectation of ‘reward’ stimuli such as ……………
Keywords: activity, this part of the brain, associated with, expectation, reward stimuli
Also in the first sentence of the third paragraph, the author described the caudate as “a region of the brain involved in learning stimulus-response associations, and in anticipating food and other ‘reward’ stimuli”. Thus, “involved in” means “associated with” and “anticipate” means “to look forward to”, which is the same as “expect”. Therefore, it can be understood that the “reward stimuli” expected by the caudate should include “food” as the example given in the passage. The word to fill in the blank is “food”.
– to be involved in = to be associated with
– anticipate = expect
32. B
Question: What point does the writer emphasise in the first paragraph?
Keywords: point, emphasise, first paragraph
Looking at the first paragraph, it is claimed that “sound stirs us at our biological roots”, meaning that music can affect the listeners in a biological way. To demonstrate this, the author gave examples of some physical reactions that we may have when listening to our favourite music: “The pupils in our eyes dilate, our pulse and blood pressure rise, the electrical conductance of our skin is lowered, and the cerebellum, a brain region associated with bodily movement, becomes strangely active. Blood is even re-directed to the muscles in our legs”. These are all big or ‘intense’ physical changes that occur in our bodies when we listen to music. Therefore, the answer is B – how intense our physical responses to music can be.
33. C
Question: What view of the Montreal study does the writer express in the second paragraph?
Keywords: view, Montreal study, second paragraph
In the second paragraph, the author mentioned “Although the study involves plenty of fancy technology, including functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) and ligand-based positron emission tomography (PET) scanning, the experiment itself was rather straightforward”. The term: “fancy technology” may mean the same as “complex technology”, but there is no information about whether it was “unnecessary” or not, so D cannot be the correct answer. Neither is B, because the author mentioned that “the experiment itself was rather straightforward”, not “too simplistic”. Further in the paragraph, it is stated that scientists “were able to obtain an impressively exact and detailed portrait of music in the brain”. So, “exact” means “precise” and “impressively” means “remarkably”, so this information suggests that the Montreal study produced “remarkably precise data”. Hence, the answer is C.
– exact = precise
– impressively = remarkably
34. A
Question: What does the writer find interesting about the results of the Montreal study?
Keywords: interesting, results, Montreal study
Because the questions follow the order of the text, and we already know the position of the answer to question 33 (in the second paragraph), just pay attention to the following sections. In the beginning of the third paragraph, it is said that “What is rather more significant is the finding that the dopamine neurons in the caudate … were at their most active around 15 seconds before the participants’ favourite moments in the music”. The fact that the caudate was particularly active before the musical climax can be considered “the timing of participants’ neural responses”. This observation was followed by the author’s question: “The question, of course, is what all these dopamine neurons are up to. Why are they so active in the period preceding the acoustic climax?” So, it can be inferred that the timing of this response of the neurons in the brain really caught his attention. In other words, he found it interesting. Hence, the correct answer is A.
35. B
Question: Why does the writer refer to Meyer’s work on music and emotion?
Keywords: Meyer’s work, music and emotion
By using the skim and scan skill, we can easily locate the word “Meyer” in the fifth paragraph. The first sentence mentioned “To demonstrate this psychological principle, the musicologist Leonard Meyer, in his classic book Emotion and Meaning in Music (1956), analysed the 5th movement of Beethoven’s String Quartet in C-sharp minor, Op. 131”. Hence, to understand what “this psychological principle” refers to, we need to read the previous paragraph.
The fourth paragraph explains the findings of the Montreal study, in which the participants’ caudate neurons were at their most active a few moments before the climax of the music: “it turns out that the most important part of every song or symphony is when the patterns break down, when the sound becomes unpredictable. If the music is too obvious, it is annoyingly boring, like an alarm clock. Numerous studies, after all, have demonstrated that dopamine neurons quickly adapt to predictable rewards. If we know what’s going to happen next, then we don’t get excited”. Meyer is a musicologist and his analysis of the music offers an explanation of why the brain is responding in this ‘reward principle, way. Therefore, it can be inferred that the author mentioned Meyer’s book to support the Montreal study. The answer is B.
36. D
Question: According to Leonard Meyer, what causes the listener’s emotional response to music?
Keywords: according, Leonard Meyer, causes, emotional response
In the last paragraph, it is stated that “According to Meyer, it is the suspenseful tension of music, arising out of our unfulfilled expectations, that is the source of the music’s feeling”. The author then explained in more detail: “Meyer argued that the emotions we find in music come from the unfolding events of the music itself”. So, emotional response is not connected to A or C – the listener’s memories or sympathies. “This ‘embodied meaning’ arises from the patterns the symphony invokes and then ignores”. The “unfolding events” and “the patterns the symphony invokes and then ignores” both imply the unpredictable part of any musical piece which is considered to be the most appealing. It is this part that makes the listeners want more and wait for more, therefore fully enjoy and be in sync with the music. Hence, when Meyer refers to “the music itself” and “the patterns” of the music, it can be understood that the internal structure is responsible for the listener’s feelings attached to a musical composition.
37. F
Question: The Montreal researchers discovered that ………….
Keywords: Montreal researchers, discover
From question 34, we already know that in the Montreal study, scientists found that the caudate neurons “were at their most active around 15 seconds before the participants’ favourite moments in the music”. The word: “before” is the same as “prior”, and “the participants’ favourite moments” can be considered as “key points” in the music. In addition, the fact that neurons “were at their most active” means that the level of neural activity had increased before those “key points”. Therefore, the answer should be F – neuron activity increases prior to key points in a musical piece.
– prior = before
38. B
Question: Many studies have demonstrated that ………….
Keywords: studies, demonstrate
The author mentioned in the fourth paragraph that “Numerous studies, after all, have demonstrated that dopamine neurons quickly adapt to predictable rewards. If we know what’s going to happen next, then we don’t get excited”. The word: “numerous” means “many”. The two sentences suggest that if we can predict what’s going to happen next, which means that “the outcomes become predictable”, then our brains do not get excited because dopamine neurons have already become familiar with, or adapted to, those outcomes, leading to decreasing neuron activity. Hence, the answer is B – neuron activity decreases if outcomes become predictable.
– numerous = many
39. E
Question: Meyer’s analysis of Beethoven’s music shows that …………..
Keywords: Meyer, analysis, Beethoven’s music
It is mentioned in the fifth paragraph that “Meyer dissected 50 measures (bars) of the masterpiece, showing how Beethoven begins with the clear statement of a rhythmic and harmonic pattern and then, in an ingenious tonal dance, carefully holds off repeating it”. To “dissect” means “to analyze and interpret minutely”, so Meyer’s work can be considered an analysis of Beethoven’s composition. This analysis shows that the musician held off, or “delayed”, the patterns that he had previously put in the beginning of the musical piece. Such delay “keeps us listening, waiting expectantly for our reward, for the pattern to be completed”. This has the same meaning as “emotive music delays giving listeners what they expect to hear”. Thus, the answer has to be E.
40. C
Question: Earlier theories of music suggested that …………..
Keywords: earlier, theories
It is mentioned in the last paragraph that “earlier theories of music focused on the way a sound can refer to the real world of images and experiences”. Therefore, “real” is the same as “actual”, “images” means “pictures” and “experiences” can be understood as “events”, so this information can be paraphrased into “earlier theories of music suggested that a sound can refer to actual pictures and events”. Hence, the appropriate answer is C – emotive music can bring to mind actual pictures and events.
Cambridge IELTS 12 is the latest IELTS exam preparation.https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 12 reading test 2 with detail explanations.
1. A
Question: a reference to characteristics that only apply to food production
Keywords: characteristics, only, food production
We have to find paragraphs which contain information about “food production”. We can see this phrase (food production) in paragraph A and paragraph E. In paragraph E, “food production” is just mentioned as an example of the benefits of public welfare programmes, while in paragraph A, we can see the first sentence: “Two things distinguish food production from all other productive activities: first, every single person needs food each day and has a right to it; and second, it is hugely dependent on nature.” The verb “distinguish” means “to make one thing seem different from another”. Therefore, we can understand that these two things mentioned above only belong to food production. All of this information lies in paragraph A. The answer is A.
2. B
Question: a reference to challenges faced only by farmers in certain parts of the world
Keywords: challenges, only, farmers in certain parts
Paragraph B mentions difficulties farmers have to face. The first sentence is about problems met in everywhere in the world. The second sentence is about challenges that only farmers in developing countries have to deal with: “However, smallholder farmers in developing countries must in addition deal with adverse environments, both natural, in terms of soil quality, rainfall, etc. and human, in terms of infrastructure, financial systems, markets, knowledge and technology”. The term “developing countries” refers to “certain parts of the world”. Therefore, the answer is B.
3. H
Question: a reference to difficulties in bringing about co-operation between farmers
Keywords: difficulties, co-operation between farmers.
In terms of co-operation, the author mentions some kinds of co-operative groups of farmers such as collective action groups, co-operatives or producers’ groups in the second sentence of paragraph H. Collective actions mean actions shared by every member of a group of people, which refers to co-operation between people in a group. He/ she not only names the groups but also claims that those actions do “not come as a free good. It takes time, effort and money to organise, build trust and to experiment.” Those are considered as difficulties in taking collective actions. Therefore, the answer is H.
(Note: Matching Headings questions do not follow the order of the text).
4. D
Question: Financial assistance from the government does not always go to the farmers who most need it.
Keywords: financial assistance from the government
This is a difficult question since you have to know that “state subsidies” refers to “financial assistance from the government”. And this phrase lies in paragraph E. In this paragraph, the author mentions Rokeya Kabir as she claims that these state subsidies ‘have not compensated for the stranglehold exercised by private traders”. To make it more clear, the author writes: “sixty percent of beneficiaries of subsidies are not poor, but rich landowners and non-farmer traders.” (when the subsidies go to some people, those people are called beneficiaries. And the writer claims some are non-farmers). Therefore, this information is matched with Rokeya Kabir. The answer is D.
– State subsidies = financial assistance from the government.
5. B
Question: Farmers can benefit from collaborating as a group.
Keywords: benefit, collaborate, as a group.
“Collaborate” means “to work with someone else for a special purpose”, which refers to collective actions of farmers. Therefore, we have to pay attention to paragraph H, which contains that information (as we already know when doing question 3). In the first sentence of this paragraph, the writer says that “According to Murphy, ‘collective action offers an important way for farmers to strengthen their political and economic bargaining power.” “Strengthen their political and economic bargaining power” is a way of benefiting. Therefore, the answer is Murphy – B.
– Collective actions = collaborate as a group
6. C
Question: Financial assistance from the government can improve the standard of living of farmers.
Keywords: financial assistance from the government, standard of living, farmers.
This question is about the same issue as question 4, so we turn back to paragraph E. The first sentence of this paragraph mentions Shennge Fan, who considers “safety nets and public welfare programmes” as “valuable ways to address poverty among farming families and reduce their vulnerability to agriculture shocks”. “Public welfare programmes” are programmes that provide financial assistance. “Address poverty” means to “improve the standard of living”. Therefore, the answer is C – Shenggen Fan.
7. G
Question: Farmers may be helped if there is financial input by the same individuals who buy from them
Keywords: financial input, same individuals, buy
In paragraph I, we find a reference to “One commentator suggested farmers can gain greater control over prices and minimise price volatility by selling directly to consumers”. This commentator is named as Sonali Bisht. Her experience is of India, where “consumers invest in local farmers by subscription and guarantee producers a fair price…” Selling directly to consumers means that the same individuals who buy from the farmers also pay the farmers. Therefore, the answer is G, Sonali Bisht.
8. B
Question: Governments can help to reduce variation in prices.
Keywords: governments, reduce, variation in prices.
In paragraph D, the author mentions the role of governments. While Kanayo F. Nwanze suggests governments can provide basic services, Sophia Murphy thinks that governments can “help mitigate wild swings in food prices”. “Mitigate” is the same meaning as “reduce the effect of something”, and “wild swings in prices” refers to “variation in prices”. Therefore, the answer is Sophia Murphy – B. (Note: You may use any letter more than once.)
– Mitigate = reduce
– Wild swings = variation
9. A
Question: Improvements to infrastructure can have a major impact on risk for farmers.
Keywords: improvements to infrastructure, major impact, risk for farmers.
Regarding infrastructure and risks, we saw these issues in paragraph D when doing question 8. “Basic services like roads” refers to infrastructure. Kanayo F. Nwanze argues that by improving those services, they can “significantly reduce risks for farmers”, which means this way has “a major impact on risk for farmers”. The answer is A.
– Basic services = infrastructure
– Significantly = major
10, 11. D, E
Question: Which TWO problems are mentioned which affect farmers with small farms in developing countries?
Keywords: problems, affect, farmers with small farms, developing countries.
In the first sentence of paragraph G, the author mentions “climate change and its consequences for small-scale agriculture”. “Small-scale agriculture” refers to “farmers with small farms”. We can detect the first problem – climate change and its consequences, which are “the effects of changing weather patterns” – D. Next, “lack of demand for locally produced food” and “lack of irrigation programmes” are not mentioned in the whole passage. “Insurance” is mentioned once in paragraph F, but in terms of “private insurance” as a way to “help small-scale producers mitigate risk”. There is no information relating to “being unable to get insurance”. In paragraph I, the author mentions “the presence of intermediary purchasers”. “Purchasers” refers to “buyers”. Those people, “taking advantage of farmers’ vulnerability, dictate prices.” Because farmers have to sell their goods to these intermediary buyers, these buyers dictate prices. Therefore, the answer is D and E.
– small – scale agriculture = farmers with small farms
– purchasers = buyers
12, 13. C, D
Question: Which TWO actions are recommended for improving conditions for farmers?
Keywords: recommened, improving, conditions for farmers
Answer A mentions “the size of food stocks”, but in the passage, the author only mentions the avaibility of “adequate stocks” (the fourth sentence of pagagraph F). “reducing the size of food stocks” is not mentioned. In terms of price control, the author suggests some solutions such as “by alleviating uncertainties about market supply” (paragraph D), “greater transparency in markets” (paragraph F), “selling directly to consumers” (paragraph I) and “synchronise buying and selling with seasonal price conditions.” (paragraph H). This method is to synchronise prices in certain times (seasonal), not to raise prices. Therefore, B is not the answer. Additionally, “making customers aware of the reasons for changing food prices” is not mentioned either. Hence, E is not the answer.
In paragraph H, the author suggests “all stakeholders, including business, government, scientists and civil society, must work together, starting at the beginning of the value chain.” “Work together” means “co-operation” and “all stakeholders, including business, government, scientists and civil society” refers to “a wide range of interested parties”. Hence, the first action which is recommended is C – C. organising co-operation between a wide range of interested parties. One of the answers is C.
The only remaining answer is D. We can use exclusive method to know that this is the answer. When answering question 7, we found a reference to community-based agriculture: ‘where consumers invest in local farmers by subscription and guarantee producers a fair price, is a risk-sharing model worth more attention”. In this model, consumers and farmers share the risks. This confirms that the correct answers is D.
– Work together = co-operation
– Stakeholders = interested parties
14. iv
Paragraph A
The first paragraph is used to introduce Bingham’s trip (his goal and his plan when making the trip). The second sentence is: “His goal was to locate the remains of a city called Vitcos, the last capital of the Inca civilization.” “Goal” is the same as “aim”. We can see the heading iv “the aim of the course” is the most relevant to this paragraph’s content. The answer is iv.
If you are not sure enough, take note and do following questions before deciding what is the answer.
– Goal = aim
15. vi
Paragraph B
Paragraph B is quite short, so you should read it thoroughly to find the correct answer. This paragraph is about the advantage of Bingham and his team over other travellers – “a track had recently been blasted down the valley canyon to enable rubber to be brought up by mules from the jungle.” “A track” means “a path, route or rough road” and “recently” means “not long ago, during the period of time that has just passed”. Therefore, we can consider this advantage as a new route. The answer is vi – “A new route”.
– Track = route
– Recently = new
16. viii
Paragraph C
This paragraph describes some negative things during the trek. Bingham’s team “showed no interest” in continuing this trek and Bingham himself claimed in his book “he made the ascent without having the least expectation that he would find anything at the top.” We can see that Bingham and his companions were lacking expectation and were “less than keen on” going up the hill to look at the ruins mentioned by the local farmer. Therefore, the answer is viii – “Bingham’s lack of enthusiasm”. (Other headings do not mention something negative).
– Less than keen on = lack of enthusiasm
17. v
Paragraph D
In this paragraph, the author mentioned what Bingham described in his book, from “the ever-present possibility of deadly snakes” to “the grand ceremonial buildings of Machu Picchu”. This paragraph does not mention anything related to “different accounts” (heading i), support (heading ii), belief (heading iii) or Bingham’s theory (heading vii). What remains is heading v – a dramatic description and this heading is really relevant to this paragraph’s content. The answer is v.
– Vivid = dramatic
18. i
Paragraph E
This paragraph shows that Bingham’s journal reveals “a much more gradual appreciation of his achievement compared with his book. He spent the afternoon at the ruins noting down the dimensions of some of the buildings, then descended and rejoined his companions, to whom he seems to have said little about his discovery. At this stage, didn’t realise the extent or the importance of the site, nor did he realise what use he could make of the discovery”. However, in his book, Bingham makes the discovery of ‘The Lost City of the Incas’ appear much more dramatic than it seemed at the time. The most appropriate heading for this paragraph is “Different accounts of the same journey” (i).
19. vii
Paragraph F
There are only 3 headings which remain: Bingham gains support, A common belief and Bingham publishes his theory. We just need to pay attention to these keywords “support”, “belief” and “theory” to find the correct answer to the remaining 2 questions.
In paragraph F, the author mentions the belief of Bingham. However, it is Bingham’s own belief and is inaccurate. It is not a common belief. Heading iii is not the answer. This paragraph is about Bingham’s big idea, “he knew he had to produce a big idea”. In this context, we can consider “his idea” as “his theory”, which he explained in an article which he wrote for publication in a magazine. The answer is vii – Bingham publishes his theory.
– A big idea = theory
20. iii
Paragraph G
The third sentence of this paragraph mentions “An idea which has gained wide acceptance over the past few years”. The expression “it gained wide acceptance” means “it is accepted/ believed by many people”. We can consider it as “a common belief”. It is also can be considered in terms of “gain support”. However, this idea does not belong to Bingham. Therefore, the heading “Bingham gains support” is inaccurate. The answer has to be iii – a common belief.
– Wide acceptance = common belief
21. TRUE
Thomas Goetz
Goetz is mentioned in both Paragraph B and Paragraph E. We already know (from Q15) that Paragraph B is about the classification of types of boredom by Goetz and his team. This matches B in the list of ideas: “Of the five types, the most damaging is ‘reactant’ boredom with its explosive combination of high arousal and negative emotion”.
So, ‘reactant’ boredom is the worst of all five types of boredom, because it is ‘the most damaging’.
– sort = type
The answer is B.
22. FALSE
Question: Bingham chose a particular route down the Urubamba valley because it was the most common route used by travellers.
Keywords: a particular route, down the Urubamba valley, most common.
When doing question 15, we already know Bingham used a new route which other travellers had not used. In case you do True – False questions first, you can find the answer’s location according to the keywords. In the second part of paragraph A, the author mentions the route down the Urubamba valley. However, from paragraph B, we know Bingham did not follow that route, he found a new route – “they had an advantage over travellers who had preceded them : a track had recently been blasted down the valley canyon to enable rubber to be brought up by mules”. Therefore, the answer is FALSE.
23. FALSE
Question: Bingham understood the significance of Machu Picchu as soon as he saw it.
Keywords: siginificance of Machu Picchu, as soon as he saw it.
In paragraph E, the author claimed “At this stage, didn’t realise the extent or the importance of the site, nor did he realise what use he could make of the discovery.” “The site” referred to is the Lost City – Machu Picchu – and “the importance” means “significance”. According to this sentence, at that time Bing didn’t realize those things. Therefore, the answer is FALSE.
– Significance = importance
24. NOT GIVEN
Question: Bingham returned to Machu Picchu in order to find evidence to support his theory.
Keywords: return, evidence, support his theory.
The paragraph about Bingham’s theory is paragraph F: (the second sentence – “he knew he had to produce a big idea”). In the second part of this paragraph, the author claims his theory is wrong, but he/ she does not mention what Bingham did after that. Therefore, the answer is NOT GIVEN.
25. rubber
Question: The track that took Bingham down the Urubamba valley had been created for the transportation of ………….
Keywords: track, Bingham, Urubamba valley, created, transportation
This route is mentioned in many other questions so we easily find its location, which is in paragraphs A and B. In paragraph B, the author writes “a track had recently been blasted down the valley canyon to enable rubber to be brought up by mules from the jungle”. This can be understood as “for the transportation of rubber”. The answer is “rubber”.
26. farmer
Question: Bingham found out about the ruins of Machu Picchu from a ………… in the Urubamba valley.
Keywords: ruins of Machu Picchu, from, Urubamba valley.
“The ruins of Machu Picchu” is mentioned in paragraph C – “His companions showed no interest in accompanying him up the nearby hill to see some ruins that a local farmer, Melchor Arteaga, had told them about the night before.” It is when they reached the valley. Therefore, it is a local farmer in the Urubamba valley who told them about some ruins of Machu Picchu. The answer is “farmer”.
27. eye movements
Question: Observing the …………. of Russian- English bilingual people when asked to select certain objects
Keywords: Observe, Russian – English bilingual people, select, objects
In IELTS Reading, it’s easier to find names of people and places than most other information. Therefore, we should start by finding location of information about “Russian – English bilingual people”. This information lies in paragraph B, in an example of “studying of eye movements” – “A Russian-English bilingual was asked to ‘pick up a marker’ from a set of objects”. “Studying” refers to “observing”, and “pick up” means “select”. Therefore, the words to fill in the blank are “eye movements”.
– Study = observe
– Pick up = select
28. language co-activation
Question: Bilingual people engage both languages simultaneously: a mechanism known as …………..
In paragraph B, the key sentence is: “Research shows that when a bilingual person uses one language, the other is active at the same time”. There is also a word which can be considered the same meaning as “a mechanism” – it is “activation”.: “For bilingual people, this activation is not limited to a single language; auditory input activates corresponding words regardless of the language to which they belong. Some of the most compelling evidence for this phenomenon, called ‘language co-activation’, comes from studying eye movements.” “not limited to a single language” means “engage both languages”, and “called” is the same as “known as”. Therefore, this activation – mechanism is known as “language co-activation”.
– At the same time = simultaneously
– Activation = mechanism
29. Stroop Task
Question: A test called the ………….., focusing on naming colours
Keywords: a test, naming colours
In paragraph C, the author mentioned “tasks” and took an example of a classic task in which “people see a word and are asked to name the colour of the word’s font”. It is called “Stroop Task.” Therefore, Stroop Task is the answer.
– Task = test
30. conflict management
Question: Bilingual people are more able to handle tasks involving a skill called ………………
Keywords: bilingual people, more able to, handle, skill
Since the questions are in the table with two columns “Test” and “Findings”, so questions in the same row will be closely related to each other. Therefore, their answers are definitely somewhere near the other and we still pay attention to paragraph C. In this case, the author mentioned the “findings” in the previous sentence – “bilingual people often perform better on tasks that require conflict management”. “Perform better on tasks” has the same meaning with “are more able to handle tasks” and “require” is the same as “involving”. The skill mentioned here is “conflict management”.
– Perform better = more able to handle
31. cognitive control
Question: When changing strategies, bilingual people have superior ………….. Since this is the “finding” of “a test involving switching between tasks”, therefore we can find the answer by locating part of the text mentioning this test.
Keywords: switching, changing strategies, superior
Paragraph C is about tests and tasks. In the last sentence of this paragraph, the author mentioned “switching between two tasks”. We have to pay attention to this sentence – “Bilinguals are also better at switching between two tasks; for example, when bilinguals have to switch from categorizing objects by colour (red or green) to categorizing them by shape (circle or triangle), they do so more quickly than monolingual people, reflecting better cognitive control when having to make rapid changes of strategy.” The expression: “make changes of strategy” is the same as “changing strategies”, and “better” refers to “superior”. In the above sentence, the writer claims bilingual people have “better cognitive control” when changing strategies. Therefore, the answer is “cognitivecontrol”.
– Better = superior
32. YES
Question: Attitudes towards bilingualism have changed in recent years.
Keywords: attitudes, bilingualism, changed, recent years.
In paragraph A, the author mentioned something in the past in the second sentence, and the difference “over the past few decades” in the third sentence (using “however” as the conjunction). This means there were changes in recent years. Therefore, we can try finding our answer here. The author claimed “technological advances have allowed researchers to look more deeply at how bilingualism interacts with and changes the cognitive and neurological systems, thereby identifying several clear benefits of being bilingual”. It means they find being bilingual has its own advantages instead of only disadvantages, as people thought in the past. Therefore, attitudes towards bilingualism have changed. The answer is YES.
33. NOT GIVEN
Question: Bilingual people are better than monolingual people at guessing correctly what words are before they are finished.
Keywords: bilingual, monolingual, guess correctly, words, before they are finished.
When it comes to guessing words before they are finished, we have to pay attention to paragraph B. “Long before the word is finished, the brain’s language system begins to guess what that word might be […]. For bilingual people, this activation is not limited to a single language”. This is the explanation for the activation called “language co-activation”. There is no comparison between bilingual and monolingual people in guessing words before they are finished. The answer is NOT GIVEN.
34. NO
Question: Bilingual people consistently name images faster than monolingual people.
In the second sentence of paragraph C, the author gave an example of the disadvantages of being bilingual – “For instance, knowing more than one language can cause speakers to name pictures more slowly.” “Knowing more than one language” means “bilingual” and “pictures” is the same as “images”. Therefore, bilingual people name images more slowly than monolingual people. The answer is NO.
35. NO
Question: Bilingual people’s brains process single sounds more efficiently than monolingual people in all situations.
Keywords: bilingual people’s brains, process, single sounds, more efficiently, all situations.
In paragraph D, the writer mentioned “When monolingual and bilingual adolescents listen to simple speech sounds without any intervening background noise, they show highly similar brain stem responses”. Hence, there is at least one situation, when there is no intervening background noise, in which the brain processing of these 2 kinds of people is “highly similar”. The above statement is only right “in the presence of background noise”, not “all situations”. Therefore, the answer is NO.
36. NOT GIVEN
Question: Fewer bilingual people than monolingual people suffer from brain disease in old age.
Keywords: fewer bilingual people, suffer, brain disease, old age.
In terms of issues related to age, in paragraph F, the author mentioned brain disease in old age. However, he/she only mentioned “bilingual experience may help to keep the cognitive mechanisms sharp”: “Older bilinguals enjoy improved memory relative to monolingual people”, “bilingual patients reported showing initial symptoms of the disease an average of five years later than monolingual patients”, “the bilinguals’ brains had more physical signs of disease than their monolingual”. There is no line which contains information about the number of bilingual people and their monolingual counterparts. We only know that the physical signs of disease in bilinguals are greater than monolinguals, but it is clear that both groups suffer from brain disease. Therefore, the answer is NOT GIVEN.
37. D
Question: An example of how bilingual and monolingual people’s brains respond differently to a certain type of non-verbal auditory input
Keywords: example, brains, respond, differently, type of non-verbal auditory input.
When doing question 35, we already know that information about brain responses is in paragraph D, so we have to pay attention to this paragraph. “Simple sound” can be considered as “a certain type of non- verbal auditory input” – “When researchers play the same sound to both groups in the presence of background noise, however, the bilingual listeners’ neural response is considerably larger, reflecting better encoding of the sound’s fundamental frequency, a feature of sound closely related to pitch perception.” Therefore, the answer is D.
38. G
Question: A demonstration of how a bilingual upbringing has benefits even before we learn to speak
Keywords: demonstration, a bilingual upbringing, benefit, before we learn to speak.
In paragraph G, the author gave an example of one study in which “researchers taught seven-month-old babies growing up in monolingual or bilingual homes”, then drew the conclusion that “for very young children, as well as for older people, navigating a multilingual environment imparts advantages that transfer far beyond language.” “advantages” is the same as “benefits” and “seven-month-old” is before we learn to speak. Therefore, the answer is G.
39. B
Question: A description of the process by which people identify words that they hear
Keywords: description, process, identify words that they hear
In paragraph B, the author explained how we hear words and recognize them “When we hear a word, we don’t hear the entire word all at once: the sounds arrive in sequential order.” Therefore, the answer is B.
– Word recognition = identify words
40. C
Question: Reference to some negative consequences of being bilingual.
Keywords: negative consequences, being bilingual
In the first sentence of paragraph C, the writer claimed “Having to deal with this persistent linguistic competition can result in difficulties, however.” “Deal with this persistent linguistic competition” refers to “knowing more than one language” – or “being bilingual”, and “difficulties” is the same as “negative consequences”. Therefore, the answer is C.
Cambridge IELTS 12 is the latest IELTS exam preparation.https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 12 reading test 1 with detail explanations.
1. NOT GIVEN
Question: The cork oak has the thickest bark of any living tree.
Key words: thickest bark
In paragraph 1 and paragraph 2, the author mentioned the thick bark of the cork oak tree as “a remarkable material” and “its bark grows up to 20 cm in thickness”. This information does not mean that it is “the thickest bark of any living tree”.
In addition, in True/ False/ Not given tasks, the questions follow the order of the text, so if you are not sure about your answer, you can find the answer to question 2. It is in the second sentence of paragraph 2. Therefore, you just need to pay attention to the previous parts. There is no statement showing any comparison between the cork oak’s bark with that of other living trees. We have no information about this statement.
2. FALSE
Question: Scientists have developed a synthetic cork with the same cellular structure as natural cork.
Key words: a synthetic cork, the same cellular structure, natural cork
In paragraph 2, the writer mentioned the cellular structure of the bark of the coak oak “the bark of the cork oak has a particular cellular structure – with about 40 million cells per cubic centimetre – that technology has never succeeded in replicating”. The technology can refer to the scientists here. The fact that they “never succeeded in replicating” means that they have not been able to make a copy of the natural cork, with all of the same qualities. So the answer is False.
– Develop with the same structure = replicate
3. FALSE
Question: Individual cork oak trees must be left for 25 years between the first and second harvest.
Key words: individual, 25 years, the first and second harvest
In paragraph 4, the author mentioned the harvesting of an individual cork oak tree. He/ she wrote “From the planting of a cork sapling to the first harvest takes 25 years, and a gap of approximately a decade must separate harvests from an individual tree”. Therefore, the period of 25 years is the period from the planting to the first harvest, while the gap between the first and the second harvest is about 10 years (approximately a decade).
– Between = gap
– The first and second harvest = separate harvests
4. TRUE
Question: Cork bark should be stripped in dry atmospheric conditions.
Key words: stripped, dry atmospheric conditions
We need to find information about the cork bark being stripped. Following the order of the text, we can see in the paragraph 4, the author mentioned “If the bark is stripped on a day when it’s too cold – or when the air is damp – the tree will be damaged”. Therefore, the bark should not be stripped in damp atmospheric conditions; however, in contrast, it should be stripped in dry atmospheric conditions. The answer is True.
– The air = atmospheric conditions
5. TRUE
Question: The only way to remove the bark from cork oak trees is by hand.
Key words: only way, remove, by hand
In paragraph 5, the author claimed “No mechanical means of stripping cork bark has been invented, so the job is done by teams of highly skilled workers.” In this sentence, “stripping cork bark” means “remove the bark”. Since the author stated that “no mechanical means has been invented”, we can understand that they do not use any machines in removing the bark, so it has to be done by hand (the hands of highly skilled workers). The answer is True.
– Remove = strip
– By hand = done by workers, no mechanical means
6. taste
Question: do not affect the ……… of the bottle contents
Key words: affect, bottle contents
The author mentioned “Recent years have seen the end of the virtual monopoly of cork as the material for bottle stoppers, due to concerns about the effect it may have on the contents of the bottle…..The tiniest concentrations – as little as three or four parts to a trillion – can spoil the taste of the product contained in the bottle. The result has been a gradual yet steady move first towards plastic stoppers and, more recently, to aluminium screw caps.” It means that aluminium screw caps overcame one disadvantage of cork bottle stoppers, which is that they “spoil the taste of the product contained in the bottle”. Therefore, aluminim screw caps do not affect the taste of the product inside the bottle. The answer is “taste”.
– Affect = spoil
– Bottle contents = the product contained in the bottle
7. cheaper
Question: are ……… to produce
Keyword: produce
8. convenient
Question: are ……….. to use
Key word: use
In the last sentence of paragraph 6, “These substitutes are cheaper to manufacture and, in the case of screw caps, more convenient for the user”. “These substitutes” refer to “aluminium screw caps” and “Manufacture” refers to “produce”, while “for the user” means “to use”. So they are cheaper to produce and more convenient for the user. But the question requires “one word only”, so the answer for question 8 has to be “convenient”.
– Produce = manufacture
– To use = for the user
9. image
Question: Suit the ………. of quality products
Key words: suit, quality products
We find information about quality products in this sentence: “Firstly, its (the cork bottle stopper) traditional image is more in keeping with that of the type of high quality goods with which it has long been associated”. “in keeping with” means “suit”. So the blank has to be “traditional image”, but the answer allows one word only, so it has to be “image”
– Products = goods
– In keeping with = suit
10. Sustainable
Question: made from a ………. Material
Key words: made from, material
11. recycled
Question: easily ………….…
In the next sentence, the write mentioned “Secondly – and very importantly – cork is a sustainable product that can be recycled without difficulty”. Recycling often is associated with the material. So the author is referring to its material here. The answer is “sustainable” and “recycled”
– Easily = without difficulty
12. Biodiversity
Question: cork forests aid ………..
Key words: cork forests, aid
13. desertification
Question: cork forests stop ………… happening
Key words: cork forests, stop
The last sentence mentioned the cork forests – “Moreover, cork forests are a resource which support local biodiversity, and prevent desertification in the regions where they are planted. So, given the current concerns about environmental issues, the future of this ancient material once again looks promising”. “Support” means “aid” and “prevent” is equal to “stop”. So the answers have to be “biodiversity” and “desertification”
– aid = support
– stop = prevent
14. antiques
Question: The writer mentions collecting ………… as an example of collecting in order to make money.
Key words: collecting, make money
In the first sentence of paragraph 2, the author mentioned “There are the people who collect because they want to make money – this could be called an instrumental reason for collecting; that is, collecting as a means to an end.” With this statement, he/she refered to one purpose of collecting, that is making money. We will look for the next sentence to find out its example – “They’ll look for, say, antiques that they can buy cheaply and expect to be able to sell at a profit.” He/she used antiques as an example of one object that is able to be collected to make money. Therefore, the answer is “antiques”.
– Because = in order to
15. triumph
Question: Collectors may get a feeling of ………… from buying and selling items.
Key words: collectors, feeling, buying and selling
In paragraph 2, there is a sentence mentioning buying and selling items, that is: “But there may well be a psychological element, too – buying cheap and selling dear can give the collector a sense of triumph”. “A sense of” means “a feeling of”. So the answer is triumph.
– A sense of = a feeling of
16. information
Question: Collectors’ clubs provide opportunities to share …………
Key words: collectors’ clubs, share
In the first sentence of paragraph 3, the author mentioned “a group of collectors” – “attending meetings of a group of collectors and exchanging information on items.” We can consider these groups as “collectors’ clubs”. While attending those clubs, they can exchange information on items. But the question requires one word only, so we choose the most important word – “information”.
– A group of = a club
– Exchange = share
17. contact/meetings
Question: Collectors’ clubs offer ………….. with people who have similar interests.
Key words: Collectors’ clubs, similar interests.
This question still mentions “collectors’ clubs” as in the question above, so we still pay attention to paragraph 3. In the second sentence, we see the phrase “like – minded people”. This phrase has the same meaning as “people who have similar interests”. And those clubs bring them into “contact” with other collectors, so the answer is “contact”. “Attending meetings” in clubs is one way in which collectors come into contact socially.
(Note: you can make an adjective by a combination which is Adj + N + Ed, such as Grey-haired, one-eyed, strong-minded and kind-hearted).
– Bring = offer
– People who have similar interests = like – minded people
18. hunt/desire
Question: Collecting sometimes involves a life-long ………… for a special item.
Key words: collecting, life – long, special item.
Since the questions in IELTS Reading often follow the text’s order, we just need to look at the following sentences and find the similar words to the question we are doing. In the last sentence of paragraph 3, we can see another purpose of collecting – it is “the desire to find something special” (=special item). But the author does not mention something like “life-long”, so we have to continue reading to find the accurate answer. Fortunately, in the next sentence, the author writes “Some may spend their whole lives in a hunt for this” (“the whole lives = life – long”). We can understand that the writer wants to say “Collectors sometimes have a life-long desire/ spend their whole lives in a hunt for a special item.” The answer can be “desire” or “hunt”.
– Whole lives = life- long
19. aimless/empty
Question: Searching for something particular may prevent people from feeling their life is completely ………….
Key words: searching, prevent, their life.
In paragraph 4, the author writes “Some may spend their whole lives in a hunt for this (=the special item referred to in paragraph 3). Psychologically, this can give a purpose to a life that otherwise feels aimless.” “This” means “spend their whole lives in a hunt for a special item”. We can understand “a hunt” = “searching for”. The author claims if they are not searching for a special item, they will feel “aimless”. Therefore, the answer is “aimless”. Then, we are told, if the collector finds that special item, they may then “feel empty”, because the search has ended.
– A hunt for = searching for
20. educational
Question: Stamp collecting may be …………. because it provides facts about different countries.
Key words: stamp collecting, facts, different countries.
This question mentions “stamp collecting” as the main subject, so we have to find part of the passage which contains information about this type of collecting – paragraph 5. In this paragraph, the author writes “If you think about collecting postage stamps another potential reason for it – or, perhaps, a result of collecting – is its educational value. Stamp collecting opens a window to other countries, and to the plants, animals, or famous people shown on their stamps.” He/ she mentions the educational value of stamp collecting as it “opens a window to other countries” with things shown on their stamps. The answer is “educational”.
21. trainspotting
Question: …………. tends to be mostly a male hobby.
Key words: male hobby.
We have to find the paragraph mentioning something related to “male”. In paragraph 7, the author mentions “trainspotting” as “a popular form of collecting, particularly among boys and men” (“In the past – and nowadays, too, though to a lesser extent – a popular form of collecting, particularly among boys and men, was trainspotting.”). The answer is “trainspotting”.
– Boys and men = male
22. NOT GIVEN
Question: The number of people buying dolls has grown over the centuries.
Keywords: the number of, buying dolls, grown.
We have to find every part of the text about “dolls”. The whole of paragraph 8 is about this topic. But it is about the things which interest doll collectors, but there is no information about the number of people buying dolls. Therefore, the answer is NOT GIVEN.
(Note: If you are not sure enough, you can try doing the next question. Since the questions are in order, if you find out the sentence for the answer of next question, then the following sentences will not have the answer for this question)
23. FALSE
Question: Sixteenth century European dolls were normally made of wax and porcelain.
Keywords: 16th century, made of, wax and porcelain.
In the same paragraph about dolls: “Similarly, people who collect dolls may go beyond simply enlarging their collection, and develop an interest in the way that dolls are made, or the materials that are used. These have changed over the centuries from the wood that was standard in 16th century Europe, through the wax and porcelain of later centuries, to the plastics of today’s dolls.” Therefore, in 16th century, European dolls were often made of wood. And the wax and porcelain dolls were popular in later centuries, which means the 17th century and the ones after. The answer is FALSE.
– Materials that are used = made of
24. NOT GIVEN
Question: Arranging a stamp collection by the size of the stamps is less common than other methods.
Keywords: arranging, by the size, less common.
We have to pay attention to paragraph 9, which contains information about arranging a stamp collection. In this paragraph, the author only mentions the reason why some collectors like to arrange their collection and the types of arrangement. There is no reference to what kind of arrangement is more or less popular. Therefore, the answer is NOT GIVEN.
25. TRUE
Question: Someone who collects unusual objects may want others to think he or she is also unusual.
Keywords: unusual objects, think.
In paragraph 10, the author claims “One reason, conscious or not, for what someone chooses to collect is to show the collector’s individualism”, and gives an example when someone collects something unexpected (which means unsual objects), they may be conveying their belief (which means they want others to think) that they are interesting as well. The answer is TRUE.
– Unusual = unexpected
26. TRUE
Question: Collecting gives a feeling that other hobbies are unlikely to inspire.
Keywords: other hobbies, inspire
In the last paragraph, there is a sentence that is “More than most other hobbies, collecting can be totally engrossing, and can give a strong sense of personal fulfillment.” This means collecting needs all your attention and makes you completely satisfied, while most other hobbies could not do the same (more than most other hobbies). The answer is TRUE.
– Give a sense = give a feeling
– Inspire = fulfil
27. vi
Section A
In section A, the author mentions the idea of the founding of a special institution, its possible majors and possible titles for a wide variety of courses. Therefore, we should pay attention to headings related to those contents – they are ii, vi and vii (headings about the title, there is no heading about the other contents). In section A, the author writes “But what would the founders of these two institutions have thought of a course called Arson for Profit’?”. The author adds: “I kid you not…” to explain that this course title is not a joke. We might not expect this course to exist, but it does exist. This is only one unexpected title, so it cannot be “vii” (different names) and the author does not mention anything related to its meanings, so it cannot be ii (with two meanings). The answer is vi.
28. viii
Section B
Section B is about targeting students of the course because of the opening: “the course is intended for prospective arson investigators”. Then the author asks a question: “But wouldn’t this also be the perfect course for prospective arsonists to sign up for?” in order to point out the possibility of attracting the wrong kind of student. The course might attract students interested in starting fires, not fighting fires. Therefore, the answer is viii.
29. ii
Section C
Section C tells us about the author and his story about the title of the course. There are 2 remaining headings that could be related to a title – ii and vii. Since, in this section, the author only mentions one confusing title that could be understood by his students in two different ways, because of the the two meanings of ‘principles’, therefore the answer has to be “a course title with two meanings”. The answer is ii.
30. iv
Section D
Section D is a very short paragraph. You can look at all the headings and cross out the ones you know are wrong for sure. For example, in section D the author does not mention any course or commitment, so the heading cannot be i – “Courses that require a high level of commitment”. Do the same with other headings, you can find out that only heading iv – “Applying a theory in an unexpected context” still remains. The theory referred to is the idea of the philospher Kant that any body of knowledge is principled. The author writes that this sounds “downright crazy in the light of the evidence”, which has the same meaning as “an unexpected context” when applied to an unethical practice like marketing. The answer is iv.
31. iii
Section E
In this section, the author mentions two terms in marketing, means and end, in conclusion, he supposes that “A field of knowledge or a professional endeavor is defined by both the means and the end; hence both deserve scrutiny”, which means that both terms are equally important. Therefore, the answer is “the equal importance of two key issues” (iii) “how to achieve X and what X is”.
32. vii
Section F
In this section, the author gives the example of a doctor and a murderer. Both may learn the same body of knowledge, but they apply that knowledge for different purposes/ends. We give different names: we say that the doctor is practicing medicine and we say that the other is practicing murder. The author does not mention anything related to “a high level of commitment” (heading i) and “financial benefits” (heading v). Therefore, the most accurate heading for this section is “Different names for different outcomes” (vii). The doctor and the murderer use “identical knowledge to achieve their divergent ends”.
– Different = divergent
– Outcomes = ends
33. fire science
Question: … who are studying …………….
In the last sentence of the first section, the author writes: “Any undergraduates who have met the academic requirements can sign up for the course in our program in ‘ fire science’.” Therefore, students who can sign up for the course are undergraduates and ones who are studying “fire science”. The answer is “firescience” (the question requires no more than two words so this is acceptable).
34. investigators
Question: … will become ……………
The first sentence of the second section states: “Naturally, the course is intended for prospective arson investigators”. We can see expectation = prospective, which means they are studying to be arson investigators in the future (arson as an adjective = specialising in arson – who specialize in arson). The answer is investigators.
– Expectation = prospective
35. evidence
Question: … find …………… of criminal intent
“The course will help them” means students can learn from the course, so we pay attention to this reference in section B: “who can learn all the tricks of the trade for detecting whether a fire was deliberately set, discovering who did it, and establishing a chain of evidence for effective prosecution in a court of law.” “A fire was deliberately set” can be considered as an example of criminal intent – the arsonist deliberately intended to start a fire. Then the course can help them to detect whether it is deliberate or not, who did it and find a chain of evidence. Therefore, the answer is “evidence”.
– Find = detect
36. prosecution
Question: … leading to successful …………… in the courts.
The word required is right after an adjective and in front of an adverb of place, so it has to a noun. In section B, the author mentions the court in this phrase: “establishing a chain of evidence for effective prosecution in a court of law”. We can consider “effective” as “successful”, and “in a court of law” as “in the courts”. Therefore, the answer is “prosecution”.
– Effective = successful
37. NOT GIVEN
Question: It is difficult to attract students onto courses that do not focus on a career.
If this statement is true, you have to find a sentence in the text expressing the same idea. If this statement is false, you have to point out what is wrong with it and find a sentence in the passage given to correct it. However, we cannot find any reference like that. In the passage, there is no sentence telling us about difficulties in attracting students onto such courses. Therefore, the answer is NOT GIVEN.
38. YES
Question: The ‘Arson for Profit’ course would be useful for people intending to set fire to buildings.
In section F, the author once again mentions the “Arson for Profit” course and writes: “As we have seen, someone could use the very same knowledge of means to achieve a much less noble end, such as personal profit via destructive, dangerous, reckless activity”. So à Hence, “use the very same knowledge” means they can use what they have learned from this course (= this course would be useful for them). And “destructive, dangerous, reckless activity” can include “set fire to buildings.” Therefore, the answer is YES.
39. NO
Question: Fire science courses are too academic to help people to be good at the job of firefighting.
In section B, the author relates the knowledge learned on the course to its usefulness for students who want to become firefighters. They will be qualified to do the job in a professional and expert way: “programs in fire science: they are highly welcome as part of the increasing professionalization of this and many other occupations”. The courses will help students.
– To be good at the job of = professionalization
Therefore, the answer is NO.
40. NO
Question: The writer’s fire science students provided a detailed definition of the purpose of their studies.
In section F, the author asks the students about purpose of the course, “When I ask fire science students to articulate the end, or purpose, of their field, they eventually generalize to something like, ‘The safety and welfare of society,’ which seems right.” They only “generalize”, which means “to make a general statement or form a general opinion”. Their opinion is only general, not detailed or particularly clear. Therefore, the answer is NO.
– Provide a detailed definition of = to articulate
Cambridge IELTS 11 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 11 reading test 4 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: RESEARCH USING TWINS
QUESTIONS 1-4: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE?
Please note that the answer given at the end of the book for Question 9 is INCORRECT. The correct answer is B – Thomas Bouchard.
Paragraph 1: To biomedical researchers….
Paragraph 2: Alternatively, by comparing….
Paragraph 3: These two lines….
Paragraph 4: The idea of using….
Paragraph 5: Bouchard and his colleagues….
Paragraph 6: Lately, however….
Paragraph 7: Epigenetic processes….
Paragraph 8: If you think of our DNA….
Paragraph 9: One way the study….
Paragraph 10: Geneticist Danielle Reed….
Paragraph 11: Reed credits….
Paragraph 12: Having said that….
1. THERE MAY BE GENETIC CAUSES FOR THE DIFFERENCES IN HOW YOUNG THE SKIN OF IDENTICAL TWINS LOOKS.
Keywords: genetic causes, differences, young skin, identical twins
In the first paragraph, the writer argues that “Any differences between them (identical twins) – one twin having younger looking skin, for example – must be due to environmental factors such as less time spent in the sun.” So, there are no genetic causes for the differences in how young the skin of identical twins looks, only environmental factors.
=>ANSWER: FALSE
2. TWINS ARE AT GREATER RISK OF DEVELOPING CERTAIN ILLNESSES THAN NON-TWINS.
Keywords: greater risk, illnesses
In terms of the risk of developing certain illnesses, the writer only compares identical twins with fraternal twins (at the end of paragraph 2), he does not make a comparison between twins and non-twins. So, the statement is not given.
illnesses=ailments
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
3. BOUCHARD ADVERTISED IN NEWSPAPERS FOR TWINS WHO HAD BEEN SEPARATED AT BIRTH.
In this passage, the writer does not mention whether Bouchard advertised in newspapers for twins who had been separated at birth or not. In paragraph 4, we are only told that 137 sets of twins visited his laboratory. Therefore, the statement is not given.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
4. EPIGENETIC PROCESSES ARE DIFFERENT FROM BOTH GENETIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROCESSES
In paragraph 6, the writer states that “….nature and nurture are not the only elemental forces at work. According to a recent field called epigenetics, there is a third factor also in play, one that in some cases serves as a bridge between the environment and our genes.”
genetic and environmental processes~nature and nurture
=>ANSWER: TRUE
QUESTIONS 5-9: LOOK AT THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS (QUESTIONS 5-9) AND THE LIST OF RESEARCHERS BELOW.
5. INVENTED A TERM USED TO DISTINGUISH TWO FACTORS AFFECTING HUMAN CHARACTERISTICS.
Keywords: term, distinguish, characteristics
In paragraph 4, the writer explains that “The idea of using twins to measure the influence of heredity dates back to 1875, when the English scientist Francis Galton first suggested the approach (and coined the phrase “nature and nurture”)”
invented=coined
=>ANSWER: A
6. EXPRESSED THE VIEW THAT THE STUDY OF EPIGENETICS WILL INCREASE OUR KNOWLEDGE
Keywords: study of epigenetics, increase our knowledge
In paragraph 12, the geneticist “Reed adds, the latest work in epigenetics promises to take our understanding even further”.
study of epigenetics=work in epigenetics
increase our knowledge~take our understanding even further
=>ANSWER: C
7. DEVELOPED A MATHEMATICAL METHOD OF MEASURING GENETIC INFLUENCES.
Keywords: mathematical method, measuring
In paragraph 5, the writer says that “Bouchard and his colleagues used this mountain of data to identify how far twins were affected by their genetic makeup. The key to their approach was a statistical concept called heritability. In broad terms, the heritability of a trait measures the extent to which differences among embers of a population can be explained by differences in their genetics”.
mathematical method=statistical concept
=>ANSWER: B
8. PIONEERED RESEARCH INTO GENETICS USING TWINS
Keywords: pioneered, twins
In paragraph 4, the writer indicates that “The idea of using twins to measure the influence of heredity dates back to 1875, when the English scientist Francis Galton first suggested the approach (and coined the phrase “nature and nurture”).”
pioneered=first suggested
=>ANSWER: A
9. CARRIED OUT RESEARCH INTO TWINS WHO HAD LIVED APART.
Keywords: research, lived apart
In paragraph 4, the writer says that “… twin studies took a surprising twist in the 1980s, with the arrival of studies into identical twins who had been separated at birth and reunited as adults. Over two decades 137 sets of twins eventually visited Thomas Bouchard‟s lab….”
lived apart= been separated at birth
=>ANSWER: B
QUESTIONS 10-13: COMPLETE THE SUMMARY USING THE LIST OF WORDS, A-F, BELOW.
10-11. IN EPIGENETIC PROCESSES, 10…..INFLUENCE THE ACTIVITY OF OUR GENES, FOR EXAMPLE IN CREATING OUR INTERNAL 11….. THE STUDY OF EPIGENETIC PROCESSES IS UNCOVERING A WAY IN WHICH OUR GENES CAN BE AFFECTED BY OUR 12……ONE EXAMPLE IS THAT IF A PREGNANT RAT SUFFERS STRESS, THE NEW-BORN RAT MAY SHOW PROBLEMS IN ITS 13……
Keywords: influence, genes, creating internal
In paragraph 7, the writer says that “Epigenetic processes are chemical reactions tied to neither nature nor nurture but representing what researchers have called a “third component”. These reactions influence how our genetic code is expressed: how each gene is strengthened or weakened, even turned on of off, to build our bones, brains and all other parts of our bodies”
the activity of our genes ~ how our genetic code is expressed
organs ~ brains and all other parts of our bodies
create=build
=>ANSWER: 10. D (chemicals)11. B (organs)
12. THE STUDY OF EPIGENETIC PROCESSES IS UNCOVERING A WAY IN WHICH OUR GENES CAN BE AFFECTED BY OUR……
Keywords: uncovering a way, genes affected by
In paragraph 9, the writer says that “One way the study of epigenetics is revolutionizing our understanding of biology is by revealing a mechanism by which the environment directly impacts our genes.”
uncover=reveal
affect=impact
=>ANSWER: E (environment)
13. ONE EXAMPLE IS THAT IF A PREGNANT RAT SUFFERS STRESS, THE NEW-BORN RAT MAY SHOW PROBLEMS IN ITS……
Keywords: pregnant, new-born rat, problems
In paragraph 9, the writer says that “Studies of animals, for example, have shown that when a rat experiences stress during pregnancy, it can cause epigenetic changes in a fetus that lead to behavioral problems as the rodent grows up.”
QUESTIONS 14-18: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D
Paragraph 1: Though we might think….
Paragraph 2: Let us start….
Paragraph 3: When voice textures fit….
Paragraph 4: The comedy Bringing up Baby….
Paragraph 5: Synchronous sound effects….
Paragraph 6: Asynchronous sound effects….
Paragraph 7: We are probably all….
Paragraph 8: Background music….
Paragraph 9: Film sound….
14. IN THE FIRST PARAGRAPH, THE WRITER MAKES A POINT THAT
In this paragraph, the writer explains that “Though we might think of film as an essentially visual experience, we really cannot afford to underestimate the importance of film sound.” Then, the writer details how important film sound is. So, he makes a point that it would be wrong to overlook the contribution of sound to the artistry of films.
underestimate=overlook
=>ANSWER: B
15. ONE REASON THAT THE WRITER REFERS TO HUMPHREY BOGART IS TO EXEMPLIFY
Keywords: Humphrey Bogart, exemplify
In the second paragraph, the writer argues that “As is the case with stage drama, dialogue serves to tell the story and expresses feelings and motivations of characters as well. Often with film characterization the audience perceives little or no difference between the character and the actor. Thus, for example, the actor Humphrey Bogart is the character Sam Spade; film personality and life personality seem to merge.” This means that Humphrey Bogart is mentioned to exemplify the importance of the actor and the character appearing to have similar personalities.
appearing to have similar personalities~film personality and life personality seem to merge
=>ANSWER: A
16. IN THE THIRD PARAGRAPH, THE WRITER SUGGESTS THAT
In this paragraph, the writer says that “It is interesting to note that how dialogue is used… varies widely among films. For example, in the highly successful science-fiction film 2001, little dialogue was evident, and most of it was banal and of little intrinsic interest. In this way the film-maker was able to portray what Thomas Sobochack and Vivian Sobochack call, in An Introduction to Film, the „inadequacy human responses when compared with the magnificent technology created by man and the visual beauties of the universe.” This means that the banal
dull=banal
=>ANSWER: B
17. WHAT DOES THE WRITER SUGGEST ABOUT BRINGING UP BABY?
In paragraph 4, the writer argues that “The comedy Bringing Up Baby, on the other hand, presents practically non-stop dialogue delivered at breakneck speed. This use of dialogue underscores not only the dizzy quality of the character Katherine Hepburn, but also the absurdity of the film itself and thus its humor.” This means that the dialogue in this film emphasises key elements of the film.
key elements ~ the absurdity of the humor of the film
=>ANSWER: D
18. THE WRITER REFERS TO THE “CLICK” OF A DOOR TO MAKE THE POINT THAT REALISTIC SOUNDS
Keywords: click, door, realistic sounds
In paragraph 5, the writer argues that “Synchronous sounds contribute to the realism of film and also help to create a particular atmosphere. For example, the ‘click’ of a door being opened may simply serve to convince the audience that the image portrayed is real, and the audience may only subconsciously note the expected sound. However, if the ‘click’ of an opening door is part of an ominous action such as a burglary, the sound mixer may call attention to the ‘click’ with an increase in volume; this helps to engage the audience in a moment of suspense.” This means that realistic sounds may be modified to engage the audience in a particular atmosphere or to convince them that something is really happening.
=>ANSWER: C
QUESTIONS 19-23: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE?
19. AUDIENCES ARE LIKELY TO BE SURPRISED IF A FILM LACKS BACKGROUND MUSIC.
Keywords: surprised, lacks background music
In paragraph 7, the writer says that “We are probably all familiar with background music in films, which has become so ubiquitous as to be noticeable in its absence.”
=>ANSWER: TRUE
20. BACKGROUND MUSIC MAY ANTICIPATE A DEVELOPMENT IN A FILM.
Keywords: background, anticipate, development
In paragraph 7, the writer argues that “In addition, background music often foreshadows a change in mood. For example, dissonant music may be used in film to indicate an approaching (but not yet visible) menace or disaster.”
anticipate=foreshadow
=>ANSWER: TRUE
21. BACKGROUND MUSIC HAS MORE EFFECT ON SOME PEOPLE THAN ON OTHERS.
Keywords: background, more effect
Background music is referred to in paragraphs 7 and 8, and its effects are discussed, but not in terms of comparing some people with others. So, the statement is not given.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
22. BACKGROUND MUSIC MAY HELP THE AUDIENCE TO MAKE CERTAIN CONNECTIONS WITHIN THE FILM
Keywords: connections, within, film
In paragraph 8, the writer indicates that “Background music may aid viewer understanding by linking scenes.”
help=aid
audience=viewer
make connections within a film ~ linking scenes
=>ANSWER: TRUE
23. AUDIENCES TEND TO BE AWARE OF HOW THE BACKGROUND MUSIC IS AFFECTING THEM
Keywords: audiences, aware, background, affecting
In the last paragraph, the writer says that “The effects of sound are often largely subtle and often are noted by only our subconscious minds. We need to foster an awareness of film sound as well as film space so as to truly appreciate an art form that sprang to life during the twentieth century – the modern film.” This means that audiences have not been aware/have not been conscious of how background music is affecting them. Therefore, the writer adds, audiences should be made aware of the effect of background music.
=> FALSE
QUESTIONS 24-26: COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE WITH THE CORRECT LETTER BELOW.
24. THE AUDIENCE’S RESPONSE TO DIFFERENT PARTS OF A FILM CAN BE CONTROLLED
Keywords: response, different parts, controlled
In paragraph 1, the writer states that “The entire sound track consists of three essential ingredients: the human voice, sound effects and music. These three tracks must be mixed and balanced so as to produce the necessary emphases which in turn create desired effects”. So, the reaction of the audience can be influenced if voice, sound and music are combined appropriately.
combined appropriately~mixed and balanced.
=>ANSWER: C
25. THE FEELINGS AND MOTIVATIONS OF CHARACTERS BECOME CLEAR
Keywords: feelings, motivations, clear
In paragraph 2, the writer says that: “…dialogue serves to tell the story and expresses feelings and motivations of characters as well. Often with film characterization the audience perceives little or no difference between the character and the actor. Thus, the dialogue makes the character and the actor seem to be the same person, and so the audience have no difficulty in understanding the feelings and motivations of the characters in films.
=>ANSWER: A
26. A CHARACTER SEEMS TO BE A REAL PERSON RATHER THAN AN ACTOR
Keywords: real person, actor
In paragraph 3, the writer says that “When voice textures fit the performer’s physiognomy and gestures, a whole and very realistic person emerges.” This means that a character seems to be a real person rather than an actor when the audience listens to the voice, looks at the appearance of the character and watches how he/she moves.
QUESTIONS 27-32: READING PASSAGE HAS SIX PARAGRAPHS, A-F.
27. PARAGRAPH A
In paragraph A, the writer emphasizes the importance of the invention of language compared to other inventions. “Of all mankind’s manifold creations, language must take pride of place…Compared to language, all other inventions pale in significance, since everything we have ever achieved depends on language and originates from it.” So, the correct heading for this paragraph is why language is the most important invention of all.
language is the most important invention~language must take pride of place
=>ANSWER: vi
28. PARAGRAPH B
In this paragraph, the writer says that “In its own right it is a tool of extraordinary sophistication, yet based on an idea of ingenious simplicity.” Then, at the end of this passage, the writer concludes that “Language is mankind’s greatest invention – except, of course, that it was never invented. This apparent paradox is at the core of our fascination with language, and it holds many of its secrets.” So, this paragraph is all about incompatible characteristics of language.
incompatible characteristics=paradox
=>ANSWER: iv
29. PARAGRAPH C
In this paragraph, the writer refers to “…barely three dozen measly morsels of sound”. “In themselves, these configurations of mouth – p, f, b, v, t, d, k, sh, a, e and so on – amount to nothing […] But run them through the cogs and wheels of the language machine, let it arrange them in some very special orders, and there is nothing that these meaningless streams of air cannot do: from sighing the interminable boredom of existence to unravelling the fundamental order of the universe.” This means that if these sounds are organised, they can convey a huge range of meaning.
organised ~let it arrange them in some very special orders
=>ANSWER: ii
30. PARAGRAPH D
In this paragraph, the writer states that “The language machine allows just about everybody […] to tie these meaningless sounds together into an infinite variety of subtle senses, and all apparently without the slightest exertion.” So, the correct heading of this paragraph is the universal ability to use language.
universal=just about everybody
=>ANSWER: vii
31. PARAGRAPH E
In this paragraph, the writer says that “Often, it is the only estrangement of foreign tongues, with their many exotic and outlandish features, that brings home the wonder of language’s design.” Then the writer takes an example of a Turkish word of breath-breaking length which English takes a whole sentence to say. So, the correct heading of this paragraph is differences between languages highlight their impressiveness.
=>ANSWER: i
32. PARAGRAPH F
In this paragraph, the writer discusses Sumerian, which was the language spoken on the banks of the Euphrates some 5,000 years ago. But the most important point he makes in this paragraph is “even the absence of a sound has been enlisted to express something specific.”… “The technology is so fine-tuned then that even a non-sound, when carefully placed in a particular position, has been invested with a specific function.” So, the correct heading of this paragraph is even silence can be meaningful.
silence=absence of a sound
=>ANSWER: v
QUESTIONS 33-36: COMPLETE THE SUMMARY USING THE LIST OF WORDS, A-G, BELOW.
33-36 THE IMPORTANCE OF LANGUAGE
The wheel is one invention that has had a major impact on 33…..aspects of life, but no impact has been as 34…..as that of language. Language is very 35….., yet composed of just a small number of sounds. Language appears to be 36…..to use. However, its sophistication is often overlooked.
33-34. THE WHEEL IS ONE INVENTION THAT HAS HAD A MAJOR IMPACT ON 33…..ASPECTS OF LIFE, BUT NO IMPACT HAS BEEN AS 34…..AS THAT OF LANGUAGE.
Keywords: wheel, invention, impact, aspects
In the first paragraph, the writer states that “Other inventions – the wheel, agriculture, sliced bread – may have transformed our material existence, but the advent of language is what made us human. Compared to language, all other inventions pale in significance, since everything we have ever achieved depends on language and originates from it.” This means that the wheel has had a major impact on material aspects of life, but no impact has been as important (fundamental) as that of language, because every other invention owes its origin to language – language is fundamental.
had a major impact on=transformed
aspects of life=existence
=>ANSWER: 33. E (material)34. G (fundamental)
35. LANGUAGE IS VERY 35….., YET COMPOSED OF JUST A SMALL NUMBER OF SOUNDS.
In paragraph B, the writer argues that “In its own right it is a tool of extraordinary sophistication, yet based on an idea of ingenious simplicity.” He refers to it as: “this marvellous invention of composing out of twenty-five or thirty sounds that infinite variety of expressions….‟ This means that language is very sophisticated, or complex.
a small number~twenty-five or thirty
complex~an infinite variety of expressions
=>ANSWER: B (complex)
36. LANGUAGE APPEARS TO BE 36…..TO USE. HOWEVER, ITS SOPHISTICATION IS OFTEN OVERLOOKED.
Keywords: appears, sophistication, overlooked
In paragraph D, the writer claims that “The most extraordinary thing about language is that one doesn‟t have to be a genius to set its wheels in motion. The language machine allows just about everybody […] to tie these meaningless sounds together into an infinite variety of subtle senses, and all apparently without the slightest exertion.” This means that language appears to be easy to use.
=>ANSWER: F (easy)
QUESTIONS 37-40: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE VIEWS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE?
37. HUMAN BEINGS MIGHT HAVE ACHIEVED THEIR PRESENT POSITION WITHOUT LANGUAGE.
Keywords: present position, without language
In the first paragraph, the writer argues that “Without language, we could never have embarked on our ascent to unparalleled power over all other animals, and even over nature itself.” So, the statement is false.
=>ANSWER: NO
38. THE PORT-ROYAL GRAMMARIANS DID JUSTICE TO THE NATURE OF LANGUAGE.
Keywords: Port-Royal grammarians, justice
In paragraph B, the writer says that “This was how, in 1660, the renowned French grammarians of the Port-Royal abbey near Versailles distilled the essence of language, and no one since has celebrated more eloquently the magnitude of its achievement.” By summarising in beautiful words what language has enabled us to achieve, these grammarians did justice to its importance. So, the statement is true.
nature=essence
=>ANSWER: YES
39. A COMPLEX IDEA CAN BE EXPLAINED MORE CLEARLY IN A SENTENCE THAN IN A SINGLE WORD.
Keywords: complex idea, clearly, sentence
In this passage, the writer does not mention whether a complex idea can be explained more clearly in a sentence than in a single word. Sentences are mentioned in paragraph E, but only to note that one word in Turkish requires a whole sentence in English to explain it. So, the statement is not given.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
40. THE SUMERIANS WERE RESPONSIBLE FOR STARTING THE RECORDING OF EVENTS.
Keywords: Sumerians, recording events
In paragraph F, the writer says that “And if that sounds like some one-off freak, then consider Sumerian, the language spoken on the banks of the Euphrates some 5,000 years ago by the people who invented writing and thus enabled the documentation of history.” So, the statement is true.
recording of events=documentation of history
=>ANSWER: YES
1. FALSE 2. NOT GIVEN 3. NOT GIVEN 4. TRUE 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. D 11. B 12. E 13. F 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. D 18. C 19. TRUE 20. TRUE 21. NOT GIVEN 22. TRUE 23. FALSE 24. C 25. A 26. E 27. vi 28. iv 29. ii 30. vii 31. i 32. v 33. E 34. G 35. B 36. F 37. NO 38. YES 39. NOT GIVEN 40. YES
Cambridge IELTS 11 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 11 reading test 3 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: THE STORY OF SILK
QUESTIONS 1-9: COMPLETE THE NOTES BELOW.
Paragraph 1: Silk is a fine….
Paragraph 2: Originally, silkworm farming….
Paragraph 3: Demand for this exotic fabric….
Paragraph 4: With the mulberry silkworm….
Paragraph 5: The nineteenth century….
1-2. AROUND 3000 BC, ACCORDING TO LEGEND:
– silkworm cocoon fell into emperor’s wife’s 1……
– emperor’s wife invented a 2…..to pull out silk fibres
In the first paragraph, the writer says that “Legend has it that it was Lei Tzu, wife of the Yellow Emperor, ruler of China in about 3000 BC, who discovered silkworms. […] It just so happened that while she was sipping some tea, one of the cocoons that she had collected landed in the hot tea and started to unravel into a fine thread. […] She also devised a special reel to draw the fibres from the cocoon into a single thread so that they would be strong enough to be woven into fabric.”
fell into=landed in
invented=devised
pull out=draw…from
=>ANSWER: 1. tea
2. reel
3. ONLY…..WERE ALLOWED TO PRODUCE SILK
Keywords: only, produce silk
In the second paragraph, the writer states that “Originally, silkworm farming was solely restricted to women, and it was they who were responsible for the growing, harvesting and weaving.”
only=solely
produce silk ~ the growing, harvesting and weaving
=>ANSWER: women
4. ONLY…..WERE ALLOWED TO WEAR SILK
Keywords: only, wear silk
In the second paragraph, the writer indicates that “Silk quickly grew into a symbol of status, and originally, only royalty were entitled to have clothes made of silk.”
were allowed=were entitled
wear ~ have clothes made of silk
=>ANSWER: royalty
5. SILK USED AS A FORM OF…..
– e.g. farmers’ taxes consisted partly of silk
Keywords: a form of, farmers, taxes
In the second paragraph, the writer says that “Sometime during the Han Dynasty (206 BC-220 AD), silk was so prized that it was also used as unit of currency. Government officials were paid their salary in silk, and farmers paid their taxes in grain and silk.
=>ANSWER: currency
6. SILK USED FOR MANY PURPOSES
-e.g. evidence found of….made from silk around 168 AD
Keywords: 168 AD, many purposes, evidence
At the end of paragraph 2, the writer says that “The earliest indication of silk paper being used was discovered in the tomb of a noble who is estimated to have died around 168 AD”
evidence = indication
=>ANSWER: paper
7. MERCHANTS USE SILK ROAD TO TAKE SILK WESTWARD AND BRING BACK…..AND PRECIOUS METALS.
Keywords: Silk Road, bring back
In paragraph 3, the writer explains that “Demand for this exotic fabric eventually created the lucrative trade route now known as the Silk Road, taking silk westward and bringing gold, silver and wool to the East.”
precious metals ~ gold, silver
=>ANSWER: wool
8. 550 AD: …..HIDE SILKWORM EGGS IN CANES AND TAKE THEM TO CONSTANTINOPLE
In paragraph 4, the writer indicates that “According to another legend, monks working for the Byzantine emperor Justinian smuggled silkworm eggs to Constantinople in 550 AD, concealed inside hollow bamboo walking canes.”
hide=conceal
=>ANSWER: monks
9. 20 CENTURY: …..AND OTHER MAN MADE FIBRES CAUSE DECLINE IN SILK PRODUCTION
Keywords: 20 century, manmade fibres, decline, silk production
In the last paragraph, the writer says that “The nineteenth century and industrialisation saw the downfall of the European silk industry[…] Then in the twentieth century, new man made fibres, such as nylon, started to be used in what had traditionally been silk products, such as stockings and parachutes.”
decline=downfall
=>ANSWER: nylon
QUESTIONS 10-13: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION IN READING PASSAGE 1?
10. GOLD WAS THE MOST VALUABLE MATERIAL TRANSPORTED ALONG THE SILK ROAD
Keywords: gold, most valuable material
In paragraph 3, the writer says that “Demand for this exotic fabric eventually created the lucrative trade route now known as the Silk Road, taking silk westward and bringing gold, silver and wool to the East. It was named the Silk Road after its most precious commodity, which was considered to be worth more than gold.” So, gold is not the most valuable material, it’s silk.
valuable=precious·
material=commodity·
=>ANSWER: FALSE
11. MOST TRADESMEN ONLY WENT ALONG CERTAIN SECTIONS OF THE SILK ROAD.
Keywords: tradesmen, certain sections
At the end of paragraph 3, the writer indicates that “The Silk Road stretched over 6,000 kilometers from Eastern China to the Mediterranean Sea. Few merchants traveled the entire route; goods were handled mostly by a series of middlemen.” This means that the Silk Road was too long for merchants to travel along; therefore, they only went along certain sections.
tradesmen=merchants
=>ANSWER: TRUE
12. THE BYZANTINES SPREAD THE PRACTICE OF SILK PRODUCTION ACROSS THE WEST.
Keywords: The Byzantines spread
In paragraph 4, the writer says that “The Byzantines were as secretive as the Chinese, however, and for many centuries the weaving and trading of silk fabric was a strict imperial monopoly. Then in the seventh century, the Arabs conquered Persia, capturing their magnificent silks in the process. Silk production thus spread through Africa, Sicily and Spain as the Arabs swept through these lands.” This means that the Arabs, not the Byzantines, spread the practice of silk production across the West.
the West~Africa, Sicily and Spain
=>ANSWER: FALSE
13. SILK YARN MAKES UP THE MAJORITY OF SILK CURRENTLY EXPORTED FROM CHINA.
Keywords: silk yarn, the majority, exported, China
In the last paragraph, the writer says that “in more recent decades, China has gradually recaptured its position as the world‟s biggest producer and exporter of silk and silk yarn.” So, whether silk yarn makes up the majority of silk currently exported from China is not mentioned, we only know that both silk and silk yarn are exported.
QUESTIONS 14-18: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 2 ?
14. LOCAL GULLS AND MIGRATING ARCTIC TERNS BEHAVE IN THE SAME WAY WHEN OFFERED FOOD.
Keywords: Local gulls, migrating arctic terns, same way
In the second paragraph, the writer says that “An arctic tern, on its 20,000 km flight from the extreme south of South America to the Arctic circle will take no notice of a nice smelly herring offered from a bird- watcher’s boat along the way. While local gulls will dive voraciously for such handouts, the tern flies on.”
This means that local gulls and migrating arctic terns behave in different ways when offered food.
=>ANSWER: FALSE
15. EXPERTS’ DEFINITIONS OF MIGRATION TEND TO VARY ACCORDING TO THEIR AREA OF STUDY.
Keywords: definitions of migration, vary, study
In paragraph 3, the writer indicates that “But migration is a complex issue, and biologists define it differently, depending on what sorts of animals they study.”
experts=biologists
according to=depending on
=>ANSWER: TRUE
16. VERY FEW EXPERTS AGREE THAT THE MOVEMENT OF APHIDS CAN BE CONSIDERED MIGRATION.
Keywords: few experts, agree, movement of aphids, migration
Aphids are referred to in paragraph 5. Among the experts, we only know that Dingle and Berger have different definitions of migration. In this passage, the writer does not mention whether very few experts agree that the movement of aphids can be considered migration. So, the statement is not given
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
17. APHIDS’ JOURNEYS ARE AFFECTED BY CHANGES IN THE LIGHT THAT THEY PERCEIVE.
Keywords: Aphids’ journeys, changes, light
In paragraph 5, the writer says that “They allow for the fact that, for example, aphids will become sensitive to blue light (from the sky) when it’s time for takeoff on their big journey, and sensitive to yellow light (reflected from tender young leaves) when it’s appropriate to land.” So, the statement is true
=>ANSWER: TRUE
18. DINGLE’S AIM IS TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN THE MIGRATORY BEHAVIORS OF DIFFERENT SPECIES.
In paragraph 5, the writer says that “His definition is more intricate than Berger’s, citing those five features that distinguish migration from other forms of movement.” Dingle does not aim to study the migration of different species, he aims to study what makes migration different from other forms of animal movement. So, the statement is false.
=>ANSWER: FALSE
QUESTIONS 19-22: COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE WITH THE CORRECT ENDING, A-G, BELOW.
19. ACCORDING TO DINGLE, MIGRATORY ROUTES ARE LIKELY TO
Keywords: Dingle, migratory routes
In the first paragraph, the writer says that “The biologist Hugh Dingle has identified five characteristics that apply, in varying degrees and combinations, to all migrations. They are prolonged movements that carry animals outside familiar habitats; they tend to be linear, not zigzaggy.” This means that according to Dingle, migratory routes are likely to follow a straight line.
straight=linear
=>ANSWER: G
20. TO PREPARE FOR MIGRATION, ANIMALS ARE LIKELY TO
Keywords: prepare
In the first paragraph, the writer states that “they (migrations) involve special behaviour concerning preparation (such as overfeeding) and arrival.” This means that to prepare for migration, animals eat more than they need for immediate purposes.
eat more than they need=overfeed
=>ANSWER: C
21. DURING MIGRATION, ANIMALS ARE UNLIKELY TO
Keywords: during migration, unlikely
At the end of the first paragraph, the writer explains that “And one more: migrating animals maintain an intense attractiveness to the greater mission, which keeps them undistracted by temptations and undeterred by challenges that would turn animals aside.” This means that during migration, animals are unlikely to be discouraged by difficulties.
difficulties=challenges
=>ANSWER: A
22. ARCTIC TERNS ILLUSTRATE MIGRATING ANIMALS‟ ABILITY TO
Keywords: Arctic terns, ability
In paragraph 2, the writer says that “An arctic tern, on its 20,000 km flight from the extreme south of South America to the Arctic circle will take no notice of a nice smelly herring offered from a bird- watcher’s boat along the way. While local gulls will dive voraciously for such handouts, the tern flies on.
The arctic tern resists distraction because it is driven at the moment by an instinctive sense of something we humans find admirable: larger purpose.” This means that arctic terns illustrate migrating animals‟ ability to ignore distractions.
ignore=resist
=>ANSWER: E
QUESTIONS 23-26: COMPLETE THE SUMMARY BELOW.
23. PRONGHORNS RELY ON THEIR EYESIGHT AND…..TO AVOID PREDATORS.
Keywords: pronghorns, eyesight, avoid predators
In paragraph 6, the writer says that “Pronghorn, dependent on distance vision and speed to keep safe from predators.”
rely on=be dependent on
eyesight=vision
avoid=keep safe from
=>ANSWER: speed
24. ONE PARTICULAR POPULATION’S SUMMER HABITAT IS A NATIONAL PARK, AND THEIR WINTER HOME IS ON THE….., WHERE THEY GO TO AVOID THE DANGER PRESENTED BY THE SNOW AT THAT TIME OF YEAR.
Keywords: winter home, danger, snow
In paragraph 6, the writer indicates that “If they (pronghorns) can‟t pass through again in autumn, escaping south onto those windblown plains, they are likely to die trying to overwinter in the deep snow.”
danger~likely to die
=>ANSWER: plains
25. HOWEVER, THEIR ROUTE BETWEEN THESE TWO AREAS CONTAINS THREE 25…..
Keywords: route, contains three
In paragraph 6, the writer explains that “These pronghorns are notable for the invariance of their migration route and the severity of its constriction at three bottlenecks.”
=>ANSWER: bottlenecks
26. ONE PROBLEM IS THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW HOMES IN A NARROW 26…..OF LAND ON THE PRONGHORNS’ ROUTE.
Keywords: construction, homes, narrow
At the end of paragraph 6, the writer indicates that “At one of the bottlenecks, forested hills rise to form a V, leaving a corridor of open ground only about 150 metres wide, filled with private homes.”
PASSAGE 3: PREFACE TO ‘HOW THE OTHER HALF THINKS: ADVENTURES IN MATHEMATICAL REASONING’
27-34 WHICH SECTION CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION?
27. A REFERENCE TO BOOKS THAT ASSUME A LACK OF MATHEMATICAL KNOWLEDGE
Keywords: books, lack of mathematical knowledge
In paragraph D, the writer indicates that “Other scientists have written books to explain their fields to non-scientists, but have necessarily had to omit the mathematics, although it provides the foundation of their theories.”
assume a lack of mathematical knowledge~omit the mathematics
=>ANSWER: D
28. THE WAY IN WHICH THIS IS NOT A TYPICAL BOOK ABOUT MATHEMATICS.
Keywords: the way, not a typical book, mathematics
In paragraph B, the writer states that “I want to reveal not only some of the fascinating discoveries, but, more importantly, the reasoning behind them. In that respect, this book differs from most books on mathematics written for the general public.”
not a typical book~differs from most books
=>ANSWER: B
29. PERSONAL EXAMPLES OF BEING HELPED BY MATHEMATICS
Keywords: personal examples, helped
In paragraph G, the writer mentions two personal examples: the example of a physician and the example of a lawyer. Both of them were helped by mathematics.
=>ANSWER: G
30. EXAMPLES OF PEOPLE WHO EACH HAD ABILITIES THAT SEEMED INCOMPATIBLE
Keywords: examples, abilities, incompatible
In paragraph C, the writer says that “To illustrate our human potential, I cite a structural engineer who is an artist, an electrical engineer who is an opera singer, an opera singer who published mathematical research, and a mathematician who publishes short stories.”
=>ANSWER: C
31. MENTION OF DIFFERENT FOCUSES OF BOOKS ABOUT MATHEMATICS
Keywords: different focuses, books
In paragraph B, the writer states that “Some [books] present the lives of colourful mathematicians. Others describe important applications of mathematics. Yet others go into mathematical procedures, but assume that the reader is adept in using algebra.”
=>ANSWER: B
32. A CONTRAST BETWEEN READING THIS BOOK AND READING OTHER KINDS OF PUBLICATION.
Keyword: contrast
In paragraph E, the writer says that “This book presents details that illustrate the mathematical style of thinking, which involves sustained, step-by-step analysis, experiments, and insights. You will turn these pages much more slowly than when reading a novel or a newspaper.”
other kinds of publication ~ a novel, a newspaper
=>ANSWER: E
33. A CLAIM THAT THE WHOLE OF THE BOOK IS ACCESSIBLE TO EVERYBODY
Keywords: accessible to everybody
In paragraph A, the writer says that “There are some discoveries in advanced mathematics that do not depend on specialized knowledge, not even on algebra, geometry, or trigonometry. Instead, they may involve, at most, a little arithmetic, such as ‘them sum of two odd numbers is even’, common sense. Each of the eight chapters in this book illustrates this phenomenon. Anyone can understand every step in the reasoning.”
the whole of the book~each of the eight chapters
=>ANSWER: A
34. A REFERENCE TO DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF INTENDED READERS OF THIS BOOK.
Keywords: intended readers
In paragraph F, the writer explains that “As I wrote, I kept in mind two types of readers: those who enjoyed mathematics until they were turned off by an unpleasant episode, usually around fifth grade, and mathematics aficionados, who will find much that is new throughout the book. This book also serves readers who simply want to sharpen their analytical skills.”
categories=types
=>ANSWER: F
QUESTIONS 35-40: COMPLETE THE SENTENCES BELOW.
35. SOME AREAS OF BOTH MUSIC AND MATHEMATICS ARE SUITABLE FOR SOMEONE WHO IS A…..
Keywords: areas, music and mathematics, suitable
In the first paragraph, the writer argues that “Occasionally, in some difficult musical compositions, there are beautiful, but easy parts – parts so simple a beginner could play them. So it is with mathematics as well.”
areas=parts
=>ANSWER: beginner
36. IT IS SOMETIMES POSSIBLE TO UNDERSTAND ADVANCED MATHEMATICS USING NO MORE THAN A LIMITED KNOWLEDGE OF…..
In paragraph A, the writer claims that “There are some discoveries in advanced mathematics that do not depend on specialized knowledge, not even on algebra, geometry, or trigonometry. Instead, they may involve, at most, a little arithmetic, such as „the sum of two odd numbers is even‟, and common sense.”
no more than a limited knowledge of arithmetic~a little arithmetic
=>ANSWER: arithmetic
37. THE WRITER INTENDS TO SHOW THAT MATHEMATICS REQUIRES…..THINKING, AS WELL AS ANALYTICAL SKILLS.
Keywords: mathematics requires, analytical
In paragraph C, the writer says that “As the chapters will illustrate, mathematics is not restricted to the analytical and numerical; intuition plays a significant role.” So, besides analytical skills, mathematics requires intuition, or intuitive thinking.
intuitive thinking=intuition
=>ANSWER: intuitive
38. SOME BOOKS WRITTEN BY…..HAVE HAD TO LEAVE OUT THE MATHEMATICS THAT IS CENTRAL TO THEIR THEORIES.
Keywords: written by, leave out, theories
In paragraph D, the writer says that “Other scientists have written books to explain their fields to non-scientists, but have necessarily had to omit the mathematics, although it provides the foundation of their theories.
leave out=omit
is central to= provides the foundation of
=>ANSWER: scientists
39. THE WRITER ADVISES NON-MATHEMATICAL READERS TO PERFORM…..WHILE READING THE BOOK
Keywords: non-mathematical readers, perform
In paragraph E, the writer argues that “Still, non-mathematical readers can go far in understanding mathematical reasoning […] It may help to have a pencil and a paper ready to check claims and carry out experiments.”
perform=carry out
=>ANSWER: experiments
40. A LAWYER FOUND THAT STUDYING…..HELPED EVEN MORE THAN OTHER AREAS OF MATHEMATICS IN THE STUDY OF LAW.
Keywords: lawyer, studying, helped, law
In paragraph G, a lawyer indicates that “Although I had no background in law – not even one political science course – I did well at one of the best law schools. I attribute much of my success there to having learned, through the study of mathematics, and, in particular, theorems, how to analyze complicated principles.”
=>ANSWER: theorems
1. tea 2. reel 3. women 4. royalty 5. currency 6. paper 7. wool 8. monks 9. nylon 10. FALSE 11. TRUE 12. FALSE 13. NOT GIVEN 14. FALSE 15. TRUE 16. NOT GIVEN 17. TRUE 18. FALSE 19. G 20. C 21. A 22. E 23. speed 24. plains 25. bottlenecks 26. corridor/ passageway 27. D 28. B 29. G 30. C 31. B 32. E 33. A 34. F 35. beginner 36. arithmetic 37. intuitive 38. scientists 39. experiments 40. theorems
Cambridge IELTS 11 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 11 reading test 2 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: RAISING THE MARY ROSE
QUESTIONS 1-4: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 1?
Paragraph 1: On 19 July, 1545…..
Paragraph 2: The Mary Rose came to rest….
Paragraph 3: Then, on 16 June 1836….
Paragraph 4: The Mary Rose then faded….
Paragraph 5: Further excavations revealed….
Paragraph 6: An important factor….
1. THERE IS SOME DOUBT ABOUT WHAT CAUSED THE MARY ROSE TO SINK
Keywords: doubt, sink
In the first paragraph, the writer says that “Accounts of what happened to the ship vary: while witnesses agree that she was not hit by the French, some maintain that she was outdated, overladen and sailing too low in the water, others that she was by undisciplined crew.”
what caused the Mary Rose to sink=accounts of what happened to the ship
=>ANSWER: TRUE
2. THE MARY ROSE WAS THE ONLY SHIP TO SINK IN THE BATTLE OF 19 JULY 1545
Keywords: the only ship, sink, 19 July 1545
In the first paragraph, the writer states that “Among the English vessels was a warship by the name of Mary Rose” but he does not mention whether the Mary Rose was the only ship to sink in the battle. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
3. MOST OF ONE SIDE OF THE MARY ROSE LAY UNDAMAGED UNDER THE SEA.
Keywords: one side, undamaged, under the sea
In the second paragraph, the writer indicates that “Because of the way the ship sank, nearly all of the starboard half survived intact.”
most of=nearly all of
one side of the Mary Rose=the starboard half
undamaged=intact
=> ANSWER: TRUE
4. ALEXANDER MCKEE KNEW THAT THE WRECK WOULD CONTAIN MANY VALUABLE HISTORICAL OBJECTS.
Keywords: valuable historical objects, Alexander McKee
In paragraph 5, the writer argues that “McKee and his team now knew for certain that they had found the wreck, but were as yet unaware that it also housed a treasure trove of beautifully preserved artefacts.”This means that Alexander McKee did not know that the wreck would contain many valuable historical objects.
contain=house
many valuable historical objects ~ a treasure trove of beautifully preseved artefacts
=> ANSWER: FALSE
QUESTIONS 5-8 : MATCH EACH STATEMENT WITH THE CORRECT DATE, A-G
5. A SEARCH FOR THE MARY ROSE WAS LAUNCHED
In paragraph 4, the writer says that “But in 1965, military historian and amateur diver Alexander McKee, in conjunction with the British Sub-Aqua Club, initiated a project called „Solent Ships‟. While on paper this was a plan to examine a number of known wrecks in the Solent, what McKee really hoped for was to find the Mary Rose.”
launched=initiated
=>ANSWER: C
6. ONE PERSON’S EXPLORATION OF THE MARY ROSE SITE STOPPED.
In paragraph 3 and 4, the writer argues that “Exploring further, he uncovered several other timbers and a bronze gun. Deane continued diving on the site intermittently until 1840, recovering several more guns, two bows, various timbers, part of a pump and various other small finds. The Mary Rose then faded into obscurity for another hundred years.” This means that in 1840, Deane‟s exploration of the Mary Rose site stopped.
=>ANSWER: B
7. IT WAS AGREED THAT THE HULL OF THE MARY ROSE SHOULD BE RAISED.
In paragraph 5, the writer indicates that “While the original aim was to raise the hull if at all feasible, the operation was not given the go-ahead until January 1982, when all the necessary information was available.”
agreed=given the go-ahead
=>ANSWER: G
8. THE SITE OF THE MARY ROSE WAS FOUND BY CHANCE
In paragraph 3, “Then, on 16 June 1836, some fishermen in the Solent found that their equipment was caught on an underwater obstruction, which turned out to be the Mary Rose.”
=>ANSWER: A
9-13. RAISING THE HULL OF THE MARY ROSE: STAGES ONE AND TWO.
9. …..ATTACHED TO HULL BY WIRES
In the last paragraph, the writer says that “The hull was attached to a lifting frame via a network of bolts and lifting wires.”
by=via
=>ANSWER: lifting frame
10…… TO PREVENT HULL BEING SUCKED INTO MUD
In the last paragraph, the writer says that “The problem of the hull being sucked back downwards into the mud was overcome by using 12 hydraulic jacks.”
=>ANWER: hydraulic jacks
11. LEGS ARE PLACED INTO…..
In the last paragraph, the writer says that “This required precise positioning to locate the legs into the „stabbing guides‟ of the lifting cradle.”
place=locate
=> ANSWER: stabbing guides
12. HULL IS LOWERED INTO…..
Also, in the last paragraph, the writer says that “In this stage, the lifting frame was fixed to a hook attached to a crane, and the hull was lifted completely clear of the seabed and transferred underwater into the lifting cradle.”
lowered into ~ transferred underwater into
=>ANSWER: lifting cradle
13….. USED AS EXTRA PROTECTION FOR THE HULL.
Also, in the last paragraph, the writer says that “The lifting cradle was designed to fit the hull using archaeological survey drawings, and was fitted with airbags to provide additional cushioning for the hull’s delicate timber framework.”
PASSAGE 2: WHAT DESTROYED THE CIVILISATION OF EASTER ISLAND?
QUESTIONS 14-20: READING PASSAGE HAS SEVEN PARAGRAPHS, A-G
14. PARAGRAPH A
In this paragraph, the author writes about Easter Island and the moai. He says that “The identity of the moai builders was in doubt until well into the twentieth century.” Then, he explains some people’s assumptions of how the Moai were built. The paragraph ends by noting that modern science has definitively proved the moai builders were Polynesians”. So, the correct heading for this paragraph is an undisputed answer to a question about the moai.
an undisputed answer to a question=definitively proved
=>ANSWER: ii
15. PARAGRAPH B
In this paragraph, the writer indicates that “When the islanders (the Rapanui people) cleared the forests for firewood and farming, the forests didn‟t grow back. As trees became scarce and they could no longer construct wooden canoes for fishing, they ate birds. Soil erosion decreased their crop yields.” This led to the collapse of their isolated civilisation. So, the correct heading of this paragraph is diminishing food resources.
=>ANSWER: ix
16. PARAGRAPH C
In this paragraph, the writer emphasizes that “The moai accelerated the self-destruction.” To support this idea, the writer lists what the moai did, such as competing by building ever bigger figures, laying the moai on wooden sledges, hauling over log rails, clearing land. So, the correct idea of this paragraph is how the statues made a situation worse
the statues=the moai
made a situation worse=accelerated the self-destruction
=>ANSWER: viii
17. PARAGRAPH D
In this paragraph, “archaeological excavations indicate that the Rapanui went to heroic efforts to protect the resources of their wind-lashed, infertile fields. They built thousands of circular stone windbreaks and gardened inside them, and used broken volcanic rocks to keep the soil moist.” Then, the writer concludes that “In short, the prehistoric Rapanui were pioneers of sustainable farming.”So, The correct heading of this paragraph is evidence of innovation environment management practices.
=>ANSWER: i
18.PARAGRAPH E.
This paragraph is about some archaeological evidence of how the moai were moved, which “backs up Rapanui folklore”: “Recent experiments indicate that as few as 18 people could, with three strong ropes and a bit of practice, easily manoeuvre a 1,000 kg moai replica a few hundred metres.”So, the correct heading for this paragraph is a theory which supports the local belief.
support=back up
the folklore=the local belief
=>ANSWER: iv
19. PARAGRAPH F
In this paragraph, the writer mentions some damage to the island that was not caused by the Rapanui, such as the rats (the rats arrived along with the settlers, and in a few years, hunt and Lipo calculate, they would have overrun the island) and “the arrival of the Europeans who introduced deadly diseases to which islanders had no immunity”. Hunt and Lippo claim that the Rapanui “were not wholly responsible for the loss of the island’s trees”. So, the correct heading for this paragraph is destruction outside the inhabitants‟ control.
=>ANSWER: vii
20. PARAGRAPH G
In this paragraph, the writer mentions two points of view of the Rapanui. While Hunt and Lipo shared the vision that the moai builders were peaceful and ingenious, another assumption was that the Rapanui “were reckless destroyers ruining their own environment and society.” So, the correct heading for this paragraph is two opposing views about the Rapanui people.
view=vision
=>ANSWER: vi
21-24. JARED DIAMOND’S VIEW
21. DIAMOND BELIEVES THAT THE POLYNESIAN SETTLERS ON RAPA NUI DESTROYED ITS FORESTS, CUTTING DOWN ITS TREES FOR FUEL AND CLEARING LAND FOR…..
Keywords: the Polynesian settlers, clearing land for, Jared Diamond
In paragraph B, the writer argues that “US scientist Jared Diamond believes that the Rapanui people – descendants of Polynesian settlers – wrecked their own environment. They had unfortunately settled on an extremely fragile island – dry, cool, and too remote to be properly fertilised by wind blown volcanic ash. When islanders cleared the forests for firewood and farming, the forests didn‟t grow back.” In the next paragraph, he says “To feed the people, even more land had to be cleared.”
=> ANSWER: 21: farming
22-23. WHEN THE ISLANDERS WERE NO LONGER ABLE TO BUILD THE 22….. THEY NEEDED TO GO FISHING, THEY BEGAN USING THE ISLAND’S 23……
Keywords: no longer, build, fishing
In paragraph B, the writer says that “As trees became scarce and they could no longer construct wooden canoes for fishing, they ate birds.
build=construct
=>ANSWER: 22.canoes; 23.birds
24. DIAMOND ALSO CLAIMS THAT THE MOAI WERE BUILT TO SHOW THE POWER OF THE ISLAND’S CHIEFTAINS, AND THAT THE METHODS OF TRANSPORTING THE STATUES NEEDED NOT ONLY A GREAT NUMBER OF PEOPLE, BUT ALSO A GREAT DEAL OF…..
Keywords: transporting the statues, a great deal of
In paragraph C, the writer indicates that “Diamond thinks they laid the moai on wooden sledges, hauled over log rails, but that required both a lot of wood and a lot of people.”
needed=required
a great deal of=a lot of
=>ANSWER: 24: wood
QUESTIONS 25-26: CHOOSE TWO LETTERS, A-E
25 – 26. ON WHAT POINTS DO HUNT AND LIPO DISAGREE WITH DIAMOND?
Firstly, in paragraph C, Diamond assumes that “they (the Rapanui people) laid the moai on wooden sledges; hauled over log rails, but that required both a lot of wood and a lot of people.” But in paragraph E,Hunt and Lipo contend believe that “moving the moai required few people and no wood.” So, Hunt and Lipo disagree with Diamond about how the moai were transported. Secondly, in paragraph C, Diamond thinks that the moai accelerated the destruction of the island. Meanwhile, in paragraph F, “Hunt and Lipo are convinced that the settlers were not wholly responsible for the loss of the island‟s trees.” So, Hunt and Lipo disagree with Diamond about the impact of the moai on Rapanui society.
QUESTIONS 27-30: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
27.IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH, THE WRITER REFERS TO A SHAPE-MATCHING TEST IN ORDER TO ILLUSTRATE
Keywords: shape-matching test, illustrate
In paragraph 2, the writer says that “We certainly do have an inclination to follow the crowd. When asked to make simple perceptual decisions such as matching a shape to its rotated image, for example, people often choose a definitively wrong answer if they see others doing the same.” This means that the writer refers to a shape-matching test in order to illustrate our tendency to be influenced by the opinions of others.
=>ANSWER: C
28. ANGELINA HAWLEY-DOLAN‟S FINDINGS INDICATE THAT PEOPLE
Keywords: Angelina Hawley-Dolan‟s findings
In paragraph 3, Angelina Hawley-Dolan‟s experiment shows that “volunteers generally preferred the work of renowned artists, even when they believed it was by an animal or a child. It seems that the viewers can sense the artists‟ vision in paintings, even if they can‟t explain why.” So, Angelina Hawley-Dolan‟s findings indicate that people have the ability to perceive the intention behind works of art.
perceive the intention behind works of art=sense the artists‟ vision in paintings
=>ANSWER: D
29. RESULTS OF STUDIES INVOLVING ROBERT PEPPERELL’S PIECES SUGGEST THAT PEOPLE
Keywords: results of studies, Pepperell’s pieces
At the end of paragraph 4, the writer argues that “It would seem that the brain sees these images as puzzles, and the harder it is to decipher the meaning, the more rewarding is the moment of recognition.” This means that results of studies involving Robert Pepperell’s pieces suggest that people find it satisfying to work out what a painting represents.
satisfying=rewarding
work out=decipher
what a painting means=the meaning
=>ANSWER: B
30. WHAT DO THE EXPERIMENTS DESCRIBED IN THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH SUGGEST ABOUT THE PAINTINGS OF MONDRIAN?
Keywords: experiments, suggest, paintings of Mondrian
In the fifth paragraph, the writer indicates that “eye-tracking studies confirm that they (Mondrian’s) works are meticulously composed, and that simply rotating a piece radically changes the way we view it.” This means that the paintings of Mondrian are more carefully put together than they appear.
experiments=studies
paintings=works
carefully=meticulously
be put together=be composed
=>ANSWER: A
31-33. ART AND THE BRAIN
31. THE DISCIPLINE OF NEUROAESTHETICS AIMS TO BRING SCIENTIFIC OBJECTIVITY TO THE STUDY OF ART. NEUROLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE BRAIN, FOR EXAMPLE, DEMONSTRATE THE IMPACT WHICH IMPRESSIONIST PAINTINGS HAVE ON OUR…..
Keywords: the impact, Impressionist paintings have on our
In the first paragraph, the writer says that “The blurred imagery of Impressionist paintings seems to stimulate the brain’s amygdala, for instance. Since the amygdala plays a crucial role in our feelings, that finding might explain why many people find these pieces so moving.” This means that Impressionist paintings have impact on our feelings.
emotions=feelings
=>ANSWER: C (emotions)
32. ALEX FORSYTHE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF LIVERPOOL BELIEVES MANY ARTISTS GIVE THEIR WORKS THE PRECISE DEGREE OF…..WHICH MOST APPEALS TO THE VIEWER’S BRAIN.
Keywords: precise degree, appeals to the viewer’s brain
In paragraph 7, the writer indicates that “In another experiment, Alex Forsythe of the University of Liverpool analysed the visual intricacy of different pieces of art, and her results suggest that many artist suse a key level of detail to please the brain. This means that Alex Forsythe believes many artists give their works the precise degree of
visual intricacy which most appeals to the viewer’s brain.
complexity=intricacy
=>ANSWER: B (complexity)
33. SHE ALSO OBSERVES THAT PLEASING WORKS OF ART OFTEN CONTAIN CERTAIN REPEATED…..WHICH OCCUR FREQUENTLY IN THE NATURAL WORLD.
Keywords: pleasing works of art, repeated
In paragraph 7, the writer argues that “What‟s more, appealing pieces both abstract and representational, show signs of „fractals‟-repeated motifs recurring in different scales. Fractals are common throughout nature, for example in the shapes of mountain peaks of branches of trees. It is possible that our visual system, which evolved in the great outdoors, finds it easier to process such patterns.” So, pleasing works of art often contain certain repeated motifs/ patterns which occur frequently in the natural world.
motifs=patterns=images
pleasing=appealing
works of art=pieces
occur frequently=are common
in the natural world=throughout nature
=>ANSWER: H (images)
QUESTIONS 34-39: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE VIEWS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE 3?
34. FORSYTHE’S FINDINGS CONTRADICTED PREVIOUS BELIEFS ON THE FUNCTION OF ‘FRACTALS’ IN ART
Keywords: contradicted, previous beliefs
In paragraph 7 which details Forsythe’s findings, the writer does not mentions whether her findings contradicted previous beliefs on the function of ‘fractals’ in art. Although fractals are mentioned, this is only to explain what they are. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
35. CERTAIN IDEAS REGARDING THE LINK BETWEEN ‘MIRROR NEURONS’ AND ART APPRECIATION REQUIRE FURTHER VERIFICATION.
Keywords: link, mirror neurons, art appreciation, further verification
In paragraph 8, the writer says that “It is also intriguing that the brain appears to process movement when we see a handwritten letter, as if we are replaying the writer’s moment of creation. This has led some to wonder whether Pollock‟s works feel so dynamic because the brain reconstructs the energetic actions the artist used as he painted. This may be down to our brain’s ‘mirror neurons’, which are known to mimic others‟ actions. The hypothesis will need to be thoroughly tested…”
require further verification= The hypothesis will need to be thoroughly tested
=>ANSWER: YES
36. PEOPLE’S TASTE IN PAINTINGS DEPENDS ENTIRELY ON THE CURRENT ARTISTIC TRENDS OF THE PERIOD.
Keywords: taste, current artistic trends
At the end of paragraph 8, the writer indicates that “While the fashion of the time might shape what is currently popular, works that are best adapted to our visual system may be the most likely to linger once the trends of previous generations have been forgotten.”So, it is not true that people’s taste in paintings depends entirely on the current artistic trends of the period.
trend of the period=fashion of the time
=>ANSWER: NO
37. SCIENTISTS SHOULD SEEK TO DEFINE THE PRECISE RULES WHICH GOVERN PEOPLE’S REACTIONS TO WORKS OF ART.
Keywords: define precise rules, govern, reactions
In the last paragraph, the writer argues that “It would, however, be foolish to reduce art appreciation to set a set of scientific laws.” So, it is not true that scientists should seek to define the precise rules which govern people’s reactions to works of art.
rules=laws
people’s reactions to works of art ~ art appreciation
=>ANSWER: NO
38. ART APPRECIATION SHOULD ALWAYS INVOLVE TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE CULTURAL CONTEXT IN WHICH AN ARTIST WORKED.”
Keywords: always, cultural context
In the last paragraph, the writer says that “We shouldn’t underestimate the importance of the style of a particular artist, their place in history and the artistic environment of their time.”
=>ANSWER: YES
39. IT IS EASIER TO FIND MEANING IN THE FIELD OF SCIENCE THAN IN THAT OF ART.
Keywords: easier, meaning in science, art
In this passage, the writer does not mention this information. In the last paragraph, art and science are only compared in terms of “looking for systems and decoding meaning so that we can view and appreciate the world in a new way”. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
QUESTIONS 40: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER; A, B, C OR D.
40. WHAT WOULD BE THE MOST APPROPRIATE SUBTITLE FOR THE ARTICLE?
A. Some scientific insights into how the brain responds to abstract art.
B. Recent studies focusing on the neural activity of abstract artists.
C. A comparison of the neurological bases of abstract and representational art
D. How brain research has altered public opinion about abstract art.
In this passage, the writer refers to some scientific experiments, theories and knowledge of the way the brain reacts to abstract art. Neuroaesthectics are mentioned in paragraph 1 in the study of past masterpieces and then, in paragraph 2, the writer asks: “Could the same approach also shed light on abstract twentieth-century pieces…? The rest of the article tries to answer this question. So, the most appropriate subtitles for this article is some scientific insights into how the brain responds to abstract art.
insights=shed light on
=>ANSWER: A
1. TRUE 2. NOT GIVEN 3. TRUE 4. FALSE 5. C 6. B 7. G 8. A 9. (lifting) frame 10. hydraulic jacks 11. stabbing guides 12. (lifting) cradle 13. air bags 14. ii 15. ix 16. viii 17. i 18. iv 19. vii 20. vi 21. farming 22. canoes 23. birds 24. wood 25. B 26. C 27. C 28. D 29. B 30. A 31. C 32. B 33. H 34. NOT GIVEN 35. YES 36. NO 37. NO 38. YES 39. NOT GIVEN 40. A
Cambridge IELTS 11 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 11 reading test 1 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: CROP-GROWING SKYSCRAPERS
QUESTIONS 1-7: COMPLETE THE SENTENCES BELOW.
1. SOME FOOD PLANTS, INCLUDING…., ARE ALREADY GROWN INDOORS
=> Answer: tomatoes
Key words: already grown indoors
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about a particular plant that has been already grown indoors. In the first sentence of paragraph 2, the author mentions “The concept of indoor farming is not new, since hothouse production of tomatoes and other produce has been in vogue for some time”. This means that tomatoes, along with other produce, have been produced in heated houses (indoors) for a long period of time.
=> already = not new = in vogue for some time
grown indoors = hothouse production
2. VERTICAL FARMS WOULD BE LOCATED IN…., MEANING THAT THERE WOULD BE LESS NEED TO TAKE THEM LONG DISTANCES TO CUSTOMERS
=>Answer: urban centers/centres
Key words: vertical farm, located, distances
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we know that we need to find the information about vertical farms in terms of location and transportation in the passage. Paragraph 2 says “Situatedin the heart of urban centres, they (vertical farms) would drastically reduce the amount of transportation required to bring food to customers”.
– located=situated
– distance=transportation
3. VERTICAL FARMS COULD USE METHANE FROM PLANTS AND ANIMALS TO PRODUCE….
=> Answer: energy
Key words: methane, produce
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about how methane is used. “Methane” is mentioned in paragraph 4. . So we focus on this paragraph. The paragraph says “Although the system would consume energy, it would return energy to the grid via methane generation from composting non-edible parts of plants”
=> produce = return
4. THE CONSUMPTION OF….WOULD BE CUT BECAUSE AGRICULTURAL VEHICLES WOULD BE UNNECESSARY.
=> Answer: fossil fuels
Key words: consumption, cut, vehicles
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about the reduced consumption of something. At the end of paragraph 4, the author indicates “It would also dramatically reduce fossil fuel use, by cutting out the need for tractors, ploughs and shipping”
consumption = use
Cut = reduce
Vehicles = tractors
5. THE FACT THAT VERTICAL FARMS WOULD NEED…LIGHT IS A DISADVANTAGE
=> Answer: artificial
Key words: need, light, disadvantage
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about a type of light that vertical farms need. At the beginning of paragraph 5, the author says “A major draw back of vertical farming, however, is that the plants would require artificial light”
=> need = require
Disadvantage = drawback
6. ONE FORM OF VERTICAL FARMING INVOLVES PLANTING IN…WHICH ARE NOT FIXED.
=> Answer: (stacked) trays
Key words: One form, planting, not fixed.
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about a type of vertical farming and where it is planted. At the beginning of paragraph 6, the author says “One variation on vertical farming that has been developed is to grow plants in stacked trays that move on rails”
One form = One variation
Plant = grow
not fixed = move on rails
7. THE MOST PROBABLE DEVELOPMENT IS THAT FOOD WILL BE GROWN ON… IN TOWNS AND CITIES
=> Answer: (urban) rooftops
Key words: most probable, grown on, towns and cities
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about place(s) where food can be best grown on. At the end of the passage, the author mentions “Most experts currently believe it is far more likely that we will simply use the space available on urban rooftops”
=> most probable = far more likely
towns and cities = urban
QUESTIONS 8-13: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE?
8. METHODS FOR PREDICTING THE EARTH‟S POPULATION HAVE RECENTLY CHANGED
=> Answer: NOT GIVEN
Key words: have recently changed
In the first paragraph, the author just mentions that “applying the most conservative estimates to current demographic trends” to predict the future population. No information about recent changes in population predicting methods is given . So the answer is NOT GIVEN.
=> estimate = predict
=> population change = demographic trends
9. HUMAN BEINGS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR SOME OF THE DESTRUCTION TO FOOD-PRODUCING LAND.
=> Answer: True
Key words: responsible, destruction.
In paragraph 3, “We despoiled most of the land we work, often turning verdant, natural ecozones into semi-arid deserts”. It means that human action is the cause of the damage to agricultural land. We destroyed most of the land we work, causing natural ecozones to be turned into semi-arid deserts. So the statement given is TRUE.
=> ecozones = areas where there is a natural community of plants and animals
=> semi-arid = with little water
10. THE CROPS PRODUCED IN VERTICAL FARMS WILL DEPEND ON THE SEASON.
=> Answer: False
Key words: depend, seasons, produced
At the beginning of paragraph 2, the author refers to an advantage of vertical farming which is ” sustainable production of a safe and varied food supply (through year-round production of all crops) Briefly, crops are produced in environmentally- controlled conditions and not influenced by natural conditions. The statement is FALSE.
11. SOME DAMAGE TO FOOD CROPS IS CAUSED BY CLIMATE CHANGE.
=> Answer: True
Key words: climate change
Paragraph 3 says “However, more often than not now, due to a rapidly changing climate, this is not what happens. Massive floods, long droughts, hurricanes and severe monsoons take their toll each year, destroying millions of tons of valuable crops”. So, due to climate change, adverse natural disasters result in destruction to numerous valuable crops. The statement is TRUE.
=> crops = plants which are grown for food
12. FERTILISERS WILL BE NEEDED FOR CERTAIN CROPS IN VERTICAL FARMS.
=> Answer: False
Key words: fertilisers needed
In the middle of paragraph 4, “All the food could be grown organically, eliminating the need for herbicides, pesticides and fertilisers”. So, there is no need for fertilisers to grow crops in vertical farms. The statement contradicts the information in the passage, so the statement is FALSE.
=> fertilisers = artificial chemicals added to the land to make crops grow bigger or more quickly
13. VERTICAL FARMING WILL MAKE PLANTS LESS LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY INFECTIOUS DISEASES.
=> Answer: True
Key words: less, infectious diseases
In paragraph 4, “The system would greatly reduce the incidence of many infectious diseases that are acquired at the agricultural interface”. The system (vertical farming) would reduce infectious diseases, which makes plants less likely to be affected. So, the statement is TRUE.
=> infectious diseases = diseases that can pass from one plant to another by the wind or by insects
QUESTIONS 14-19: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 2 ?
14. THE FALKIRK WHEEL HAS LINKED THE FORTH AND CLYDE CANAL WITH THE UNION CANAL FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HISTORY.
=> Answer: FALSE
Key words: has linked, first time
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about whether the wheel has linked two canals for the first time. According to paragraph 1, “Opened in 2002, it(The Falkirk Wheel) is central to the ambitious £84.5 Millennium Link project to restore the navigability across Scotland by reconnecting the historic waterways of the Forth and Clyde and the Union Canals”. This means that the connection between the two canals does not exist at the moment and the Falkirk wheel is expected to (“is central to”) reconnect them. In paragraph 2, it is confirmed that “Historically, the two canals had been joined near the town of Falkirk…..”, but this connection “….had been dismantled in 1933, thereby breaking the link”. So, that “the F wheel has linked the Forth and Clyde Canal with the Union Canal for the first time” is FALSE.
15. THERE WAS SOME OPPOSITION TO THE DESIGN OF THE FALKIRK WHEEL AT FIRST.
=> Answer: NOT GIVEN
Keywords: opposition, design
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about the opposition to the design. Obviously, this information is not mentioned in the text. According to paragraph 3, numerous ideas were submitted for the project but the author does not point out whether anyone opposed the plan that was adopted. So, this statement is NOT GIVEN
16. THE FALKIRK WHEEL WAS INITIALLY PUT TOGETHER AT THE LOCATION WHERE ITS COMPONENTS WERE MANUFACTURED.
=> Answer: TRUE
Key words: put together, location, components, manufactured
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to find the information about the Wheel‟s location. According to paragraph 5, “The various parts of the Falkirk Wheel were all constructed and assembled at Butterley Engineering‟s Steel works in Derbyshire…”. So the statement and the information in the text have the same meaning.
put together = assembled
components = parts
manufactured = constructed
=> The statement is TRUE
17. THE FALKIRK WHEEL IS THE ONLY BOAT LIFT IN THE WORLD WHICH HAS STEEL SECTIONS BOLTED TOGETHER BY HAND.
=> Answer: NOT GIVEN
Key words: only, by hand
Actually, the author did mention how steel sections of the Falkirk Wheel were bolted (at the end of paragraph 4 : “…to make the structure more robust, the steel sections were bolted rather than welded together. Over 45,000 bolt holes were matched with their bolts and each bolt was hand-tightened”). However, he did not indicate whether this is unique or not. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
18. THE WEIGHT OF THE GONDOLAS VARIES ACCORDING TO THE SIZE OF BOAT BEING CARRIED
=> Answer: FALSE
Key words: weight, varies.
Based on the question and particularly the key words, we need to identify whether the gondolas‟ weight is influenced by the size of boat being carried. According to paragraph 5, “These gondolas always weigh the same, whether or not they are carrying boats”. So the statement is FALSE.
19. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE FALKIRK WHEEL SITE TOOK INTO ACCOUNT THE PRESENCE OF A NEARBY ANCIENT MONUMENT
=> Answer: TRUE
Key words: construction, monument
According to the last paragraph, “the Wheel could not be constructed to elevate boats over the full 35-metre difference between the two canals, owing to the presence of historically important Antonine Wall” So the construction of the Wheel is influenced by the presence of an ancient monument. So the statement is TRUE.
ancient= historically important
QUESTIONS 20-26: LABEL THE DIAGRAM BELOW.
20. A PAIR OF… ARE LIFTED IN ORDER TO SHUT OUT WATER FROM CANAL BASIN.
=> Answer: gates
Key words: a pair, lifted, shut out water
According to the second sentence of paragraph 6, “Two hydraulic steel gates are raised, so as to seal the gondola off from the water in the canal basin”
a pair of=two
lifted=raised
shut out water=seal off from water
21. A… IS TAKEN OUT, ENABLING WHEEL TO ROTATE
=> Answer: clamp
Key words: taken out, rotate
According to the fourth sentence of paragraph 6 , “A hydraulic clamp…, is removed, allowing the Wheel to turn”
taken out = removed
rotate = turn
22. HYDRAULIC MOTORS DRIVE…
=> Answer: axle
Key words: drive
According to paragraph 6, “In the central machine room an array of ten hydraulic motors then begins to rotate the central axle”. So, the hydraulic motors drive, or control the axle by rotating it.
23. A RANGE OF DIFFERENT-SIZED…ENSURES BOAT KEEPS UPRIGHT.
=> Answer: cogs
Key words: different-sized, upright
According to paragraph 6, “As the wheel rotates, the gondolas are kept in the upright position by a simple gearing system.” Then, the author describes the gearing system which includes many cogs of different sizes. So, the word in the blank is cogs.
24. BOAT REACHES TOP WHEEL, THEN MOVES DIRECTLY ONTO…
=> Answer: aqueduct
Key words: moves directly onto
At the end of paragraph 6, the author indicates “when the gondola reaches the top, the boat passes straight onto the aqueduct situated 24 metres above the canal basin”. So “aqueduct” is the answer ( ” the aqueduct” is WRONG because only ONE word is needed)
move onto=pass onto
directly=straight
25. BOAT TRAVELS THROUGH TUNNEL BENEATH ROMAN…
=> Answer: wall
Key words: beneath, Roman
At the end of the text, “Boats travel under this wall via a tunnel…”. “This wall” means the wall built by the Romans in the second century AD. So, the word needed is “wall”
beneath=under
26. ……….RAISE BOAT 11M TO LEVEL OF UNION CANAL
=> Answer: locks
Key words: raise, reach
The final paragraph begins: “The remaining 11 metres of lift needed to reach the Union Canal is achieved by a pair of locks”. So, the answer is “locks”.
27-29. WHICH PARAGRAPH CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION?
27. MENTION OF A GEO-ENGINEERING PROJECT BASED ON AN EARLIER NATURAL PHENOMENON.
=> Answer: D
We have to find out the information about a nature-based project. Obviously, at the beginning of paragraph D, the author describes a project which results in global dimming. Then, he explains “The idea is modelled on historic volcanic explosions, such as that of Mount Pinatubo in the Philippines in o 1992, which led to a short-term cooling of global temperatures by 0.5 C. So, the “earlier natural phenomenon” is “historic volcanic explosions”.
based on=modelled on
earlier=historic
28. AN EXAMPLE OF A SUCCESSFUL USE OF GEO-ENGINEERING.
=> Answer: B
At the beginning of paragraph B, the author emphasizes that “Geo-engineering has been shown to work, at least on a small localised scale”. This means geo-engineering has been somewhat effective so far. Then, he provides a successful project as an example. It is “For Decades, May Day parades in Moscow have taken place under clear blue skies, aircraft having deposited dry ice, silver iodide and cement powder to disperse clouds”
be successful = work
29. A COMMON DEFINITION OF GEO-ENGINEERING
=>Answer: A
In paragraph A, “Consequently, an increasing number of scientists are beginning to explore the alternative of geo-engineering – a term which generally refers to the international large-scale manipulation of the environment. “Refer to” is usually used to define a term, so we need to pay attention to the passage containing it.
common=generally
refer to (v)=define (definition)
QUESTIONS 30-36: COMPLETE THE TABLE BELOW.
30. TO CREATE A ……… THAT WOULD REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF LIGHT REACHING EARTH.
At the end of paragraph B, “His scheme would employ up to 16 trillion minute spacecraft, each weighing about one gram, to form a transparent, sunlight-refracting sunshade in an orbit 1.5 million km above the Earth. This could, argues Angel, reduce the amount of light reaching the Earth by two per cent.
tiny=minute
create=form
far above Earth=1.5 million km above the Earth
=> Answer: sunshade
31. PLACE………IN THE SEA
32. TO ENCOURAGE ……..TO FORM
We need to find out a project which relates to “the sea”. In paragraph C, the author says “The majority of geo-engineering project so far carried out-which include planting forests in deserts and depositing iron in the ocean to stimulate the growth of algae – have focused on achieving a general cooling of the Earth.”
place=deposit
sea=ocean
encourage=stimulate
=> Answers: 31. iron ; 32. algae
33. TO CREATE ……….THAT WOULD REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF LIGHT REACHING EARTH.
First, we need to find out the paragraph which contains the information about aerosol sprays (paragraph D). In this paragraph, the author indicates that “The concept of releasing aerosol sprays into the stratosphere above the Arctic has been proposed by several scientists. This would involve using sulphur or hydrogen sulphide aerosols so that sulphur dioxide would form clouds, which would, in turn, lead to a global dimming.”
create=form
reduce the amount of light reaching Earth= a global dimming
=> Answer: clouds
34. FIXSTRONG……TO GREENLAND ICE SHEETS
The key word in this sentence is “Greenland”, so we should focus on paragraph D. In this paragraph, the author argues “Scientists have also scrutinised whether it’s possible to preserve the ice sheets of Greenland with reinforced high-tension cables, preventing icebergs from moving into the sea”.
strong= reinforced
=> Answer: cables
35. TO ALLOW THE……..TO REFLECT RADIATION
According to the table, we need to find out the information about planting trees in Russian Arctic. At the end of paragraph D, the author argues “Meanwhile in the Russian Arctic, geo-engineering plans include the planting of millions of birch trees. Whereas the region‟s native evergreen pines shade the snow and absorb radiation, birches would shed their leaves in winter, thus enabling radiation to be reflected by the snow.”
lose=shed
allow=enable
=> Answer: snow
36. CHANGE THE DIRECTION OF ……….. TO BRING MORE COLD WATER INTO ICE-FORMING AREAS.
The key word is ice-forming areas, so we need to find out the information about ice-forming areas. At the end of paragraph D, the author indicates that “Re-routing Russian rivers to increase cold water flow to ice-forming areas could also be used to slow down warming, say some climate scientists.”
change the direction of =re-route
bring more=increase
=> Answer: rivers
37-40. WE FOCUS ON THE LAST FOUR PARAGRAPHS WHICH CONTAIN THE SCIENTISTS‟ STATEMENTS
37. THE EFFECTS OF GEO-ENGINEERING MAY NOT BE LONG-LASTING.
Key words: effects, not long-lasting.
In the paragraph E, “I think all of us agree that if we were to end geo-engineering on a given day, then the planet would return to its pre-engineered condition very rapidly…” This means that once we end geo-engineering, the effects of it on the planet may end, too. In other words, “the effects of geo- engineering may not be long-lasting”
=> Answer: B
38. GEO-ENGINEERING IS A TOPIC WORTH EXPLORING
Key words: worth exploring
In the last paragraph, Dr Martin Sommerkorn emphasizes that “Human-induced climate change has brought humanity to a position where we shouldn‟t exclude thinking thoroughly about this topic and its possibilities.”
39. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO LIMITTHE EFFECTIVENESS OF GEO-ENGINEERING PROJECTS.
Key words: limit
In the paragraph G, “To avoid such a scenario, Lunt says Angel‟s project would have to operate at half strength; all of which reinforces his view that the best option is to avoid the need for geo- engineering altogether.”
limit the effectiveness=operate at half strength
=> Answer: C
40. RESEARCH INTO NON-FOSSIL-BASED FUELS CANNOT BE REPLACED BY GEO-ENGINEERING.
In the paragraph E, Angel says that his plan is “no substitute for developing renewable energy”, renewable enegry is the only “permanent solution”.
non-fossil-based fuels=renewable energy
cannot be replaced=no substitute for
=> Answer: A
1. tomatoes 2. urban centres/ centers 3. energy 4. fossil fuel 5. artificial 6. (stacked) trays 7. (urban) rooftops 8. NOT GIVEN 9. TRUE 10. FALSE 11. TRUE 12. FALSE 13. TRUE 14. FALSE 15. NOT GIVEN 16. TRUE 17. NOT GIVEN 18. FALSE 19. TRUE 20. gates 21. clamp 22. axle 23. cogs 24. aqueduct 25. wall 26. locks 27. D 28. B 29. A 30. sunshade 31. iron 32. algae 33. clouds 34. cables 35. snow 36. rivers 37. B 38. D 39. C 40. A
Cambridge IELTS 10 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 10 reading test 4 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: THE MEGAFIRES OF CALIFORNIA
QUESTIONS 1-6: COMPLETE THE NOTES BELOW.
1-2. CHARACTERISTICS OF WILDFIRES AND WILDFIRE CONDITIONS TODAY COMPARED TO THE PAST:
– Occurrence: more frequent
– Temperature: hotter
– Speed: faster
– Movement: 1…….more unpredictably
– Size of fires: 2……greater on average than two decades ago.
1. AT THE END OF PARAGRAPH 1, THE WRITER INDICATES THAT “THE WILDFIRES THEMSELVES, EXPERTS SAY, ARE GENERALLY HOTTER, FASTER, AND SPREAD MORE ERRATICALLY THAN IN THE PAST.”
– unpredictably=erratically
=>ANSWER: spread
2. AT THE BEGINNING OF PARAGRAPH 2, THE WRITER SAYS THAT “MEGAFIRES, ALSO CALLED “SIEGE FIRES” ARE THE INCREASINGLY FREQUENT BLAZES THAT BURN 50,000 ACRES OR MORE – 10 TIMES THE SIZE OF THE AVERAGE FOREST FIRE OF 20 YEARS AGO.
– 20years = 2 decades
=>ANSWER: 10 times
3-6. REASONS WILDFIRES CAUSE MORE DAMAGE TODAY COMPARED TO THE PAST:
– Rainfall: 3……average
– More brush to act as 4…..
– Increase in yearly temperature
– Extended fire 5…….
– More building of 6……..in vulnerable places
3. IN PARAGRAPH 3, THE WRITER SAYS THAT “ONE EXPLANATION FOR THE TREND TO MORE SUPER HOT FIRES IS THAT THE REGION, WHICH USUALLY HAS DRY SUMMERS, HAS HAD SIGNIFICANTLY BELOW NORMAL PRECIPITATION IN MANY RECENT YEARS.”
– rainfall=precipitation
– average=normal
=>ANSWER: below
4. IN PARAGRAPH 3, “THE UNINTENTIONAL CONSEQUENCE HAS BEEN TO HALT THE NATURAL ERADICATION OF UNDERBRUSH, NOW THE PRIMARY FUEL FOR MEGA FIRES.” IN THE PAST, THE US FOREST SERVICE HAD A POLICY OF CUTTING THIS ‘BRUSH’ – THE PLANTS THAT GROW BENEATH THE TREES. HOWEVER, THE SERVICE DID NOT REALIZE THEN THAT IF THIS BRUSH WAS ERADICATED NATURALLY BY FIRES, THEN THIS NATURAL PROCESS WOULD BE MORE EFFECTIVE. WITHOUT REALISING THIS, AS A RESULT OF THEIR POLICY, THE BRUSH GREW MORE QUICKLY AND STRONGLY, PROVIDING MORE FUEL TO START FIRES.
=>ANSWER: fuel
5. IN PARAGRAPH 4, THE WRITER INDICATES THAT “THREE OTHER FACTORS CONTRIBUTE TO THE TREND, THEY ADD…SECOND IS FIRE SEASONS THAT ON AVERAGE ARE 78 DAYS LONGER THAN THEY WERE 20 YEARS AGO.” THIS MEANS THAT FIRE SEASONS ARE EXTENDED.
– extended=longer
=>ANSWER: seasons
6. AT THE END OF PARAGRAPH 4, THE WRITER SAYS THAT “THIRD IS INCREASED CONSTRUCTION OF HOMES IN WOODED AREAS.”
– more=increased
– building=construction
=>ANSWER: homes
QUESTIONS 7-13: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 1 ?
7. THE AMOUNT OF OPEN SPACE IN CALIFORNIA HAS DIMINISHED OVER THE LAST TEN YEARS.
Keywords: space, California, diminished, 10 years.
In paragraph 6, “In California, where population growth has averaged more than 600,000 a year for at least a decade, more residential housing is being built. What once was open space is now residential homes…” This means that the open space in California has diminished over the last ten years because there have been more residential homes. So, the statement is TRUE.
=>ANSWER: TRUE
8. MANY EXPERTS BELIEVE CALIFORNIA HAS MADE LITTLE PROGRESS IN READYING ITSELF TO FIGHT FIRES.
Keywords: experts, California, little progress, fight fires.
In paragraph 7, the writer argues that “That said, many experts give California high marks for making progress on preparedness in recent years, after some of the largest fires in state history scorched thousands of acres, burned thousands of homes, and killed numerous people.” This that many experts appreciate California ‟s making progress on preparedness in recent years. The people involved are now fighting fires “better than previously”. So, the statement is FALSE.
– readying itself=preparedness
=>ANSWER: FALSE
9. PERSONNEL IN THE PAST HAVE BEEN CRITICISED FOR MISHANDLING FIRE CONTAINMENT.
In paragraph 7, the writer argues that “Stung in the past by criticism of bungling that allowed fires to spread when they might have been contained, personnel are meeting the peculiar challenges of neighborhood – and canyon – hoping fires better than previously, observers say.” So, it is true that personnel in the past have been criticised for mishandling fire containment.
– mishandling=bungling
=>ANSWER: TRUE
10. CALIFORNIA HAS REPLACED A RANGE OF FIREFIGHTING TOOLS.
Keywords: replace, firefighting tools, California
In paragraph 9, “Besides providing money to upgrade the fire engines that must traverse the mammoth state and wind along serpentine canyon roads, the state has invested in better command- and-control facilities as well as in the strategies to run them.” This means that California has replaced a range of firefighting tools. So, the statement is TRUE.
– replaced=upgrade
– tools=facilities
=>ANSWER: TRUE
11. MORE FIREFIGHTERS HAVE BEEN HIRED TO IMPROVE FIRE-FIGHTING CAPACITY.
Keywords: more firefighters, hired, improve
In this passage, the writer mentions the improvement in firefighting tools, but does not mention whether more firefighters have been hired to improve fire-fighting capacity. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
12. CITIZENS AND GOVERNMENT GROUPS DISAPPROVE OF THE EFFORTS OF DIFFERENT STATES AND AGENCIES WORKING TOGETHER.
Keywords: government, disapprove, working together.
At the end of paragraph 9, the writer argues that “There is a sense among both government and residents that the speed, dedication, and coordination of firefighters from several states and jurisdictions are resulting in greater efficiency than in past „siege fire‟ situations.” So, this means that both citizens and government groups appreciate the efforts of different states and agencies working together. The statement is FALSE.
– agencies=jurisdictions
– citizens=residents
– working together=coordination
=>ANSWER: FALSE
13. RANDY JACOBS BELIEVES THAT LOSS OF LIFE FROM FIRES WILL CONTINUE AT THE SAME LEVELS, DESPITE CHANGES MADE.
Keywords: Randy Jacobs, loss of life, same levels
At the end of the passage, Randy Jacobs says that “Notwithstanding all the damage that will continue to be caused by wildfires, we will no longer suffer the loss of life endured in the past because of the fire prevention and firefighting measures that have been put in place”. This means that, thank’s to the fire prevention and firefighting measures, we will no longer suffer the loss of life from fires like we did in the past. So, the statement is FALSE.
In the first paragraph, the author says that “Psychologists have long held that a person‟s character cannot undergo a transformation in any meaningful way and that the key traits of personality are determined at a very young age.”
– personality=character
– be impossible=cannot
– fixed=determined
=>ANSWER: 14. transformation
15. young age
16. ONE OF THE EASIEST QUALITIES TO ACQUIRE IS….
Keywords: easiest quality, acquire
In paragraph A, “Some qualities are less challenging to develop than others, optimism being one of them.”
– less challenging to develop=easiest to acquire
=>ANSWER: optimism
17-18. HOWEVER, REGARDLESS OF THE QUALITY, IT IS NECESSARY TO LEARN A WIDE VARIETY OF DIFFERENT 17….. IN ORDER FOR A NEW QUALITY TO DEVELOP; FOR EXAMPLE, A PERSON MUST UNDERSTAND AND FEEL SOME 18….. IN ORDER TO INCREASE THEIR HAPPINESS.
Keywords: learn different, new quality, understand and feel.
At the end of paragraph A, “However, developing qualities requires mastering a range of skills which are diverse and sometimes surprising. For example, to bring more joy and passion into your life, you must be open to experiencing negative emotions.”
– a (wide) variety of=a range of
– feel=experience
– happiness=joy
=>ANSWER: 17. skills
18. negative emotions
QUESTIONS 19-22: MATCH EACH STATEMENT WITH THE CORRECT PERSON, A-G.
19. PEOPLE MUST ACCEPT THAT THEY DO NOT KNOW MUCH WHEN FIRST TRYING SOMETHING NEW.
Keywords: not know much, new
At the end of paragraph F, Todd Kashdan says “As a newcomer, you also have to tolerate and laugh at your own ignorance. You must be willing to accept the negative feelings that come your way.”
– When first trying something new ~ As a newcomer
– accept=tolerate
– accept that they do not know much ~ tolerate your own ignorance
=>ANSWER: E
20. IT IS IMPORTANT FOR PEOPLE TO ACTIVELY NOTICE WHEN GOOD THINGS HAPPEN.
Keywords: important, notice, good things.
In paragraph D, “She (Suzanne Segerstrom) recommends you train yourself to pay attention to good fortune by writing down three positive things that come about each day.”
– actively notice=pay attention to
– good things=positive things
– happen=come about
=>ANSWER: C
21. COURAGE CAN BE LEARNED ONCE ITS ORIGINS IN A SENSE OF RESPONSIBILITY ARE UNDERSTOOD.
Keywords: courage, be learned, origins, understood
In paragraph H, “According to Cynthia Pury, a psychologist at Clemson University, Pedeleose’s story proves the point that courage is not motivated by fearlessness, but by moral obligation. Pury also believes that people can acquire courage.”
– learn=acquire
– responsibility=moral obligation
=>ANSWER: G
22. IT IS POSSIBLE TO OVERCOME SHYNESS WHEN FACED WITH THE NEED TO SPEAK IN PUBLIC.
In paragraph B, “Inherently introverted, he (Christopher Peterson) realised early on that as an academic, his reticence would prove disastrous in the lecture hall. So he learned to be more outgoing and entertain his classes. ‘Now my extroverted behaviour is spontaneous,’ he says”
– reticence=shyness
– overcome shyness ~ learn to be more outgoing
– faced with the need to speak in public ~ as an academic (he had to speak in lecture halls and classes)
=>ANSWER: A
QUESTIONS 23-26: READING PASSAGE HAS EIGHT SECTIONS, A-H.
23. A MENTION OF HOW RATIONAL THINKING ENABLED SOMEONE TO ACHIEVE PHYSICAL GOALS.
Keywords: rational thinking, achieve goals
In paragraph E, “The physical stamina required for this sport is intense but the psychological demands are even more overwhelming. Streeter learned to untangle her fears from her judgment of what her body and mind could do.” By judging what her body and mind could do, Streeter could achieve goals about freediving.
– rational thinking=judgment
=>ANSWER: E
24. AN ACCOUNT OF HOW SOMEONE OVERCAME A SAD EXPERIENCE.
Keyword: overcame, sad.
In paragraph C, “He (David Fajgenbaum) was preparing for university, when he had an accident that put an end to his sports career…He launched a support group to help others in similar situations. He took action despite his own pain – a typical response of an optimist.”
=>ANSWER: C
25. A DESCRIPTION OF HOW SOMEONE DECIDED TO RETHINK THEIR ACADEMIC CAREER PATH.
Keywords: rethink, academic career path
In paragraph G, “He (Mauro Zappaterra) was miserable as his research wasn‟t compatible with his curiosity about healing. He finally took a break and during eight months in Santa Fe, Zappaterra learned about alternative healing techniques not taught at Harvard. When he got back, he switched labs to study how cerebrospinal fluid nourishes the developing nervous system.”
=>ANSWER: G
26. AN EXAMPLE OF HOW SOMEONE RISKED HIS CAREER OUT OF A SENSE OF DUTY.
Keywords: risked his career, duty.
In paragraph H, “The new manager was intimidating staff so Pedeleose carefully recorded each instance of bullying and eventually took the evidence to a senior director, knowing his own job security would be threatened….Pedeleose’s story proves the point that courage is not motivated by fearlessness, but by moral obligation.”
QUESTIONS 27-31: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
27. WHEN DISCUSSING THE THEORY DEVELOPED BY LOUIS DOLLO, THE WRITER SAYS THAT
Keywords: theory; Louis Dollo
In paragraph 3, the writer says that “a Belgian palaeontologist called Louis Dollo was studying fossil records and coming to the opposite conclusion. In 1890, he proposed that evolution was irreversible: that “an organism is unable to return, even partially, to a previous stage already realised in the ranks of its ancestors.” Early 20th -century biologists came to a similar conclusion, though they qualified it in terms of probability, stating that there is no reason why evolution cannot run backwards – it is just very unlikely. And so the idea of irreversibility in evolution stuck and came to be known as Dollo’s law.”
– modified=qualified
=> ANSWER: C (it was modified by biologists in the early twentieth century)
28. THE HUMPBACK WHALE CAUGHT OFF VANCOUVER ISLAND IS MENTIONED BECAUSE OF
Keywords: humpback whale; Vancouver Island
In paragraph 4, “If Dollo’s law is right, atavisms should occur only very rarely, if at all. Yet almost since the idea took root, exceptions have been cropping up. In 1919, for example, a humpback whale with a pair of leg-like appendages over a metre long, complete with a set of limb bones, was caught off Vancouver Island in Canada.” Its strange features made Roy Chapman Andrew argue that it “must be a throwback to a land-living ancestor”, which is opposite to Dollo’s law. So, the humpback whale is mentioned because of the reason given for its unusual features.
=>ANSWER: D
29. WHAT IS SAID ABOUT ‘SILENT GENES’?
Keywords: silent genes
In paragraph 5, “while some evolutionary changes involve the loss of genes and are therefore irreversible, others may be the result of genes being switched off. If these silent genes are somehow switched back on, they argued, long-lost traits could reappear.” So, this means that ‘silent genes’ could lead to the re-emergence of certain characteristics.
– characteristics= traits
– re-emerge=reappear
=>ANSWER: C
30. THE WRITER MENTIONS THE MOLE SALAMANDER BECAUSE
Keywords: mole salamander
In paragraph 6, Raff’s team went on to calculate the likelihood of silent genes happening. The team calculated that there is a good chance of silent genes surviving up to 6 million years, and that some might survive as long as 10 million years. Then, in paragraph 7, the mole salamander is mentioned. At the end of this paragraph, the writer concludes that “The salamander example fits with Raff‟s 10-million-year time frame.” So, this means that the mole salamander is mentioned to suggest that Raff’s theory is correct.
– suggests that .. correct=fits with
=>ANSWER: B
31. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DOES WAGNER CLAIM?
Keywords: Wagner, claim
In paragraph 8, “According to his (Wagner’s) analysis of the Bachia family tree, the toed species re-evolved toes from toeless ancestors and, what is more, digit loss and gain has occurred on more than one occasion over tens of millions of years” So, this means Wagner claims that members of the Bachia lizard family have lost and regained certain features several times.
– several times=on more than one occasion
=>ANSWER: A
QUESTIONS 32-36: COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE WITH THE CORRECT ENDING, A-G, BELOW.
32. FOR A LONG TIME BIOLOGISTS REJECTED
Keywords: long time; biologists, rejected
In the first paragraph, “For the better part of a century, most biologists have been reluctant to use those words (evolutionary throwback), mindful of a principle of evolution that says “evolution cannot run backwards”. In other words, for a long time, most biologists rejected the possibility of evolution being reversible.
– reversible=run backwards
=>ANSWER: F
33. OPPOSING VIEWS ON EVOLUTIONARY THROWBACKS ARE REPRESENTED BY
Keywords: opposing; evolutionary throwbacks
In paragraph 3, the writer argues that “whileLombroso was measuring criminals, a Belgian palaeontologist called Louis Dollo was studying fossil records and coming to the opposite conclusion.” This conclusion was that: “there is no reason why evolution cannot run backwards”. This means that opposing views on evolutionary throwbacks are represented by Dollo’s findings and the convictions held by Lombroso.
– views=convictions
=>ANSWER: G.
34. EXAMPLES OF EVOLUTIONARY THROWBACKS HAVE LED TO
Keywords: examples, evolutionary
In paragraph 5, “Since then, so many other examples have been discovered that it no longer makes sense to say that evolution is as good as irreversible. And this poses a puzzle: how can characteristics that disappeared millions of years ago suddenly reappear?” This means that examples of evolutionary throwbacks have led to the question of how certain long-lost traits could reappear.
– the question=the puzzle
=>ANSWER: A
35. THE SHARK AND KILLER WHALE ARE MENTIONED TO EXEMPLIFY
Keywords: shark, killer whale
In paragraph 9, “One possibility is that these traits are lost and then simply reappear, in much the same way that similar structures can independently arise in unrelated species, such as the dorsal fins of sharks and killer whales.” This means that the shark and killer whale are mentioned to exemplify the occurrence of a particular feature in different species.
– different=unrelated
=>ANSWER: B
36. ONE EXPLANATION FOR THE FINDINGS OF WAGNER’S RESEARCH IS
Keywords: Wagner, research
In paragraph 9, the writer argues that “Another more intriguing possibility is that the genetic information needed to make toes somehow survived for tens or perhaps hundreds of millions of years in the lizards and was reactivated.” This means that one explanation for the findings of Wagner’s research is the continued existence of certain genetic information.
– one explanation=another possibility
=>ANSWER: D
QUESTIONS 37-40: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE CLAIMS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE?
37. WAGNER WAS THE FIRST PERSON TO DO RESEARCH ON SOUTH AMERICAN LIZARDS.
Keywords: Wagner, first, South American lizards
In this passage, the writer just specifies Wagner’s research on the evolutionary history of a group of South American lizards, but does not mention whether he was the first person to do research on South American lizards or not. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
38. WAGNER BELIEVES THAT BACHIA LIZARDS WITH TOES HAD TOELESS ANCESTORS.
Keywords: Bachia lizards, toeless ancestors.
In paragraph 8, “According to his analysis of the Bachia family tree, the toed speciesre-evolved toes from toeless ancestors…” So, the statement is true.
=>ANSWER: YES
39. THE TEMPORARY OCCURRENCE OF LONG-LOST TRAITS IN EMBRYOS IS RARE.
In the last paragraph, the writer argues that “Early embryos of many species develop ancestral features.” This means that the temporary occurrence of long-lost traits in embryos is NOT rare. So, the statement is false.
– long-lost traits=ancestral features
=>ANSWER: NO
40. EVOLUTIONARY THROWBACKS MIGHT BE CAUSED BY DEVELOPMENTAL PROBLEMS IN THE WOMB.
In the last paragraph, the writer indicates that “But if silent genes degrade within 6 to 10 million years, how can long-lost traits be reactivated over longer time scales? The answer may lie in the womb.” So, the statement is true
=>ANSWER: YES
1. spread 2. 10/ ten times 3. below 4. fuel 5. seasons 6. homes/ housing 7. TRUE 8. FALSE 9. TRUE 10. TRUE 11. NOT GIVEN 12. FALSE 13. FALSE 14. transformation/ change 15. young age 16. optimism 17. skills/ techniques 18. negative emotions/ feelings 19. E 20. C 21. G 22. A 23. E 24. C 25. G 26. H 27. C 28. D 29. C 30. B 31. A 32. F 33. G 34. A 35. B 36. D 37. NOT GIVEN 38. YES 39. NO 40. YES
Cambridge IELTS 10 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 10 reading test 3 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: THE CONTEXT, MEANING AND SCOPE OF TOURISM
QUESTIONS 1-4: READING PASSAGE HAS FIVE PARAGRAPHS, A-E.
1.PARAGRAPH B:
In this paragraph, the history of the development of the industry began during the industrial revolution with “the advent of mass tourism… in England”. The author then indicates that the creation of the commercial airline industry and the development of the jet aircraft signalled the rapid growth of international travel, which led to “the development of a major new industry: tourism”. So, the main idea of paragraph B is how mass tourism developed.
=>ANSWER: ii (The development of mass tourism)
2.PARAGRAPH C:
The first sentence of paragraph C is also the main idea of this paragraph: “Tourism today has grown significantly in both economic and social importance”. The writer provides many examples and facts to demonstrate that tourism is the world‟s leading industrial contributor, followed by a conclusion: “tourism has a profound impact both on the world economy and, because of the educative effect of travel and the effects on employment, on society itself.” So, this paragraph emphasizes the importance of tourism in terms of economy and society.
– significance=importance
=>ANSWER: i (Economic and social significance of tourism)
3.PARAGRAPH D:
The first sentence of paragraph D is also its main idea. “The major problems of the travel and tourism industry that have hidden, or obscured, its economic impact are the diversity and fragmentation of the industry itself “. This means that there is a difficulty in recognising the effects of tourism on economy, because it is diverse and fragmented, unlike industrial factories for example.
– difficulty in recognising=hidden or obscured
– effect=impact
=>ANSWER: v: Difficulty in recognising the economic effects of tourism
4.PARAGRAPH E:
In paragraph E, the author argues that “travel and tourism have become an institutionalised way of life for most of the population…Tourism has become the largest commodity in international trade for many nations…”This means that travel and tourism have a profound impact on many countries around the world.
– world=international
=>ANSWER: vii: The world impact of tourism
QUESTIONS 5-10: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 1 ?
5.THE LARGEST EMPLOYMENT FIGURES IN THE WORLD ARE FOUND IN THE TRAVEL AND TOURISM INDUSTRY.
Keywords: largest figures, employment, tourism.
In paragraph C, the author indicates that: “The travel and tourism industry is the world’s largest employer with almost 130 million jobs, or almost 7 per cent of all employees.” So, the statement is TRUE.
=>ANSWER: TRUE
6.TOURISM CONTRIBUTES OVER SIX PER CENT OF THE AUSTRALIAN GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT.
Keywords: tourism, 6 per cent, Australian gross national product.
The information about Australian tourism or the Australian gross national product is NOT mentioned in the passage. Even the word ‘Australia’ does not appear in the passage. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
7.TOURISM HAS A SOCIAL IMPACT BECAUSE IT PROMOTES RECREATION.
Keywords: social impact, recreation
The social impact of tourism is mentioned in paragraph C. However, in this paragraph, whether tourism has a social impact because it promotes recreation or not is not specified. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
8.TWO MAIN FEATURES OF THE TRAVEL AND TOURISM INDUSTRY MAKE ITS ECONOMIC SIGNIFICANCE DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN.
Keywords: two features, economic significance, difficult.
At the beginning of paragraph D, the author argues that “The major problems of the travel and tourism industry that have hidden, or obscured, its economic impact are the diversity and fragmentation of the industry itself”. So, two features of the travel and tourism industry which are the diversity and fragmentation have hidden its economic impact. The statement is TRUE.
– economic significance=economic impact
– hide/obscure=make…difficult to ascertain
=>ANSWER: TRUE
9. VISITOR SPENDING IS ALWAYS GREATER THAN THE SPENDING OF RESIDENTS IN TOURIST AREAS.
There is no specific information about either visitor spending or resident spending in the text. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
10. IT IS EASY TO SHOW STATISTICALLY HOW TOURISM AFFECTS INDIVIDUAL ECONOMIES.
Keywords: easy, statistically, affect economies.
At the end of paragraph E, “However, because of problems of definition, which directly affect statistical measurement, it is not possible with any degree of certainty to provide precise, valid or reliable data about the extent of world-wide tourism participation or its economic impact.” This means that it is not easy to show statistically how tourism affects individual economies because of problems of definition. So, the statement is FALSE.
– show statistically=provide precise, valid or reliable data
=>ANSWER: FALSE
QUESTIONS 11-13: COMPLETE THE SENTENCES BELOW.
11. IN GREECE, TOURISM IS THE MOST IMPORTANT…
Keywords: Greece, most important
Greece is mentioned in the last paragraph: “For example, tourism is the major source of income in Bermuda, Greece…”
– the most important=major
=>ANSWER: source of income
12. THE TRAVEL AND TOURISM INDUSTRY IN JAMAICA IS THE MAJOR…
Keywords: Jamaica, the major
In the last paragraph, “the travel and tourism industry is the number one ranked employer in the Bahamas, Brazil…Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Singapore…”
– major=number one ranked
=>ANSWER: employer
13. THE PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH MEASURING INTERNATIONAL TOURISM ARE OFTEN REFLECTED IN THE MEASUREMENT OF…
Keywords: problems, measurement of
In the last paragraph, “However, because of problems of definition, which directly affect statistical measurement, it is not possible with any degree of certainty to provide precise, valid or reliable data about the extent of world-wide tourism participation or its economic impact. In many cases, similar difficulties arise when attempts are made to measure domestic tourism.”
QUESTIONS 14-18: READING PASSAGE HAS NINE PARAGRAPHS, A-L.
14. A DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBSTANCE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RED COLOURATION OF LEAVES.
Keywords: substance, red colouration, leaves
We need find the paragraph which features a substance making leaves red. In paragraph C, the author argues that “The source of the red is widely known: it is created by anthocyanins, water- soluble plant pigments reflecting the red to blue range of the visible spectrum”. Then, he described how this substance is created: “anthocyanins are actually newly minted, made in the leaves at the same time as the tree is preparing to drop them.”
=>ANSWER: C
15. THE REASON WHY TREES DROP THEIR LEAVES IN THE AUTUMN.
Keywords: trees drop leaves, autumn
In paragraph B, the writer indicates that “As fall approaches in the northern hemisphere, the amount of solar energy available declines considerably. For many trees-evergreen conifers being an exception-the best strategy is to abandon photosynthesis until the spring. So rather than maintaining the now redundant leaves throughout the winter, the tree saves its precious resources and discards them.”
16. SOME EVIDENCE TO CONFIRM A THEORY ABOUT THE PURPOSE OF THE RED LEAVES.
Keywords: a theory, purpose, red leaves.
In paragraph H: “Even if you had never suspected that this is what was going on when leaves turn red, there are clues out there.” Then, the writer provides 3 different clues explaining why leaves turn red.
– evidence=clue
=>ANSWER: H
17. AN EXPLANATION OF THE FUNCTION OF CHLOROPHYLL.
Keywords: function, chlorophyll.
In paragraph B, the writer argues that “summer leaves are green because they are full of chlorophyll, the molecule that captures sunlight and converts that energy into new building materials for the tree.”
=>ANSWER: B
18. A SUGGESTION THAT THE RED COLOURATION IN LEAVES COULD SERVE AS A WARNING SIGNAL.
Keywords: red colouration, warning signal.
In paragraph E, “It has also been proposed that trees may produce vivid red colours to convince herbivorous insects that they are healthy and robust and would be easily able to mount chemical defences against infestation.”
=>ANSWER: E
QUESTIONS 19-22: COMPLETE THE NOTES BELOW.
19. THE MOST VIVIDLY COLOURED RED LEAVES ARE FOUND ON THE SIDE OF THE TREE FACING THE…
Keywords: most vividly coloured red, side, facing
In paragraph H, the writer says that “On many trees, the leaves that are the reddest are those on the side of the tree which gets most sun.”
– the most vividly coloured red=the reddest
=>ANSWER: sun(light)
20. THE …..SURFACES OF LEAVES CONTAIN THE MOST RED PIGMENT.
Keywords: surfaces, most red pigment.
In paragraph H, the writer indicates that “Not only that, but the red is brighter on the upper side of the leaf”.
– surface=side
=>ANSWER: upper
21. RED LEAVES ARE MOST ABUNDANT WHEN DAYTIME WEATHER CONDITIONS ARE…..AND SUNNY.
Keywords: abundant, daytime weather, sunny.
Also, in paragraph H, the writer argues that “It has been recognised for decades that the best conditions for intense red colours are dry, sunny days and cool nights…”
– most abundant=the best conditions for intense red colours
=>ANSWER: dry
22. THE INTENSITY OF THE RED COLOUR OF LEAVES INCREASES AS YOU GO FURTHER…..
Keywords: red colour, increases, go further
In paragraph H, the writer says that “And finally, trees such as maples usually get much redder the more north you travel in the northern hemisphere.”
– go further=the more (north) you travel
=>ANSWER: north
QUESTIONS 23-25: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 2 ?
23. IT IS LIKELY THAT THE RED PIGMENTS HELP TO PROTECT THE LEAF FROM FREEZING TEMPERATURES.
Keywords: red pigments, protect, freezing temperatures.
In paragraph F, the writer indicates that “It sounds paradoxical; because the idea behind this hypothesis is that the red pigment is made in autumn leaves to protect chlorophyll, the light- absorbing chemical, from too much light.” So, the statement is FALSE.
=>ANSWER: FALSE
24. THE ‘LIGHT SCREEN’ HYPOTHESIS WOULD INITIALLY SEEM TO CONTRADICT WHAT IS KNOWN ABOUT CHLOROPHYLL.
Keywords: the light screen hypothesis, contradict, chlorophyll.
The ‘light screen’ hypothesis is mentioned in paragraph F. “It (The hypothesis) sounds paradoxical, because the idea behind this hypothesis is that the red pigment is made in autumn leaves to protect chlorophyll, the light-absorbing chemical, from too much light.” Then, the writer raises a question: “Why does chlorophyll need protection when it is the natural world‟s supreme light absorber?” So, this is a contradiction between the ‘light screen’ hypothesis which supposes that chlorophyll is protected from too much light by the red pigment and what is known about chlorophyll (the natural world’s supreme light absorber). The statement is TRUE.
– seem to contradict=sound paradoxical
=>ANSWER: TRUE
25. LEAVES WHICH TURN COLOURS OTHER THAN RED ARE MORE LIKELY TO BE DAMAGED BY SUNLIGHT.
Keywords: other than red, more likely, damaged by sunlight.
In this passage, the author does not mention whether leaves which turn colours other than red are more likely to be damaged by sunlight. In paragraph I, we read that some trees do not waste energy to produce red leaves, they simply show their natural orange or yellow colours, but no more information is given. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
– colours=hues
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
26. FOR WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING QUESTION DOES THE WRITER OFFER AN EXPLANATION?
A. why conifers remain green in winter
B. how leaves turn orange and yellow in autumn
C. how herbivorous insects choose which trees to lay there eggs in
D. why anthocyanins are restricted to certain trees
A. In paragraph B, the writer indicates that “For many trees-evergreen conifers being an exception- the best strategy is to abandon photosynthesis until the spring”. However, he does not explain why conifers remain green throughout the winter
B. In paragraph C, the writer argues that “As chlorophyll is depleted, other colours that have been dominated by it throughout the summer begin to be revealed. This unmasking explains the autumn colours of yellow and orange…”
C. At the end of paragraph E “No one has as yet ascertained whether more robust trees sport the brightest leaves, or whether insects make choices according to colour intensity.
D. There are some theories about anthocyanins but they do not explain why anthocyanins are restricted to certain trees
QUESTIONS 27-31: COMPLETING SUMMARY ; COMPLETE THE SUMMARY USING THE LIST OF WORDS AND PHRASES, A-J, BELOW.
27. A 3,000-YEAR-OLD BURIAL GROUND OF A SEAFARING PEOPLE CALLED THE LAPITA HAS BEEN FOUND ON AN ABANDONED….ON THE PACIFIC ISLAND OF EFATE
Keywords: 3,000-year-old burial ground, found on an abandoned, Efate
In the first paragraph, the writer says that “An agricultural worker, digging in the grounds of a derelict plantation, scraped open a grave – the first of dozens in a burial ground some 3,000 years old.”
– abandoned=derelict
=>ANSWER: B (PLANTATION)
28. THE CEMETERY, WHICH IS A SIGNIFICANT… WAS UNCOVERED ACCIDENTALLY BY AN AGRICULTURAL WORKER.
In the first paragraph, “The site came to light only by chance. An important archaeological discovery on the island of Efate in the Pacific archipelago of Vanuatu has revealed traces of an ancient seafaring people, the distant ancestors of today’s Polynesians…An agricultural worker, digging in the grounds of a derelict plantation, scraped open a grave – the first of dozens in a burial ground some 3,000 years old. It is the oldest cemetery ever found in the Pacific islands…”
– cemetery=burial ground
– significant=important
– accidentally=only by chance
=> ANSWER: F (ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCOVERY)
29. THE LAPITA EXPLORED AND COLONISED MANY PACIFIC ISLANDS OVER SEVERAL CENTURIES. THEY TOOK MANY THINGS WITH THEM ON THEIR VOYAGES INCLUDING…AND TOOLS.
Keywords: The Lapita, took, voyages, including
In paragraph 2, “They were also pioneers who carried with them everything they would need to build new lives – their livestock, taro seedlings and stone tools.”
– took=carried
– animals=livestock
=>ANSWER: I (ANIMALS)
30-31. THE BURIAL GROUND INCREASES THE AMOUNT OF INFORMATION ABOUT THE LAPITA AVAILABLE TO SCIENTISTS. A TEAM OF RESEARCHERS, LED BY MATTHEW SPRIGGS FROM THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY, ARE HELPING WITH THE EXCAVATION OF THE SITE. SPRIGGS BELIEVES THE….WHICH WAS FOUND AT THE SITE IS VERY IMPORTANT SINCE IT CONFIRMS THAT THE….FOUND INSIDE ARE LAPITA.
Keywords: Matthew Spriggs, important, inside
In paragraph 3, the writer says that “Other items included a Lapita burial urn with modeled birds arranged on the rim as though peering down at the human remains sealed inside. “It’s an important discovery, says Matthew Spriggs, ….” for it conclusively identifies the remains as Lapita.
– bones=remains
=>ANSWER: 30. G (BURIAL URN) 31. D (BONES)
QUESTIONS 32-35: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER A, B, C OR D.
32. ACCORDING TO THE WRITER, THERE ARE DIFFICULTIES EXPLAINING HOW THE LAPITA ACCOMPLISHED THEIR JOURNEYS BECAUSE
Keywords: difficulties, the Lapita, journeys, because
In paragraph 5, the writer indicates that “There is one stubborn question for which archaeology has yet to provide any answers: how did the Lapita accomplish the ancient equivalent of a moon landing, many times over? No-one has found one of their canoes or any rigging, which could reveal how the canoes were sailed. Nor do the oral histories and traditions of later Polynesians offer any insights, for they turn into myths long before they reach as far back in time as the Lapita.” This means that in this period, all the information relating to their accomplishments could not be verified.
=> ANSWER: C (Little information relating to this period can be relied upon for accuracy)
33. ACCORDING TO THE SIXTH PARAGRAPH, WHAT WAS EXTRAORDINARY ABOUT THE LAPITA?
Keywords: extraordinary, the Lapita
In paragraph 6, the writer says that “The real adventure didn’t begin, however, until their Lapita descendants sailed out of sight of land, with empty horizons on every side. This must have been as difficult for them as landing on the moon for us today.” This means that sailing out of sight of land is extraordinary for the Lapita.
– Beyond the point where land is visible=out of sight of land.
=>ANSWER: A (They sailed beyond the point where land is visible)
34.WHAT DOES “THIS” REFER TO IN THE SEVENTH PARAGRAPH?
In paragraph 7, “They could sail out for days into the unknown and assess the area, secure in the knowledge that if they didn‟t find anything, they could turn about and catch a swift ride back on the trade winds. This is what would have made the whole thing work.” So, “this” means the Lapita believed that if they turned back, the winds would then be behind them and carry them home quickly.
=>ANSWER: D (the Lapita’s belief they would return home)
35. ACCORDING TO THE EIGHTH PARAGRAPH HOW WAS THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE REGION SIGNIFICANT?
At the beginning of paragraph 8, the author indicates that “For returning explorers, successful or not, the geography of their own archipelagoes would have provided a safety net. Without this to go by, over shooting their home ports, getting lost and sailing off into eternity would have been all too easy” So, this means that the geography of the region provided a navigational aid for the Lapita.
=>ANSWER: C (It provided a navigational aid for the Lapita)
QUESTIONS 36-40: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE VIEWS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE 3 ?
36. IT IS NOW CLEAR THAT THE LAPITA COULD SAIL INTO A PREVAILING WIND.
Keywords: clear, sail into a prevailing wind
In paragraph 9, Professor Atholl Anderson says that “All this presupposes ….the Lapita had mastered the advanced art of sailing against the wind. And there’s no proof they could do such thing”. This means that whether the Lapita could sail into a prevailing wind has not been verified yet. So, the statement is false.
– a prevailing wind=against the wind
=>ANSWER: NO
37. EXTREME CLIMATE CONDITIONS MAY HAVE PLAYED A ROLE IN LAPITA MIGRATION.
In paragraph 10, the writer indicates that “El Nino, the same climate disruption that affects the Pacific today, may have helped scatter the Lapita…climate data obtained from slow-growing corals around the Pacific indicate a series of unusually frequent El Nino around the time of the Lapita.” This means that during the time of the Lapita, a series of El Nino may have helped scatter the Lapita. So, the statement is true.
=>ANSWER: YES
38. THE LAPITA LEARNT TO PREDICT THE DURATION OF EL NINO
Keywords: predict, duration, El Nino
El Nino is only mentioned in paragraph 10; however, in this paragraph, the writer does not say anything about the Lapita learning to predict the duration of El Nino. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
39. IT REMAINS UNCLEAR WHY THE LAPITA HALTED THEIR EXPANSION ACROSS THE PACIFIC.
Keywords: unclear, halted expansion, the Pacific.
In paragraph 11, the writer indicates that “the Lapita spread themselves a third of the way across the Pacific, then called it quits for reasons known only to them.” This means that it remains unclear why they halted their expansion across the Pacific. So, the statement is true.
– halt = call it quits
=>ANSWER: YES
40. IT IS LIKELY THAT THE MAJORITY OF LAPITA SETTLED ON FIJI.
Keywords: the majority, Fiji.
Fiji is only mentioned in paragraph 11. At the end of paragraph 11, the writer argues that “They probably never numbered more than a few thousand in total, and in their rapid migration eastward they encountered hundreds of islands – more than 300 in Fiji alone.” The writer does not mention whether the majority of Lapita settled on Fiji. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
1. ii 2. i 3. v 4. vii 5. TRUE 6. NOT GIVEN 7. NOT GIVEN 8. TRUE 9. NOT GIVEN 10. FALSE 11. source of income/ industry 12. employer 13. domestic tourism 14. C 15. B 16. H 17. B 18. E 19. sun(light) 20. upper 21. dry 22. north 23. FALSE 24. TRUE 25. NOT GIVEN 26. B 27. B 28. F 29. I 30. G 31. D 32. C 33. A 34. D 35. C 36. NO 37. YES 38. NOT GIVEN 39. YES 40. NOT GIVEN
Cambridge IELTS 10 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 10 reading test 2 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: TEA AND THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION
QUESTIONS 1-7: READING PASSAGE HAS SEVEN PARAGRAPHS, A-G.
1. PARAGRAPH A.
In paragraph A, the Industrial Revolution is first mentioned. Besides, two questions are raised: “Why did this particular Big Bang-the world-changing birth of industry – happen in Britain? And why did it strike at the end of the 18 century?” Thanks to these questions, we know that the Industrial Revolution happened in Britain at the end of the 18 century. =>ANSWER: iv: The time and place of the Industrial Revolution.
2. PARAGRAPH B
In paragraph B, the writer mentions factors needed for industry to take off, namely the technology and power to drive factories, large urban populations to provide cheap labour, easy transport to move goods around, an affluent middle-class willing to buy mass-produced objects, a market-driven economy and a political system that allows this to happen. In other words, all of these factors are conditions required for industrialization. – conditions = factors =>ANSWER: viii: Conditions required for industrialization.
3. PARAGRAPH C
The main idea of paragraph C is “Tea and beer, two of the nation’s favorite drinks, fuelled the revolution.” They are important to Britain‟s industrial revolution because the antiseptic properties of tannin, the active ingredient in tea, and hops in beer – plus the fact that both are made with boiled water – allowed urban communities to flourish at close quarters…” =>ANSWER: vii: Two keys to Britain‟s industrial Revolution.
4. PARAGRAPH D
In paragraph D, the author argues that “there was a burst in population growth”, then he lists four questions which were suggested as causes of this burst. – increase in population =population growth =>ANSWER: i: The search for the reasons for an increase in population.
5. PARAGRAPH E
In paragraph E, Macfarlane says “For a long time, the English were protected by the strong antibacterial agent in hops, which were added to help preserve the beer. But in the late 17th century a tax was introduced on malt, the basic ingredient of beer. The poor turned to water and gin and in the 1720 s, the mortality rate began to rise again. Then it suddenly dropped again.” This means that the English changed their drinking habits, which changed the mortality rate, as well. =>ANSWER: vi: Changes in drinking habits in Britain
6. PARAGRAPH F
In paragraph F, Macfarlane compares Britain with Japan. While both countries were developing cities about the same time and also had no sanitation, water-borne diseases had a much looser grip on the Japanese population than those in Britain. Thanks to this comparison, Macfarlane found out that “the history of tea in Britain provided an extraordinary coincidence of dates”. =>ANSWER: ix: Comparisons with Japan lead to the answer.
7. PARAGRAPH G
In paragraph G, Macfarlane notes that although 17 -century Japan had some of the conditions for an industrial revolution (“Japan had large cities, high literacy rates, even a futures market”), it gave up labour-saving devices such as animals, because they were afraid that they would put people out of work. – industrial revolution=industrialisation – fear=be afraid – unemployment=out of work =>ANSWER: ii: Industrialisation and the fear of unemployment
QUESTIONS 8-13: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 2 ?
8. CHINA’S TRANSPORT SYSTEM WAS NOT SUITABLE FOR INDUSTRY IN THE 18 CENTURY
Keywords: China, transport, not suitable, 18 century “China” is mentioned in paragraphs B and F. China and the 18 century are referred to in paragraph F. However, in these paragraphs, the writer does not say anything about China‟s transport system. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
9. TEA AND BEER BOTH HELPED TO PREVENT DYSENTERY IN BRITAIN
Keywords: tea, beer, prevent dysentery In paragraph C, the author argues that “The antiseptic properties of tannin, the active ingredient in tea, and hops in beer – plus the fact that both are made with boiled water – allowed urban communities to flourish at close quarters without succumbing to water-borne diseases such as dysentery.” The active ingredients in tea and beer prevent the British from succumbing to dysentery. So, the statement is TRUE. – prevent dysentery = without succumbing to… dysentery =>ANSWER: TRUE
10. ROY PORTER DISAGREES WITH PROFESSOR MACFARLANE’S FINDINGS
Keywords: disagree, Roy Porter At the end of paragraph C, “Macfarlane’s case has been strengthened by support from notable quarters- Roy Porter…recently wrote a favourable appraisal of his research”. This means that Roy Porter agrees with Macfarlane‟s findings. So, the statement is FALSE =>ANSWER: FALSE
11. AFTER 1740, THERE WAS A REDUCTION IN POPULATION IN BRITAIN
Keywords: after 1740, reduction, population. In paragraph D, “Between 1650 and 1740, the population in Britain was static. But then there was a burst in population growth.” This means that after 1740, there was an increase in population in Britain. So, the statement is FALSE =>ANSWER: FALSE
12. PEOPLE IN BRITAIN USED TO MAKE BEER AT HOME.
Keywords: make beer, home Beer is mentioned in paragraphs C and E. In the text, the author just mentions that “the antiseptic properties of tannin, the active ingredient in tea, and hops in beer – plus the fact that both are made with boiled water – allowed urban communities to flourish at close quarters…” and that “We drank beer. For a long time, the English were protected by the strong antibacterial agent in hops, which were added to help preserve the beer.” There is no information about whether the British used to make beer at home. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN. =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
13. THE TAX ON MALT INDIRECTLY CAUSED A RISE IN THE DEATH RATE.
Keywords: tax on malt, indirectly, rise, death rate At the end of paragraph E, “But in the late 17 century, a tax was introduced on malt, the basic ingredient of beer. The poor turned to water and gin and in the 1720s the mortality rate began to rise again.” This means that the introduction of tax on malt led people to turning to water and gin, which caused a rise in the mortality rate. So, the statement is TRUE. – death rate=mortality rate =>ANSWER: TRUE
QUESTIONS 14-17: READING PASSAGE 2 HAS SIX PARAGRAPHS, A-F.
14. A REFERENCE TO THE INFLUENCE OF THE DOMESTIC BACKGROUND ON THE GIFTED CHILD.
Key words: influence, domestic background, gifted child We need to find out some information about “domestic background” in the text. In paragraph A, the author refers to the importance of “home educational provision” and “reported verbal interactions with parents, number of books and activities in their home etc”. “Giftedness” is related to “educational backup” at home. – domestic=home =>ANSWER:A
15. REFERENCE TO WHAT CAN BE LOST IF LEARNERS ARE GIVEN TOO MUCH GUIDANCE
Keywords: what lost, too much guidance We need to find out some information about “too much guidance” provided. In paragraph D, the author indicates that “Conversely, teachers who have a tendency to “overdirect” can diminish their gifted pupils‟ learning autonomy…Too much dependence on the teacher risks loss of autonomy and motivation to discover.” This means that too much help from teachers causes students’ autonomy and motivation to be lost. – overdirect=too much guidance ANSWER: D
16. A REFERENCE TO THE DAMAGING EFFECTS OF ANXIETY.
Keywords: effects, anxiety We need to find out some information about anxiety. In paragraph F, the author argues that “Fear, for example, can limit the development of curiosity, which is a strong force in scientific advance, because it motivates problem-solving behaviour. So, fear, or anxiety, has negative effects on the development of curiosity. – anxiety=fear =>ANSWER: F
17. EXAMPLES OF CLASSROOM TECHNIQUES WHICH FAVOUR SOCIALLY-DISADVANTAGED CHILDREN.
Keywords: techniques, socially-disadvantaged children. We need to find out some information about disadvantaged children. At the end of paragraph D, “There are quite a number of new methods which can help, such as child-initiated learning, ability-peer tutoring, etc. Such practices have been found to be particularly useful for, or in other words “favour”, right children from deprived areas.” So, some classroom techniques such as child-initiated learning, ability-peer tutoring, etc are very useful for socially-disadvantaged children. – techniques=methods=practices – socially-disadvantaged=deprived =>ANSWER:D
QUESTIONS 18-22: LOOK AT THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS (QUESTIONS 18-22) AND THE LIST OF PEOPLE BELOW.
18. LESS TIME CAN BE SPENT ON EXERCISES WITH GIFTED PUPILS WHO PRODUCE ACCURATE WORK.
Keywords: Less time, exercises In paragraph C, Shore and Kanevsky say “If the gifted merely think more quickly, then we need only teach more quickly. If they merely make fewer errors, then we can shorten the practice.” – produce accurate work=make fewer errors – less time spent on exercises=shorten the practice =>ANSWER: B
19. SELF-RELIANCE IS A VALUABLE TOOL THAT HELPS GIFTED STUDENTS REACHTHEIR GOALS.
Keywords: self-reliance, reach goals In paragraph E, Simonton concludes that “above a certain high level, characteristics such as independence seemed to contribute more to reaching the highest levels of expertise than intellectual skills, due to the great demands of effort and time needed for learning and practice.” – self-reliance=independence – goals=the highest levels of expertise =>ANSWER: D
20. GIFTED CHILDREN KNOW HOW TO CHANNEL THEIR FEELINGS TO ASSIST THEIR LEARNING.
Keywords: channel feelings, assist learning In the last paragraph, “In Boekaerts” (1991) review of emotion in the learning of very high IQ and highly achieving children, she found emotional forces in harness. They (gifted children) were not only curious, but often had a strong desire to control their environment, improve their learning efficiency, and increase their own learning resources.” – channel their feelings=emotional forces in harness – assist their learning=improve their learning efficiency =>ANSWER: E
21. THE VERY GIFTED CHILD BENEFITS FROM APPROPRIATE SUPPORT FROM CLOSE RELATIVES.
Keywords: benefits, support from relatives. In paragraph A, “A very close relationship was found when children‟s IQ scores were compared with their home educational provision. The higher the children‟s IQ scores, especially over IQ 130, the better the quality of their educational backup, measured in terms of reported verbal interactions with parents, number of books and activities in their home, etc” The researcher mentioned in this paragraph is Freeman. – support from close relatives=educational backup/ home educational provision =>ANSWER: A
22. REALLY SUCCESSFUL STUDENTS HAVE LEARNT A CONSIDERABLE AMOUNT ABOUT THEIR SUBJECT.
Keywords: learnt a considerable amount. In paragraph E, “individuals who know a great deal about a specific domain will achieve at a higher level than those who do not.” – Really successful=achieve at a higher level – learnt a considerable amount=know a great deal – subject =specific domain =>ANSWER: C
QUESTIONS 23-26: COMPLETE THE SENTENCES BELOW.
23. ONE STUDY FOUND A STRONG CONNECTION BETWEEN CHILDREN’S IQ AND THE AVAILABILITY OF……AND…..AT HOME.
Keywords: connection, children’s IQ, at home. In paragraph A, the writer argues that “A very close… relationship was found when children‟s IQ scores were compared with their home educational provision. The higher the children‟s IQ scores, especially over IQ 130, the better the quality of their educational backup, measured in terms of reported verbal interactions with parents, number of books and activities in their home, etc” – a strong connection=a very close relationship =>ANSWER: books-activities
24. CHILDREN OF AVERAGE ABILITY SEEM TO NEED MORE DIRECTION FROM TEACHERS BECAUSE THEY DO NOT HAVE…..
Keywords: average, more direction, they do not have We need to find out some information about average-ability children. In paragraph B, the author indicates that “There appears to be a qualitative difference in the way the intellectually highly able think, compared with more average-ability or older pupils, for whom external regulation by the teachers often compensates for lack of internal regulation.” – direction=regulation – do not have=lack(v) =>ANSWER: internal regulation
25. METACOGNITION INVOLVES CHILDREN UNDERSTANDING THEIR OWN LEARNING STRATEGIES, AS WELL AS DEVELOPING…..
Keywords: metacognition, developing We need to find out the information about metacognition. In paragraph B, “To be at their most effective in their self-regulation, all children can be helped to identify their own ways of learning- metacognition-which include strategies of planning, monitoring, evaluation, and choice of what to learn. Emotional awareness is also part of metacognition, so children should be helped to be aware of their feelings around the area to be learned.” – understand=identify =>ANSWER: emotional awareness
26. TEACHERS WHO RELY ON WHAT IS KNOWN AS…..OFTEN PRODUCE SETS OF IMPRESSIVE GRADES IN CLASS TESTS.
Keywords: rely on, produce impressive grades, tests. In paragraph D, “Although ‘spoon-feeding’ can produce extremely high examination results, these are not always followed by equally impressive life successes.” – extremely high=impressive – grades=results – test=examination =>ANSWER: spoon-feeding
QUESTIONS 27-31: COMPLETE THE SUMMARY USING THE LIST OF WORDS, A-L, BELOW.
27-28. PEOPLE GO TO ART MUSEUMS BECAUSE THEY ACCEPT THE VALUE OF SEEING AN ORIGINAL WORK OF ART. BUT THEY DO NOT GO TO MUSEUMS TO READ ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPTS OF NOVELS, PERHAPS BECAUSE THE AVAILABILITY OF NOVELS HAS DEPENDED ON 27… FOR SOLONG, AND ALSO BECAUSE WITH NOVELS, THE 28……ARE THE MOST IMPORTANT THING.
27. KEYWORDS: MUSEUMS, NOVELS
We need to find out why people do not go to museums to read original manuscripts of novels. At the beginning of paragraph 2, the writer argues that “This might be explained by the fact that the novel has evolved precisely because of technological developments that made it possible to printout huge numbers of texts, whereas oil paintings have always been produced as unique objects.” This means that, unlike original paintings which are unique, novels are available in such huge number that people do not want to go to museums to read original manuscripts. – mass production=print out huge numbers =>ANSWER: B
28. KEYWORDS: NOVELS, MOST IMPORTANT
In paragraph 2, “With novels, the reader attends mainly to the meaning of words rather than the way they are printed on the page.” So, the reader finds the meaning of words most important. – mainly=most important – underlying ideas=the meaning of words =>ANSWER: H
29-30. HOWEVER, IN HISTORICAL TIMES, ARTISTS SUCH AS LEONARDO WERE HAPPY TO INSTRUCT 29…..TO PRODUCE COPIES OF THEIR WORK AND THESE DAYS NEW METHODS OF REPRODUCTION ALLOW EXCELLENT REPLICATION OF SURFACE RELIEF FEATURES AS WELL AS COLOUR AND 30…..
29. KEYWORDS: ARTISTS, INSTRUCT, COPIES.
In paragraph 3, the author indicates that “…in the 16 century, artists seemed perfectly content to assign the reproduction of their creations to their workshop apprentices as regular „bread and butter ‟work” – happy=content – assistant=apprentice – copy=reproduction =>ANSWER: L
In paragraph 3, “And today the task of reproducing pictures is incomparably more simple and reliable, with reprographic techniques that allow the production of high-quality prints made exactly to the original scale, with faithful colour values, and even with duplication of the surface relief of the painting.”So, besides surface relief features and faithful colour values, new methods allow the copies made exactly to the original scale. This means that the copies have the same size as the original novel. – replication=reproducing => ANSWER: G
31. IT IS REGRETTABLE THAT MUSEUMS STILL PROMOTE THE SUPERIORITY OF ORIGINAL WORKS OF ART, SINCE THIS MAY NOT BE IN THE INTERESTS OF THE…
Keywords: promote, original works, not in the interests of In paragraph 5, “Unfortunately, this seems to place severe limitations on the kind of experience offered to visitors.” Because “museums still promote the special status of original work” [paragraph 4], this may not be in the interests of visitors, or the public. – the public=visitors =>ANSWER: D
QUESTIONS 32-35: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
32.THE WRITER MENTIONS LONDON‟S NATIONAL GALLERY TO ILLUSTRATE…
Keywords: London’s National Gallery In paragraph 6, the author argues that “In addition, a major collection like that of London’s National Gallery is housed in numerous rooms, each with dozens of works, any one of which is likely to be worth more than all the average visitor possesses. In a society that judges the personal status of the individual so much by their material worth, it is therefore difficult not to be impressed by one’s own relative ‘worthlessness’ in such an environment.” This means that London’s National Gallery is mentioned to illustrate the negative effect a museum can have on visitors’ opinions of themselves. =>ANSWER:C
33. THE WRITER SAYS THAT TODAY, VIEWERS MAY BE UNWILLING TO CRITICISE A WORK BECAUSE
Keywords: unwilling, criticise a work In paragraph 7, “…since these works were originally produced, they have been assigned a huge monetary value by some person or institution more powerful than themselves”, therefore, they are not willing to criticise a work because they feel that their reaction is useless. =>ANSWER: D
34. ACCORDING TO THE WRITER, THE ‘DISPLACEMENT EFFECT’ ON THE VISITOR IS CAUSED BY
Keywords: displacement effect, caused by In paragraph 8, “The visitor may be struck by the strangeness of seeing such diverse paintings, drawings and sculptures brought together in an environment for which they were not originally created.” This means that the ‘displacement effect’ is caused by the variety of works on display and the way they are arranged. Such paintings were never intended to be displayed in that way. =>ANSWER: A
35.THE WRITER SAYS THAT UNLIKE OTHER FORMS OF ART, A PAINTING DOES NOT
In paragraph 9, the author says that “a fundamental difference between paintings and other forms is that there is no prescribed time over which a painting is viewed.” A “picture has no clear place at which to start viewing, or at which to finish”. This means that a painting does not have a specific beginning or end. – unlike=a fundamental difference =>ANSWER: D
QUESTIONS 36-40: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE VIEWS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE 3?
36. ART HISTORY SHOULD FOCUS ON DISCOVERING THE MEANING OF ART USING A RANGE OF MEDIA.
Keywords: art history, meaning of art, media. Art history is mentioned in paragraph 10 where the writer argues that “Consequently, the dominant critical approach becomes that of the art historian, a specialised academic approach devoted to ‘discovering the meaning’ of art within the cultural context of its time”. So, whether art history should focus on discovering the meaning of art using a range of media is not mentioned. The statement is NOT GIVEN =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
37. THE APPROACH OF ART HISTORIANS CONFLICTS WITH THAT OF ART MUSEUMS.
Keywords: art historians, conflicts, art museums. In paragraph 10, “This (the approach of art historians) is in perfect harmony with the museum’s function” This means that there are absolutely no conflicts between the approach of art historians and that of art museums. =>ANSWER: NO
38. PEOPLE SHOULD BE ENCOURAGED TO GIVE THEIR OPINIONS OPENLY ON WORKS OF ART
Keywords: give opinions openly In the last paragraph, the author indicates that “The museum public, like any other audience, experience art more rewardingly when given the confidence to express their views. – give their opinions=express their views =>ANSWER: YES
39. REPRODUCTIONS OF FINE ART SHOULD ONLY BE SOLD TO THE PUBLIC IF THEY ARE OF HIGH QUALITY.
Keywords: reproductions, sold, high quality. In the last paragraph, the writer mentions high-quality reproductions of fine art and states that the public should have access to them, but no reference is made to the sale of such reproductions. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN. =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
40. IN THE FUTURE, THOSE WITH POWER ARE LIKELY TO ENCOURAGE MORE PEOPLE TO ENJOY ART.
Keywords: those with power, encourage, enjoy art.
In the last paragraph, “Unfortunately, that may be too much to ask from those who seek to maintain and control the art establishment.” – those with power=those who seek to maintain and control =>ANSWER: NO
1. iv 2. viii 3. vii 4. i 5. vi 6. ix 7. ii 8. NOT GIVEN 9. TRUE 10. FALSE 11. FALSE 12. NOT GIVEN 13. TRUE 14. A 15. D 16. F 17. D 18. B 19. D 20. E 21. A 22. C 23. books and activities 24. internal regulation/ self-regulation 25. emotional awareness 26. spoon-feeding 27. B 28. H 29. L 30. G 31. D 32. C 33. D 34. A 35. D 36. NOT GIVEN 37. NO 38. YES 39. NOT GIVEN 40. NO
Cambridge IELTS 10 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 10 reading test 1 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: STEPWELLS
Paragraph 1: During the sixth and seventh…
Paragraph 2: Unique to this region…
Paragraph 3: As their name suggests…
Paragraph 4: Some wells….
Paragraph 5: Down the centuries…
Paragraph 6: However, some important sites…
Paragraph 7: In Patan….
Paragraph 8: Another example is….
Paragraph 9: Rajasthan….
Paragraph 10: In the old ruined town…
Paragraph 11: Still in public use…
Paragraph 12: Today….
QUESTIONS 1–5: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE?
1. EXAMPLES OF AN ANCIENT STEPWELLS CAN BE FOUND ALL OVER THE WORLD.
=> ANSWER: FALSE
Keywords: ancient stepwells, all over the world
At the beginning of paragraph 2, the author says “Unique to this region, stepwells are…”, then he continues “Most stepwells are found dotted round the desert areas of Gujarat and Rajasthan, while a few also survive in Delhi”. This means that stepwells are typical of Gujarat, Rajasthan and Delhi, they can only be found at such places, not all over the world. So, the statement is FALSE.
2.STEPWELLS HAD A RANGE OF FUNCTIONS, IN ADDITION TO THOSE RELATED TO WATER COLLECTION.
=>ANSWER: TRUE
Keywords: a range of functions
In paragraph 2, the author indicates that “During their heyday, they (stepwells) were places of gathering of leisure and relaxation and of worship for villagers of all but the lowest classes.” Then, he continues “Some were located in or near villages as public spaces for the community; others were positioned beside roads as resting places for travelers.” So, besides the function of collecting water which is mentioned in paragraph 1, stepwells had many other functions. As a result, the statement is TRUE.
3. THE FEW EXISTING STEPWELLS IN DELHI ARE MORE ATTRACTIVE THAN THOSE FOUND ELSEWHERE.
= > ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
Keywords: stepwells in Delhi, more attractive.
In paragraph 2, the author lists some places where stepwells can be found, and he mentions that “a few also survive in Delhi”. However, he does not compare the attractiveness of stepwells in Delhi and in other places. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
4. IT TOOK WORKERS MANY YEARS TO BUILD THE STONE STEPS CHARACTERISTIC OF STEPWELLS.
=> ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
Keywords: many years, stone steps
Only paragraphs 3 and 4 refer to stone steps, so we should focus on them. However, paragraph indicates whether it took workers many years to build stone steps or not. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
5. THE NUMBER OF STEPS ABOVE THE WATER LEVEL IN A STEPWELL ALTERED DURING THE COURSE OF A YEAR.
=> ANSWER: TRUE
Keywords: steps, water level, altered
In paragraph 3, the author writes “When the water level was high, the user needed only to descend a few steps to reach it; when it was low, several levels would have to be negotiated.” This means that the water level changed during the year, which means that the number of steps above the water level changed, too. So, the statement is TRUE.
QUESTIONS 6–8: ANSWER THE QUESTIONS BELOW. CHOOSE ONE WORD ONLY FROM THE PASSAGE FOR EACH ANSWER.
6.WHICH PART OF SOME STEPWELLS PROVIDED SHADE FOR PEOPLE?
Keyword: shade
The author describes stepwells in paragraph 4, so we should focus on this paragraph first. He says “Built from stone and supported by pillars, they (stepwells) also included pavilions that sheltered visitors from the relentless heat.”
shade=shelter from the heat
=> ANSWER: pavilions
7. WHAT TYPE OF SERIOUS CLIMATIC EVENT, WHICH TOOK PLACE IN SOUTHERN RAJASTHAN, IS MENTIONED IN THE ARTICLE?
Keywords: climatic event, southern Rajasthan
“Southern Rajasthan” is mentioned for the first time in paragraph 5, so we will focus on this paragraph first. At the end of paragraph 5, the author indicates that “southern Rajasthan suffered an eight-year drought between 1996 and 2004”
=> ANSWER: drought
8.WHO ARE FREQUENT VISITORS TO STEPWELLS NOWADAYS?
Keywords: frequent visitors, nowadays
We should find out the paragraph that contains the information about stepwells today. In the last paragraph, the author argues that “Touristsflock to wells in far-flung corners of north-western India to gaze in wonder at these architectural marvels from hundreds of years ago…” This means that nowadays, a huge number of tourists visit India to gaze at these wells.
=> ANSWER: tourists
QUESTIONS 9-13: COMPLETE THE TABLE BELOW. CHOOSE ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER FROM THE PASSAGE FOR EACH ANSWER.
9-13.WE WILL FOCUS ON PARAGRAPHS 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, EACH OF WHICH DESCRIBES A WELL-KNOWN WELL. LOCATE THE PARAGRAPHS WHICH GIVE THE DIFFERENT PLACE NAMES AND PAY ATTENTION TO DATES AND NUMBERS IN THE TEXT, TOO.
9.EXCELLENT CONDITION, DESPITE THE….OF 2001.
Keywords: 2001, excellent.
At the end of paragraph 7 , “Incredibly, in January 2001, this ancient structure survived an earthquake that measured 7.6 on the Richter scale”. This means that despite the earthquake in 2001,the stepwell of Rani Ki Vav was still in excellent condition.
=> ANSWER: earthquake
10. STEPS ON THE….PRODUCE A GEOMETRICAL PATTERN.
11. LOOKS MORE LIKE A… THAN A WELL.
Keywords: steps, geometrical pattern/ more like/
In paragraph 8, “It actually resembles a tank rather than a well, but displays the hallmarks of stepwell architecture, including four sides of steps (that descend to the bottom) in a stunning geometrical formation.” This means that the stepwell of Surya Kund looks more like a tank. Besides, it is the steps on the four sides that create a geometrical formation (pattern)
look like=resemble
=>ANSWERS:
10. 4 sides (As only ONE word AND/OR A number is accepted, so “four sides” is the wrong answer) ; 11. tank
12. HAS…WHICH PROVIDE A VIEW OF THE STEPS.
At the end of paragraph 10 , “On the fourth side, verandas (which are supported by ornate pillars) overlook the steps”
provide a view of = overlook
=> ANSWER: verandas
13. HAS TWO….LEVELS
Keywords: Two, levels
In paragraph 11 , the author argues that “Constructed in around 1700, it is nine storeys deep, with the last two being underwater.”
QUESTIONS 14-21: READING PASSAGE 2 HAS NINE PARAGRAPHS, A-I.
14. PARAGRAPH A
In paragraph A, the author says “Although modern information technologies can reduce the demand for physical transport by facilitating teleworking and teleservices, the requirement for transport continues to rise.” The main idea is “the requirement for transport continues to rise”. To support this main idea, the author gives two factors, one of which is “the spectacular growth in car use”. So, the correct heading for paragraph A is viii.
=> ANSWER: viii: The rapid growth of private transport
the rapid growth=the spectacular growth
private transport = car
15. PARAGRAPH B
In paragraph B, the first sentence is also the main idea “As far as goods transport is concerned, growth is due to a large extent to changes in the European economy and its system of production. ” Then, the author indicates that these changes cause some production sites to be relocated far away from the final assembly plant or away from users – perhaps even „hundreds or even thousands of kilometres away‟. This means that these changes affect the transport distances. So, the correct heading for paragraph B is iii.
=> ANSWER: iii: Changes affecting the distances goods may be transported
16. PARAGRAPH C
In paragraph C, the author provides many transport statistics, or transport trends, in some countries which are “candidates for entry to the EU”. The trends include an increase in road haulage and a decrease in rail haulage. These countries are awaiting admission to become members of the EU. So, the correct heading for paragraph C is xi
=> ANSWER: xi: Transport trends in the countries awaiting EU admission.
17. PARAGRAPH D
In paragraph D, “A new imperative – sustainable development- offers an opportunity for adapting the EU’s common transport policy.” So, this paragraph is about a long-term objective which is new and important for adapting the EU’s common transport policy. The correct heading for paragraph D is i.
fresh=new
goal=imperative
( Note: Dictionaries generally define an ‘imperative’ [NOUN] as an essential duty that should be done. In this sense, and in this context, we can say that ‘promoting sustainable development’ is a duty which the EU hope to fulfil. This is very similar to a ‘goal’ or ‘objective’, although it is not an exact synonym.)
So, goal=imperative. Meaning: a duty which the EU aims to fulfil as a future objective – changing transport policy to make it more sustainable.)
long-term = sustainable
=>ANSWER: i: A fresh and important long-term goal
18. PARAGRAPH E
In paragraph E, the effect of energy consumption in the transport sector on the environment is mentioned. Specifically, CO2 emissions are estimated to increase by 50% by 2020 due to the traffic growth trend, and road transport is also the main cause of CO2 emissions attributable to transport.
Finding some solutions is an “ecological necessity”. So, The correct heading for paragraph E is v.
environmental = ecological
=> ANSWER: v: The environmental costs of road transport.
19. PARAGRAPH G
In paragraph E, the author emphasizes the importance of achieving transport rebalance; therefore, paragraph G details the first solution which focuses on road transport solely through pricing. In the short term, this approach might “curb the growth in road transport”. So, the correct heading for paragraph G is x.
charging = pricing
alone = solely
restrict = curb
=> ANSWER: x: Restricting road use through charging policies alone
20. PARAGRAPH H
Paragraph H is about the second solution to achieve transport balance. This approach “concentrates on road transport pricing but is accompanied by measures to increase the efficiency of the other modes (better quality of services, logistics, technology.)”. So, the correct heading for paragraph H is ii.
charging=pricing
improve=increase the efficiency of
transport methods=transport modes
=> ANSWER: ii: Charging for roads and improving other transport methods
21. PARAGRAPH I
In paragraph I, “the third approach comprises a series of measures ranging from pricing to revitalising alternative modes of transport and targeting investment in the trans-European network”. This means that the third approach may change transport patterns. So, the correct heading for paragraph I is iv.
steps=measures
=>ANSWER: iv: Taking all the necessary steps to change transport patterns.
QUESTIONS 22-26: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 2?
22. THE NEED FOR TRANSPORT IS GROWING, DESPITE TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS.
Keywords: growing, technological developments.
In paragraph A, “Although modern information technologies can reduce the demand for physical transport by facilitating teleworking and teleservices, the requirement for transport continues to rise.” The main idea is “the requirement for transport continues to rise”. So, the statement is TRUE.
23. TO REDUCE PRODUCTION COSTS, SOME INDUSTRIES HAVE BEEN MOVED CLOSER TO THEIR RELEVANT CUSTOMERS.
Keywords: reduce costs, closer to customers
In paragraph B, “This phenomenon has been emphasized by the relocation of some industries, particularly those which are labour intensive, to reduce production costs, even though the production site is hundreds or even thousands of kilometres away from the final assembly or away from customers.” This means that some industries are moved much far away from their relevant customers.
So, the statement is FALSE.
moved=relocation
=> ANSWER: FALSE
24. CARS ARE PROHIBITIVELY EXPENSIVE IN SOME EU CANDIDATE COUNTRIES.
“EU candidate countries” are only mentioned in paragraph C. But the author does not provide any information about the price of these countries‟ cars or indicate whether they are expensive or not. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=> ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
25. THE GOTHENBURG EUROPEAN COUNCIL WAS SET UP 30 YEARS AGO.
Keywords: 30 years ago
“The Gothenburg European Council” only appears in paragraph D, but the author does not mention when it was established or how long it has been in existence. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
26. BY THE END OF THIS DECADE, CO2 EMISSIONS FROM TRANSPORT ARE PREDICTED TO REACH 739 BILLION TONNES.
Keywords: the end of this decade, 739 billion tonnes.
In paragraph E, the author argues that “…, CO2 emissions from transport can be expected to increase by 50% to 1,113 billion tonnes, compared with the 739 billion tonnes recorded in 1990.”So, 739 billion tonnes is the figure for CO2 emissions in 1990, not “by the end of this decade”. The statement is FALSE.
are predicted to=can be expected to
=>ANSWER: FALSE
1. FALSE 2. TRUE 3. NOT GIVEN 4. NOT GIVEN 5. TRUE 6. pavilions 7. drought 8. tourists 9. Earthquake 10. Four sides/ 4 sides 11. Tank 12. verandas/ verandahs 13. underwater 14. viii 15. iii 16. xi 17. i 18. v 19. x 20. ii 21. iv 22. TRUE 23. FALSE 24. NOT GIVEN 25. NOT GIVEN 26. FALSE 27. C 28. A 29. D 30. B 31. G 32. E 33. A 34. F 35. B 36. NO 37. YES 38. NOT GIVEN 39. NOT GIVEN 40. NO
Cambridge IELTS 9 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 9 reading test 4 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: THE LIFE AND WORK OF MARIE CURIE
QUESTIONS 1-6: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 1 ?
1. MARIE CURIE’S HUSBAND WAS A JOINT WINNER OF BOTH MARIE’S NOBEL PRIZES
Keywords: husband, joint winner, both Nobel Prizes. In the first paragraph, the writer says that “With her husband, Pierre Curie, and Henri Becquerel, she (Marie) was awarded the 1903 Nobel Prize for Physics, and was then sole winner of the 1911 Nobel Prize for Chemistry.” So, the statement is false. =>ANSWER: FALSE
2. MARIE BECAME INTERESTED IN SCIENCE WHEN SHE WAS A CHILD.
Keywords: interested, science, child All the information related to her childhood is given in paragraph 2: “From childhood, Marie was remarkable for her prodigious memory, and at the age of 16 won a gold medal on completion of her secondary school.” So, there is no information about whether Marie became interested in science when she was a child, therefore the answer is not given. =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
3. MARIE WAS ABLE TO ATTEND THE SORBONNE BECAUSE OF HER SISTER’S FINANCIAL CONTRIBUTION.
Keywords: attend the Sorbonne, sister‟s financial contribution At the end of paragraph 2, the writer states that “From her earnings she was able to finance her sister Bronia‟s medical studies in Paris, on the understanding that Bronia would, in turn, later help her to get an education.” Then, in the next paragraph, “In 1891, this promise was fulfilled and Marie went to Paris and began to study at the Sorbonne (the University of Paris).” So, it is true that Marie was able to attend the Sorbonne because of her sister‟s financial contribution. =>ANSWER: TRUE
4. MARIE STOPPED DOING RESEARCH FOR SEVERAL YEARS WHEN HER CHILDREN WERE BORN.
Keywords: stop doing research, children, born In paragraph 6, the writer indicates that “the births of Marie’s two daughters, Irene and Eve, in 1897 and 1904 failed to interrupt her scientific work.” So, it is false that Marie stopped doing research for several years when her children were born. =>ANSWER: FALSE
5. MARIE TOOK OVER THE TEACHING POSITION HER HUSBAND HAD HELD.
Keywords: took over, teaching position, husband, held In paragraph 7, the writer states that “On May 13, 1906, she was appointed to the professorship that had been left vacant on her husband’s death, becoming the first woman to teach at the Sorbonne.” So, the statement is true. – teaching position=professorship =>ANSWER: TRUE
6. MARIE’S SISTER BRONIA STUDIED THE MEDICAL USES OF RADIOACTIVITY.
Keywords: Bronia, studied, medical uses of radioactivity In paragraph 2, the writer says that “From her earnings she was able to finance her sister Bronia’s medical studies in Paris.” However, whether Bronia studied the medical uses of radioactivity or not is not given. =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
QUESTIONS 7-13: COMPLETE THE NOTES BELOW. CHOOSE ONE WORD FROM THE PASSAGE FOR EACH ANSWER.
7. WHEN URANIUM WAS DISCOVERED TO BE RADIOACTIVE, MARIE CURIE FOUND THAT THE ELEMENT CALLED…..HAD THE SAME PROPERTY.
Keywords: uranium, radioactive, element, same property In paragraph 4, the writer states that “Marie decided to find out if the radioactivity discovered in uranium was to be found in other elements. She discovered that this was true for thorium.” =>ANSWER: thorium
8. MARIE AND PIERRE CURIE‟S RESEARCH INTO THE RADIOACTIVITY OF THE MINERAL KNOWN AS…..LED TO THE DISCOVERY OF TWO NEW ELEMENTS.
Keywords: radioactivity, mineral, known, the discovery of two new elements In paragraph 5, “Turning her attention to minerals, she found her interest drawn to pitchblende, a mineral whose radioactivity, superior to that of pure uranium, could be explained by the presence in the ore of small quantities of an unknown substance of very high activity. Pierre Curie joined her in the work that she had undertaken to resolve the problem, and that led to the discovery of the new elements, polonium and radium.” =>ANSWER: pitchblende
9. IN 1911, MARIE CURIE RECEIVED RECOGNITION FOR HER WORK ON THE ELEMENT…..
Keywords: In 1911, recognition, element In paragraph 7, “In 1911, she was awarded the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the isolation of a pure form of radium.” – received recognition for=was awarded the Nobel Prize for =>ANSWER: radium
10. MARIE AND IRENE CURIE DEVELOPED X-RADIOGRAPHY WHICH WAS USED AS A MEDICAL TECHNIQUE FOR…..
Keywords: Irene, X-radiography, medical technique for In paragraph 8, the writer says that “During World War I, Marie Curie, with the help of her daughter Irene, devoted herself to the development of the use of X-radiography, including the mobile units which came to be known as ‘Litter Curies’, used for the treatment of wounded soldiers.” – medical technique=treatment =>ANSWER: soldiers
11. MARIE CURIE SAW THE IMPORTANCE OF COLLECTING RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL BOTH FOR RESEARCH AND FOR CASES OF…..
Keywords: importance, collecting radioactive material, research In paragraph 10, the writer indicates that “One of Marie Curie‟s outstanding achievements was to have understood the need to accumulate intense radioactive sources, not only to treat illness but also to maintain an abundant supply for research.” – saw the importance=understood the need – collect=accumulate =>ANSWER: illness
12. THE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL STOCKED IN PARIS CONTRIBUTED TO THE DISCOVERIES IN THE 1930S OF THE…..AND OF WHAT WAS KNOWN AS ARTIFICIAL RADIOACTIVITY.
Keywords: radioactive material, Paris, discoveries in the 1930s, artificial radioactivity In paragraph 10, the writer says that “The existence in Paris at the Radium Institute of a stock of 1.5 grams of radium made a decisive contribution to the success of the experiments undertaken in the years around 1930. This work prepared the way for the discovery of the neutron by Sir James Chadwick and, above all, for the discovery in 1934…of artificial radioactivity.” – contributed to = made a decisive contribution to =>ANSWER: neutron
13. DURING HER RESEARCH, MARIE CURIE WAS EXPOSED TO RADIATION AND AS A RESULT, SHE SUFFERED FROM…..
Keywords: exposed, radiation, suffered from At the end of paragraph 10, “A few months after this discovery, Marie Curie died as a result of leukaemia caused by exposure to radiation.” =>ANSWER: leukaemia
14-19 WHICH PARAGRAPH CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION?
14. AN ACCOUNT OF THE METHOD USED BY RESEARCHERS IN A PARTICULAR STUDY.
Keywords: method, a particular study In paragraph G, the writer says that “In one experiment, Lewis and Brooks-Gunn (1979) dabbed some red power on the noses of children who were playing in front of a mirror, and then observed how often they touched their noses. The psychologists reasoned that if the children knew what they usually looked like, they would be surprised by the unusual red mark and would start touching it.” – a particular study=one experiment =>ANSWER: G
15. THE ROLE OF IMITATION IN DEVELOPING A SENSE OF IDENTITY.
Keywords: imitation, developing, identity In paragraph C, the writer says that “Another powerful source of information for infants about the effects they can have on the world around them is provided when others mimic them…However, Lewis and Brooks-Gunn (1979) suggest that infants‟ developing understanding that the movements they see in the mirror are contingent on their own, leads to a growing awareness that they are distinct from other people.” – imitate (imitation)=mimic – developing a sense of identity=are distinct from other people =>ANSWER: C
16. THE AGE AT WHICH CHILDREN CAN USUALLY IDENTIFY A STATIC IMAGE OF THEMSELVES.
Keywords: age, identify, static image of themselves In paragraph G, the writer indicates that “Lewis and Brooks-Gunn argued that an important developmental milestone is reached when children become able to recognise themselves visually without the support of seeing contingent movement. This recognition occurs around their second birthday.” – identify a static image of themselves= recognise themselves visually without the support of seeing contingent movement =>ANSWER: G
17. A REASON FOR THE LIMITATIONS OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH INTO “SELF-AS-SUBJECT”
Keywords: reason, limitations, “self-as-subject” In paragraph D, the writer states that “Empirical investigations of the self-as-subject in young children are, however, rather scarce because of difficulties of communication: even if young infants can reflect on their experience, they certainly cannot express this aspect of the self directly.” =>ANSWER: D
18. REFERENCE TO A POSSIBLE LINK BETWEEN CULTURE AND A PARTICULAR FORM OF BEHAVIOUR.
Keywords: link, culture and behaviour. In paragraph H, the writer says that “Although it may be less marked in other societies, the link between the sense of “self” and of “ownership” is a notable feature of childhood in Western societies.” =>ANSWER: H
19. EXAMPLES OF THE WIDE RANGE OF FEATURES THAT CONTRIBUTE TO THE SENSE OF “SELF-AS-OBJECT”
Keywords: examples, features, “self-as-object” In paragraph E, the writer indicates that “This second step in the development of a full sense of self is what James called the „self-as-object‟. This has been seen by many to be the aspect of the self which is most influenced by social elements, since it is made up of social roles (such as student, brother, colleague) and characteristics which derive their meaning from comparison or interaction with other people (such as trustworthiness, shyness, sporting ability).
=>ANSWER: E
QUESTIONS 20-23: LOOK AT THE FOLLOWING FINDINGS (QUESTIONS 20-23) AND THE LIST OF RESEARCHERS BELOW.
20. A SENSE OF IDENTITY CAN NEVER BE FORMED WITHOUT RELATIONSHIPS WITH OTHER PEOPLE.
Keywords: identity, never formed, relationships In paragraph F, the writer explains that “Mead (1934) went even further: the self is essentially a social structure, and it arises in social experience…it is impossible to conceive of a self arising outside of social experience” – relationships with other people=social experience =>ANSWER: D
21. A CHILD‟S AWARENESS OF SELF IS RELATED TO A SENSE OF MASTERY OVER THINGS AND PEOPLE.
Keywords: awareness of self, mastery, things, people In paragraph B, the writer says that “He (Cooley) proposed that the earliest examples of this are in infant’s attempts to control physical objects, such as toys and his or her own limbs. This is followed by attempts to affect the behaviour of other people.” – mastery=control =>ANSWER: B
22. AT A CERTAIN AGE, CHILDREN‟S SENSE OF IDENTITY LEADS TO AGGRESSIVE BEHAVIOUR.
Keywords: age, aggressive behaviour In paragraph H, the writer explains that “In the longitudinal study of groups of three or four children, Bronson (1975) found that the intensity of the frustration and anger in their disagreements increased sharply between the ages of 1 and 2 years.” – aggressive behaviour=frustration and anger =>ANSWER: E
23. OBSERVING THEIR OWN REFLECTION CONTRIBUTES TO CHILDREN‟S SELF AWARENESS.
Keywords: observing, reflection, self awareness In paragraph C, the writer states that “However, Lewis and Brooks-Gunn suggest that infants‟ developing understanding that the movements they see in the mirror are contingent on their own, leads to a growing awareness that they are distinct from other people.” – reflection=movements in the mirror – observe=see – contribute to=lead to =>ANSWER: C
24-26. HOW CHILDREN ACQUIRE A SENSE OF IDENTITY.
24. FIRST, CHILDREN COME TO REALISE THAT THEY CAN HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE WORLD AROUND THEM, FOR EXAMPLE BY HANDLING OBJECTS, OR CAUSING THE IMAGE TO MOVE WHEN THEY FACE A…..
Keywords: effect on the world, image, move, face In paragraph C, the writer says that “young children enjoy looking in mirrors, where the movements they can see are dependent upon their own movements.” This means that when looking in mirrors, they can cause the image to move. =>ANSWER: mirror
25. THIS ASPECT OF SELF AWARENESS IS DIFFICULT TO RESEARCH DIRECTLY, BECAUSE OF…..PROBLEMS.
Keywords: difficult to research, problems In paragraph D, “Empirical investigations of the self-as-subject in young children are, however, rather scarce because of difficulties of communication: even if young infants can reflect on their experience, they certainly cannot express this aspect of the self directly.” – problems=difficulties =>ANSWER: communication
26. IN WESTERN SOCIETIES AT LEAST, THE DEVELOPMENT OF SELF AWARENESS IS OFTEN LINKED TO A SENSE OF….., AND CAN LEADTO DISPUTES.
Keywords: Western, self awareness, linked At the end of paragraph H, “Although it may be less marked in other societies, the link between the sense of „self‟ and of „ownership‟ is a notable feature of childhood in Western societies.” – disputes=disagreement =>ANSWER: ownership
QUESTIONS 27-30: READING PASSAGE HAS SIX PARAGRAPHS, A-F.
27. PARAGRAPH B
In paragraph B, the writer indicates that “Recently, attitudes towards history and the way it should be presented have altered.” Then, he provides some good examples of changes to museums in the UK and US. Despite the success of many historical theme parks and similar locations, such developments have been criticised as an intolerable vulgarisation, while the public does not share this opinion. So, the correct heading for this paragraph is “Mixed views on current changes to museums.” – views=attitudes =>ANSWER: ii
28. PARAGRAPH C
In this paragraph, the writer emphasizes that “In a related development, the sharp distinction between museum and heritage sites, on the one hand, and theme parks on the other, is gradually evaporating. They already borrow ideas and concepts from one another.” Then, he gives some examples to support this idea. So, the correct heading for this paragraph is fewer differences between public attractions. – fewer differences=the sharp distinction.. is gradually evaporating =>ANSWER: vi
29. PARAGRAPH D
In this paragraph, the writer indicates that museums and heritages are operating in a very competitive environment. As a result, experts on museums and heritages are under pressure because “Museum and heritage experts do not have to invent stories and recreate historical environments to attract their visitors… However, exhibits must be both based on artefacts and facts as we know them.” So, those who are professionally engaged in the art of interpreting history must steer a narrow course between the demands of „evidence‟ and „attractiveness‟, especially given the increasing need in the heritage industry for income-generating activities.” The correct heading for this paragraph is commercial pressures on people in charge. – people in charge= those who are professionally engaged in the art of interpreting history =>ANSWER: i
30. PARAGRAPH E.
In this paragraph, the writer indicates that “in order to make everything in heritage more real, historical accuracy must be increasingly altered”. Then, at the end of this paragraph, he emphasizes that “If they did not provide the interpretation, visitors would do it for themselves, based on their own ideas, misconceptions and prejudices. And no matter how exciting the result, it would contain a lot more bias than the presentations provided by experts”. This means that interpretation must be provided to avoid visitor’s bias. =>ANSWER: iii
QUESTIONS 31-36: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
31. COMPARED WITH TODAY‟S MUSEUMS, THOSE OF THE PAST
Keywords: museums, past In the first paragraph, the writer indicates that “Museums used to look – and some still do – much like storage rooms of objects packed together in showcases: good for scholars who wanted to study the subtle differences in design, but not for the ordinary visitor, to whom it all looked alike.” This means that in the past, museums were not primarily intended for the public. – the public=the ordinary visitor =>ANSWER: B
32. ACCORDING TO THE WRITER, CURRENT TRENDS IN THE HERITAGE INDUSTRY
Keywords: current trends, heritage industry In paragraph B, the writer states that “On so-called heritage sites the re-enactment of historical events is increasingly popular, and computers will soon provide virtual reality experiences, which will present visitors with a vivid image of the period of their choice, in which they can themselves act as if part of the historical environment.” So, this means that current trends in the heritage industry emphasise personal involvement. =>ANSWER: A
33. THE WRITER SAYS THAT MUSEUMS, HERITAGE SITES AND THEME PARKS
Keywords: museums, heritage sites, theme parks In paragraph C, the writer says that “In a related development, the sharp distinction between museum and heritage sites on the one hand, and theme parks on the other, is gradually evaporating.” This means that museums, heritage sites and theme parks are less easy to distinguish than before. =>ANSWER: D
34. THE WRITER SAYS THAT IN PREPARING EXHIBITS FOR MUSEUMS, EXPERTS
Keywords: preparing exhibits, experts In paragraph D, the writer explains that “Museum and heritage experts do not have to invent stories and recreate historical environments to attract their visitors: their assets are already in place. However, exhibits must be both based on artefacts and facts as we know them. Those who are professionally engaged in the art of interpreting history must steer a narrow course between the demands of “evidence” and “attractiveness”… So, in preparing exhibits for museums, experts have to balance conflicting priorities. – balance=steer a narrow course between – conflicting priorities ~ evidence and attractiveness
=>ANSWER: D
35. IN PARAGRAPH E, THE WRITER SUGGESTS THAT SOME MUSEUM EXHIBITS
Keywords: museum exhibits In paragraph E, the writer suggests that “Such presentations tell us more about contemporary perceptions of the world than about our ancestors.” This means that museum exhibits reveal more about present beliefs than about the past. – reveal=tell – present beliefs=contemporary perceptions – the past ~ our ancestors =>ANSWER: C
36. THE PASSAGE ENDS BY NOTING THAT OUR VIEW OF HISTORY IS BIASED BECAUSE
Keywords: view of history, biased In the last paragraph, the writer says that “human bias is inevitable, but another source of bias in the representation of history has to do with the transitory nature of the materials themselves. The simple fact is that not everything from history survives the historical process. Castles, palaces and cathedrals have a longer lifespan than the dwellings of ordinary people.” This means that we believe that only very durable objects remain from the past. =>ANSWER: B
QUESTIONS 37-40: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 3 ?
37. CONSUMERS PREFER THEME PARKS WHICH AVOID SERIOUS ISSUES.
Keywords: prefer theme parks, avoid serious issues In paragraph D, the writer says that “Theme parks are undergoing other changes, too, as they try to present more serious social and cultural issues, and move away from fantasy. This development is in response to market forces…” So, the statement is FALSE. =>ANSWER: FALSE
38. MORE PEOPLE VISIT MUSEUMS THAN THEME PARKS
Keywords: museums, theme parks In this passage, the writer does not mention this information. In paragraph D, we are simply told that theme parks, museums and heritage sites “are operating in a very competitive environment, where visitors make choices on how and where to spend their free time”. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN. =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
39. THE BOUNDARIES OF LEYDEN HAVE CHANGED LITTLE SINCE THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY.
Keywords: boundaries, Leyden, changed little In the last paragraph, the writer states that “In a town like Leyden in Holland, which in the seventeenth century was occupied by approximately the same number of inhabitants as today, people lived within the walled town, an area more than five times smaller than modern Leyden.” So, the statement is FALSE. =>ANSWER: FALSE
40. MUSEUMS CAN GIVE A FALSE IMPRESSION OF HOW LIFE USED TO BE.
Keywords: museums, false impression In the last paragraph, the writer says that “the evidence in museums indicates that life was so much better in the past. This notion is induced by the bias in its representation in museums and heritage centres.” So, the statement is TRUE. =>ANSWER: TRUE
1. FALSE 2. NOT GIVEN 3. TRUE 4. FALSE 5. TRUE 6. NOT GIVEN 7. thorium 8. pitchblende 9. radium 10. soldiers 11. illness 12. neutron 13. leukaemia 14. G 15. C 16. G 17. D 18. H 19. E 20. D 21. B 22. E 23. C 24. mirror 25. communication 26. ownership 27. ii 28. vi 29. i 30. iii 31. B 32. A 33. D 34. D 35. C 36. B 37. FALSE 38. NOT GIVEN 39. FALSE 40. TRUE
Cambridge IELTS 9 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. READINGIELTS.COM will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 9 reading test 3 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: ATTITUDES TO LANGUAGE
QUESTIONS 1-8: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE CLAIMS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE 1 ?
1. THERE ARE UNDERSTANDABLE REASONS WHY ARGUMENTS OCCUR ABOUT LANGUAGE.
Keywords: understandable reasons, arguments, language In the first paragraph, the writer argues that “It is not easy to be systematic and objective about language study. Popular linguistic debate regularly deteriorates into invective and polemic. Language belongs to everyone, so most people feel they have a right to hold an opinion about it. And when opinions differ, emotions can run high.” The writer lists some understandable reasons for why arguments occur about language. – understandable ~ not easy to be systematic and objective about language. =>ANSWER: YES
2. PEOPLE FEEL MORE STRONGLY ABOUT LANGUAGE EDUCATION THAN ABOUT SMALL DIFFERENCE IN LANGUAGE USAGE.
Keywords: more strongly, language education, small difference At the end of paragraph 1, the writer indicates that “Arguments can start as easily over minor points of usage as over major policies of linguistic education.” This means that people feel strongly in both minor points of usage and major policies of linguistic education. – language (n)=linguistic (a) – small=minor =>ANSWER: NO
3. OUR ASSESSMENT OF A PERSON’S INTELLIGENCE IS AFFECTED BY THE WAY HE OR SHE USES LANGUAGE.
Keywords: assessment, affected, uses language In paragraph 2, the writer says that “linguistic factors influence how we judge personality, intelligence, social status, educational standards, job aptitude, and many other areas of identity and social survival.” Therefore, how a person uses language is one of the ways which affects the way we judge that person in terms of intelligence and other factors. – our assessment of a person‟s intelligence= how we judge intelligence – affect=influence =>ANSWER: YES
4. PRESCRIPTIVE GRAMMAR BOOKS COST A LOT OF MONEY TO BUY IN THE 18TH CENTURY.
Keywords: grammar books, cost a lot, 18th century The 18th century is mentioned in paragraphs 4 and 5. However, in this passage, the writer does not mention whether prescriptive grammar books cost a lot of money to buy in the 18th century. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN. =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
5. PRESCRIPTIVISM STILL EXISTS TODAY.
Keyword: Prescriptivism In paragraph 4, the writer says that “All the main languages have been studied prescriptively, especially in the 18 century approach to the writing of grammars and dictionaries…Some usages are “prescribed”, to be learnt and followed accurately; others are „proscribed‟, to be avoided. In this early period, there were no half-measures: usage was either right or wrong, and it was the task of the grammarian not simply to record alternatives, but to pronounce judgment upon them. Then, in paragraph 5, the writer says that “These attitudes are still with us…” This means that prescriptivism still exists today – still exists=are still with us =>ANSWER: YES
6. ACCORDING TO DESCRIPTIVISTS, IT IS POINTLESS TO TRY TO STOP LANGUAGE CHANGE.
Keywords: stop language change In paragraph 5, the writer indicates that “This approach is summarised in the statement that it is the task of the grammarian to describe, not prescribe – to record the facts of linguistic diversity, and not to attempt the impossible tasks of evaluating language variation or halting language change.” – it is pointless to try = attempt the impossible tasks – stop=halt =>ANSWER: YES
7. DESCRIPTIVISM ONLY APPEARED AFTER THE 18TH CENTURY.
Keyword: Descriptivism In paragraph 5, the writer says that “This approach is summarised in the statement that it is the task of the grammarian to describe, not prescribe – to record the facts of linguistic diversity, and not to attempt the impossible tasks of evaluating language variation or halting language change. In the second half of the 18th century, we already find advocates of this view, such as Joseph Priestley, whose Rudiments of English Grammar (1761) insists that „the custom of speaking is the original and only just standard of any language” =>ANSWER: NO
8. BOTH DESCRIPTIVISTS AND PRESCRIPTIVISTS HAVE BEEN MISREPRESENTED.
Keywords: misrepresented In the last paragraph, the writer argues that “In our own time, the opposition between descriptivists and prescriptivists has often become extreme, with both sides painting unreal pictures of the other.” – misrepresented= painting unreal pictures of the other =>ANSWER: YES
QUESTIONS 9-12: COMPLETE THE SUMMARY USING THE LIST OF WORDS, A-I, BELOW.
9-12. THE LANGUAGE DEBATE
According to 9….., there is only one correct form of language. Linguists who take this approach to language place great importance on grammatical 10…..Conversely, the view of 11…., such as Joseph Priestly, is that grammar should be based on 12…..
9. ACCORDING TO….., THERE IS ONLY ONE CORRECT FORM OF LANGUAGE.
Keywords: one correct form of language In paragraph 3, “prescriptivism is the view that one variety of language has an inherently higher value than others, and that this ought to be imposed on the whole of the speech community.” =>ANSWER: H (prescriptivists)
10. LINGUISTS WHO TAKE THIS APPROACH TO LANGUAGE PLACE GREAT IMPORTANCE ON GRAMMATICAL…..
Keywords: great importance in grammatical In paragraph 4, the writer says that “All the main languages have been studied prescriptively, especially in the 18th century approach to the writings of grammars and dictionaries….The authoritarian nature of the approach is best characterised by its reliance on „rules‟ of grammar.” =>ANSWER: F (rules)
11-12. CONVERSELY, THE VIEW OF 11…., SUCH AS JOSEPH PRIESTLEY, IS THAT GRAMMAR SHOULD BE BASED ON 12…..
Keywords: view of, grammar, based on In paragraph 5, the writer says that “Nevertheless, there is an alternative point of view that is concernedless with standards than the facts of linguistic usage. This approach is summarised in the statement that it is the task of the grammarian to describe, not prescribe – to record the facts of linguistic diversity, and not to attempt the impossible tasks of evaluating language variation or halting language change. In the second half of the 18th century, we already find advocates of this view, such as Joseph Priestley, whose Rudiments of English Grammar (1761) insists that „the custom of speaking is the original and only just standard of any language.” – conversely=nevertheless – popular speech= the custom of speaking =>ANSWER: 11. A (descriptivists) 12. C (popular speech)
QUESTIONS 13: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
13. WHAT IS THE WRITER’S PURPOSE IN READING PASSAGE 1?
A. to argue in favour of a particular approach to writing dictionaries and grammar books B. to present a historical account of differing views of language. C. to describe the differences between spoken and written language. D. to show how a certain view of language has been discredited
In this passage, the writer provides some views of language. The very first one is prescriptivism which is the view that one variety of language has an inherently higher value than others, and that this ought to be imposed on the whole of the speech community. Next is descriptivism which is summarised in the statement that it is the task of the grammarian to describe, not prescribe – to record the facts of linguistic diversity, and not to attempt the impossible tasks of evaluating language variation or halting language change. So, the writer‟s purpose in this passage is to present a historical account of differing views of language. =>ANSWER: B
QUESTIONS 14-17: READING PASSAGE 2 HAS SIX PARAGRAPHS, A-F.WHICH PARAGRAPH CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION?
14. THE LOCATION OF THE FIRST TEST SITE
Keywords: first test site In paragraph C, the writer says that “The first station is expected to be installed off Lynmouth in Devon shortly to test the technology in a venture jointly funded by the department of Trade and Industry and the European Union.” – site=station =>ANSWER: C
15. THE WAY OF BRINGING THE POWER PRODUCED ON ONE SITE BACK INTO BRITAIN.
Keywords: bringing power, back, Britain In paragraph E, the writer argues that “Dr Bahaj has done most work on the Alderney site, where there are powerful currents. The single undersea turbine farm would produce far more power than needed for the Channel Islands and most would be fed into the French Grid and be re-imported into Britain via the cable under the Channel.” – bring back=re-import =>ANSWER: E
16. A REFERENCE TO A PREVIOUS ATTEMPT BY BRITAIN TO FIND AN ALTERNATIVE SOURCE OF ENERGY
Keywords: attempt, Britain, an alternative source of energy In paragraph A, the writer indicates that “Unlike wind power, which Britain originally developed and then abandoned for 20 years allowing the Dutch to make it a major industry, undersea turbines could become a big export earner to island nations such as Japan and New Zealand”. So, the British made an earlier attempt to use wind power as an alternative source of energy, and then abandoned this attempt for 20 years. =>ANSWER: A
17. MENTION OF THE POSSIBILITY OF APPLYING TECHNOLOGY FROM ANOTHER INDUSTRY.
Keywords: applying technology, another industry. In paragraph C, the writer argues that “The technology for dealing with the hostile saline environment under the sea has been developed in the North Sea oil industry….” =>ANSWER: C
18-22. WHICH FIVE OF THE FOLLOWING CLAIMS ABOUT TIDAL POWER ARE MADE BY THE WRITER?
In paragraph A, the writer says that “…unlike wind, the tides are predictable and the power input is constant.[Option A] This technology raises the prospect of Britain becoming self-sufficient in renewable energy and drastically reducing its carbon dioxide emissions[Option D]. If tides, wind and wave power are all developed, Britain would be able to close gas, coal and nuclear power plants [Option E] and export renewable power to other parts of Europe.”[Option F] This means that tidal power is a more reliable source of energy than wind power (Option A) and it would cut down on air pollution [Option D]. Besides, tidal power could contribute to the closure of many existing power stations in Britain[Option E] and could be a means of increasing national income because “undersea turbines could become a big export earner” (Option F). – reliable=predictable – cut down on=reduce – plants=stations – a means of increasing national income=export earner Options B, C, G, H, I are either not mentioned or false. At the end of paragraph C, the writer indicates that “The best sites are between islands or around heavily indented coasts where there are strong tidal currents.” This means that tidal power is best produced in the vicinity of coastlines with particular features – they are heavily indented and have strong tidal currents (Option J) =>ANSWER: A-D-E-F-J
QUESTIONS 23-26: LABEL THE DIAGRAM BELOW.
23. WHOLE TOWER CAN BE RAISED FOR…..AND THE EXTRACTION OF SEAWEED FROM THE BLADES.
Keywords: tower, raised, seaweed At the end of paragraph D, the writer argues that “The towers will stick out of the water and be lit, to warn shipping, and also be designed to be lifted out of the water for maintenance and to clean seaweed from the blades.” – be raised=be lifted – the extraction of seaweed ~ to clean seaweed from the blades =>ANSWER: maintenance
24. SEA LIFE NOT IN DANGER DUE TO THE FACT THAT BLADES ARE COMPARATIVELY…
Keywords: sea life, not danger, blades, comparatively In paragraph D, the writer indicates that “Fish and other creatures are thought unlikely to be at risk from the relatively slow-turning blades.” – sea life ~ fish and other creatures – comparatively=relatively =>ANSWER: slow-turning
25-26. AIR BUBBLES RESULT FROM THE 25…BEHIND BLADES. THIS IS KNOWN AS 26…
Keywords: air bubbles, known as In the last paragraph, the writer says that “One technical difficulty is cavitation, where low pressure behind a turning blade causes air bubbles.” =>ANSWER: 25. low pressure 26. cavitation
PASSAGE 3: INFORMATION THEORY- THE BIG DATA
27-32. WHICH PARAGRAPH CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION?
27. AN EXPLANATION OF THE FACTORS AFFECTING THE TRANSMISSION OF INFORMATION.
Keywords: factors, transmission of information In paragraph D, the writer indicates that “Noise usually means unwanted sounds which interfere with genuine information. Information theory generalises this idea via theorems that capture the effects of noise with mathematical precision. In particular, Shannon showed that noise sets a limit on the rate at which information can pass along communication channels while remaining error-free…” – transmission=pass along communication channels =>ANSWER: D
28. AN EXAMPLE OF HOW UNNECESSARY INFORMATION CAN BE OMITTED.
Keywords: unnecessary information, omitted In paragraph F, the writer says that “Shannon also laid the foundations of more efficient ways of storing information, by stripping out superfluous (redundant) bits from data which contributed little real information. As mobile phone text messages like „I CN C U‟ show, it is often possible to leave out a lot of data without losing much meaning.” – unnecessary=superfluous=redundant – information=data – omit=strip out=leave out =>ANSWER: F
29. A REFERENCE TO SHANNON‟S ATTITUDE TO FAME
Keywords: attitude to fame In paragraph B, the writer argues that “While at Bell Laboratories, Shannon developed information theory, but shunned the resulting acclaim.” =>ANSWER: B
30. DETAILS OF A MACHINE CAPABLE OF INTERPRETING INCOMPLETE INFORMATION.
Keywords: machine, interpreting In paragraph E, the writer says that “Other codes have become part of everyday life – such as the Universal Product Code, or bar code, which uses a simple error-detecting system that ensures supermarket check-out lasers can read the price even on, say, a crumpled bag of crisps.” =>ANSWER: E
31. A DETAILED ACCOUNT OF AN INCIDENT INVOLVING INFORMATION THEORY.
Keywords: incident, information theory In the first paragraph, “In April 2002 an event took place which demonstrated one of the many applications of information theory. The space probe, Voyager I, launched in 1977, had sent back spectacular images of Jupiter and Saturn and then soared out of the Solar system on a one-way mission to the stars.” – incident=event
=>ANSWER: A
32. A REFERENCE TO WHAT SHANNON INITIALLY INTENDED TO ACHIEVE IN HIS RESEARCH.
Keywords: initially intended to achieve In paragraph C, the writer indicates that “He set out with an apparently simple aim: to pin down the precise meaning of the concept of ‘information’ – initially intended to = set out with – achieve=aim =>ANSWER: C
33-37. THE VOYAGER I SPACE PROBE
33-34. THE PROBE TRANSMITTED PICTURES OF BOTH 33…..AND….., THEN LEFT THE 34…..
Keywords: pictures, left In paragraph A, the writer says that “The space probe, Voyager I, launched in 1977, had sent back spectacular images of Jupiter and Saturn and then soared out of the Solar System on a one-way mission to the stars.” – transmitted=sent back – pictures=images – left=soared out of =>ANSWER: 33. Jupiter-Saturn 34. Solar System
35. SCIENTISTS FEARED THAT BOTH THE 35…..AND…..WERE ABOUT TO STOP WORKING.
Keywords: stop working In paragraph A, the writer argues that “Sensors and circuits were on the brink of failing and NASA experts realised that they had to do something or lose contact with their probe forever.” – were about to=were on the brink of – stop working=failing =>ANSWER: sensors – circuits
36. THE ONLY HOPE WAS TO TELL THE PROBE TO REPLACE THEM WITH 36…..-BUT DISTANCE MADE COMMUNICATION WITH THE PROBE DIFFICULT.
Keywords: the probe, replace Also, in the first paragraph, the writer says that “The solution was to get a message to Voyager I to instruct it to use spares to change the failing parts.” – tell=instruct – replace=change the failing parts =>ANSWER: spares
37. A…..WAS USED TO TRANSMIT THE MESSAGE AT THE SPEED OF LIGHT.
Keywords: transmit, speed of light At the end of paragraph A, the writer argues that “By means of a radio dish belonging to NASA’s Deep Space Network, the message was sent out into the depths of space. Even traveling at the speed of light, it took over 11 hours to reach its target, far beyond the speed of Pluto.” – transmit=sent out =>ANSWER: radio dish
QUESTIONS 38-40: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 3
38. THE CONCEPT OF DESCRIBING SOMETHING AS TRUE OR FALSE WAS THE STARTING POINT FOR SHANNON IN HIS ATTEMPT TO SEND MESSAGES OVER DISTANCE.
Keywords: describing, starting point, true or false In paragraph C, the writer says that “He set out with an apparently simple aim: to pin down the precise meaning of the concept of „information‟. The most basic form of information, Shannon argued, is whether something is true or false – which can be captured in the binary unit, or „bit‟, of the form 1 or 0.” – starting point=he set out with =>ANSWER: TRUE
39. THE AMOUNT OF INFORMATION THAT CAN BE SENT IN A GIVEN TIME PERIOD IS DETERMINED WITH REFERENCE TO THE SIGNAL STRENGTH AND NOISE LEVEL.
Keywords: the amount of information, sent, the signal strength and noise level In paragraph D, “Shannon showed that noise sets a limit on the rate at which information can pass along communication channels while remaining error-free. This rate depends on the relative strengths of the signal and noise traveling down the communication channel, on its capacity (its “bandwidth”).” This is true, because the rate tells us how much information passes in a period of time. =>ANSWER: TRUE
40. PRODUCTS HAVE NOW BEEN DEVELOPED WHICH CAN CONVEY MORE INFORMATION THAN SHANNON HAD ANTICIPATED AS POSSIBLE.
Keywords: convey more information, Shannon anticipated. At the end of paragraph E, the writer says that “As recently as 1993, engineers made a major breakthrough by discovering so-called turbo codes – which come very close to Shannon‟s ultimate limit for the maximum rate that data can be transmitted reliably, and now play a key role in the mobile video phone revolution.” So, the products are „turbo codes‟. These do NOT exceed the limit that Shannon suggested for the rate of reliable transmission of data, although they almost reach this limit. =>ANSWER: FALSE
1. ii 2. i 3. v 4. vii 5. TRUE 6. NOT GIVEN 7. NOT GIVEN 8. TRUE 9. NOT GIVEN 10. FALSE 11. source of income/ industry 12. employer 13. domestic tourism 14. C 15. B 16. H 17. B 18. E 19. sun(light) 20. upper 21. dry 22. north 23. FALSE 24. TRUE 25. NOT GIVEN 26. B 27. B 28. F 29. I 30. G 31. D 32. C 33. A 34. D 35. C 36. NO 37. YES 38. NOT GIVEN 39. YES 40. NOT GIVEN
Cambridge IELTS 9 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 9 reading test 2 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: CHILDREN WITH AUDITORY PROBLEMS
1-6. WHICH SECTION CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION?
1. AN ACCOUNT OF A NATIONAL POLICY INITIATIVE.
Keywords: national policy initiative
In paragraph H, the writer states that “Objective 3 of the New Zealand Disability Strategy is to” Provide the Best Education for Disabled People‟ by improving education so that all children, youth learners and adult learners will have equal opportunities to learn and develop within their already existing school.” So, this is a national policy initiative for New Zealand.
– policy initiative=strategy
=>ANSWER: H
2. A DESCRIPTION OF A GLOBAL TEAM EFFORT
Keywords: global team effort
In paragraph C, the writer says that “The International Institute of Noise Control Engineering (I- INCE), on the advice of the World Health Organization, has established an international working party, which includes New Zealand, to evaluate noise and reverberation control for school rooms.”
– a global team= an international working party
=>ANSWER: C
3. A HYPOTHESIS AS TO ONE REASON BEHIND THE GROWTH IN CLASSROOM NOISE.
Keywords: reason, the growth, classroom noise
In paragraph B, the writer indicates that “Education researchers Nelson and Soli have also suggested that recent trends in learning often involve collaborative interaction of multiple minds and tools as much as individual possession of information. This all amounts to heightened activity and noise levels, which have the potential to be particularly serious for children experiencing auditory function deficit.”
– growth in classroom noise=heightened noise levels
=>ANSWER: B
4. A DEMAND FOR SUITABLE WORLD-WIDE REGULATIONS.
Keywords: worldwide regulations
In paragraph I, the writer argues that “It is imperative that the needs of these children are taken into account in the setting of appropriate international standards to be promulgated in future.”
– suitable = appropriate
– worldwide = international
– regulations=standards
=>ANSWER: I
5. A LIST OF MEDICAL CONDITIONS WHICH PLACE SOME CHILDREN MORE AT RISK FROM NOISE THAN OTHERS.
Keywords: medical conditions, more at risk
In paragraph D, the writer says that “While the detrimental effects of noise in classroom situations are not limited to children experiencing disability, those with a disability that affects their processing of speech and verbal communication could be extremely vulnerable. The auditory function deficits in question include hearing impairment, autistic spectrum disorders (ASD), and attention deficit
disorders (ADD/ADHD).
– at risk=vulnerable
=>ANSWER: D
6. THE ESTIMATED PROPORTION OF CHILDREN IN NEW ZEALAND WITH AUDITORY PROBLEMS.
Keywords: proportion, auditory problems
In paragraph A, the writer indicates that “The New Zealand Ministry of Health has found from research carried out over two decades that 6-10% of children in that country are affected by hearing loss.”
– Auditory problems = hearing loss
=>ANSWER: A
QUESTIONS 7-10: ANSWER THE QUESTIONS BELOW.
7. FOR WHAT PERIOD OF TIME HAS HEARING LOSS IN SCHOOL CHILDREN BEEN STUDIED IN NEW ZEALAND?
Keywords: period of time
In paragraph A, “The New Zealand Ministry of Health has found from research carried out over two decades that 6-10% of children in that country are affected by hearing loss.”
=>ANSWER: two decades
8. IN ADDITION TO MACHINERY NOISE, WHAT OTHER TYPE OF NOISE CAN UPSET CHILDREN WITH AUTISM?
Keywords: machinery, type of noise, autism
In paragraph E, the writer argues that “Autistic spectrum disorders often result in major difficulties in comprehending verbal information and speech processing. Those experiencing these disorders often find sounds such as crowd noise and the noise generated bymachinerypainful and distressing.”
– upset=find painful, distressing
=>ANSWER: crowd noise
9. WHAT TERM IS USED TO DESCRIBE THE HEARING PROBLEMS OF SCHOOLCHILDREN WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN DIAGNOSED?
Keywords: term, hearing problems, not been diagnosed
At the end of paragraph G, “It is probable that many undiagnosed children exist in the education
system with „invisible‟ disabilities.”
– have not been diagnosed = undiagnosed
=>ANSWER: invisible
10. WHAT PART OF THE NEW ZEALAND DISABILITY STRATEGY AIMS TO GIVE SCHOOLCHILDREN EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES?
Keywords: New Zealand Disability Strategy, part, equal opportunities
In paragraph H, the writer says that “Objective 3 of the New Zealand Disability Strategy is to” Provide the Best Education for Disabled People‟ by improving education so that all children, youth learners and adult learners will have equal opportunities to learn and develop within their already existing school.”
=>ANSWER: Objective 3
QUESTIONS 11-12: CHOOSE TWO LETTERS, A-F.
11-12. WHICH TWO ARE MENTIONED BY THE WRITER OF THE PASSAGE?
A. current teaching methods
B. echoing corridors
C. cooling system
D. large class sizes
E loud-voiced teachers
F. playground games
In paragraph B, the writer argues that “Modern teaching practices, the organisation of desks in the classroom, poor classroom acoustics, and mechanical means of ventilation such as air- conditioning units all contribute to the number of children unable to comprehend the teacher’s voice.”
– current teaching methods = modern teaching practices
– cooling system = mechanical means of ventilation (such as air-conditioning)
Obviously, options B, D, E, and F are not given in the text.
=>ANSWER: A-C
QUESTIONS 13: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
13.WHAT IS THE WRITER’S OVERALL PURPOSE IN WRITING THIS ARTICLE?
A. to compare different methods of dealing with auditory problems
B. to provide solutions for overly noisy learning environments
C. to increase awareness of the situation of children with auditory problems
D. to promote New Zealand as a model for other countries to follow
At the beginning of the text, the writer argues that “Hearing impairment or other auditory function deficit in young children can have a major impact on their development of speech and communication, resulting in a detrimental effect on their ability to learn at school. This is likely to have major consequences for the individual and the population as a whole.” Then the writer details the situation of auditory function deficit in young children in New Zealand by discussing the reasons, consequences and solutions to this problem. Therefore, overall, the writer’s purpose is to “increase awareness of the situation of children with auditory problems”.
Options A, B, D do not represent the GENERAL purpose of the writer.
14-17 WHICH PARAGRAPH CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION?
14. EXAMPLES OF DIFFERENT WAYS IN WHICH THE PARALLAX PRINCIPLE HAS BEEN APPLIED
Keywords: examples, parallax principle
In paragraph F, the writer indicates that “Johann Franz Encke, Director of the Berlin Observatory, finally determined a value for the AU based on all these parallax measurements: 153,340,000 km….The AU is a cosmic measuring rod, and the basis of how we scale the Universe today. The parallax principle can be extended to measure the distances to the stars.” So, the parallax principle has been applied to determine a value for the AU and to measure the distances to the stars.
=>ANSWER: F
15. A DESCRIPTION OF AN EVENT WHICH PREVENTED A TRANSIT OBSERVATION.
Keywords: event, prevented transit observation
In paragraph D, the writer says that “He was thwarted by the fact that the British were besieging his observation site at Pondicherry in India. Fleeing on a French warship crossing the Indian Ocean, Le Gentil saw a wonderful transit – but the ship‟s pitching and rolling ruled out any attempt at making accurate observations.”
– prevented=ruled out any attempt at
=>ANSWER: D
16. A STATEMENT ABOUT POTENTIAL FUTURE DISCOVERIES LEADING ON FROM TRANSIT OBSERVATIONS.
In paragraph G, the writer indicates that “such transits have paved the way for what might prove to be one of the most vital breakthroughs in the cosmos – detecting Earth-sized planets orbiting other stars.”
– discoveries=breakthroughs
– leading on from=paved the way for
=>ANSWER: G
17. A DESCRIPTION OF PHYSICAL STATES CONNECTED WITH VENUS WHICH EARLY ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS FAILED TO OVERCOME.
In paragraph E, the writer argues that “While the early transit timings were as precise as instruments would allow, the measurements were dogged by the „black drop‟ effect. When Venus begins to cross the Sun‟s disc, it looks smeared not circular – which makes it difficult to establish timings. The second problem is that Venus exhibits a halo of light when it is seen just outside the Sun‟s disc. While this showed astronomers that Venus was surrounded by a thick layer of gases refracting sunlight around it, both effects made it impossible to obtain accurate timings.”
– physical states= the ‘black drop’ effect, a halo of light
– failed to overcome=made it impossible
=>ANSWER: E
18-21: MATCH EACH STATEMENT WITH THE CORRECT PERSON.
18. HE CALCULATED THE DISTANCE OF THE SUN FROM THE EARTH BASED ON OBSERVATIONS OF VENUS WITH A FAIR DEGREE OF ACCURACY.
Keywords: distance, observations of Venus, accuracy
In paragraph F, the writer indicates that “Johann Franz Encke, Director of the Berlin Observatory, finally determined a value for the AUbased on all these parallax measurements: 153,340,000 km. Reasonably accurate for the time, that is quite close to today‟s value of 149,597,870 km.”
– the distance of the Sun from the Earth=the AU
– with a fair degree of accuracy=reasonably accurate
=>ANSWER: D
19. HE UNDERSTOOD THAT THE DISTANCE OF THE SUN FROM THE EARTH COULD BE WORKED OUT BY COMPARING OBSERVATIONS OF A TRANSIT.
Keywords: distance, worked out bycomparing observations
In paragraph B, “He (Edmond Halley) realised that from different latitudes, the passage of the planet across the Sun‟s disc would appear to differ. By timing the transit from two widely-separated locations, teams of astronomers could calculate the parallax angle – the apparent difference in position of an astronomical body due to a difference in the observer’s position. Calculating this angle would allow astronomers to measure what was then the ultimate goal: the distance of the Earth from the Sun.”
– work out=calculate, measure
=>ANSWER: A
20. HE REALISED THAT THE TIME TAKEN BY A PLANET TO GO AROUND THE SUN DEPENDS ON ITS DISTANCE FROM THE SUN.
Keywords: time, around the Sun, distance from the Sun
In paragraph C, the writer argues that “Johannes Kepler, in the early 17th century, had shown that the distances of the planets from the Sungoverned their orbital speeds, which were easily measurable.”
– go around = orbit (orbital)
=>ANSWER: B
21. HE WITNESSED A VENUS TRANSIT BUT WAS UNABLE TO MAKE ANY CALCULATIONS.
Keywords: Venus transit, unable, calculations
In paragraph D, “Fleeing on a French warship crossing the Indian Ocean, Le Gentil saw a wonderful transit – but the ship’s pitching and rolling ruled out any attempt at making accurate observations”.
– unable=ruled out
– make any calculations=making accurate observations
=>ANSWER: C
QUESTIONS 22-26: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 2 ?
22. HALLEY OBSERVED ONE TRANSIT OF THE PLANET VENUS.
Keywords: Halley, transit, Venus
In paragraph B, the writer indicates that “In November 1677, Halley observed a transit of the innermost planet, Mercury, from the desolate island of St Helena in the South Pacific…..Nevertheless, he accurately predicted that Venus would cross the face of the Sun in both 1761 and 1769 – though he didn‟t survive to see either”.
=>ANSWER: FALSE
23. LE GENTIL MANAGED TO OBSERVE A SECOND VENUS TRANSIT.
Keywords: managed, second Venus transit.
In paragraph D, the writer states that “Undaunted, he remained south of the equator ….before setting off to observe the next transit in the Philippines. Ironically, after traveling nearly 50,000 kilometers, his view was clouded out at the last moment, a very dispiriting experience. ” This means that Le Gentil did not succeed in observing a second Venus transit in the Philippines.
=>ANSWER: FALSE
24. THE SHAPE OF VENUS APPEARS DISTORTED WHEN IT STARTS TO PASS IN FRONT OF THE SUN.
Keywords: shape, distorted, pass in front of the sun
In paragraph E, the writer says that “While the early transit timings were as precise as instruments would allow, the measurements were dogged by the ‘black drop’ effect. When Venus begins to cross the Sun’s disc, it looks smeared not circular.”
– pass in front of the Sun=cross the Sun‟s disc
– distorted=smeared not circular
=>ANSWER: TRUE
25. EARLY ASTRONOMERS SUSPECTED THAT THE ATMOSPHERE ON VENUS WAS TOXIC.
Keywords: atmosphere on Venus, toxic
In this passage, Venus’s atmosphere is not mentioned by the writer, so it is not known whether it is toxic or not. Therefore, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
26. THE PARALLAX PRINCIPLE ALLOWS ASTRONOMERS TO WORK OUT HOW FAR AWAY DISTANT STARS ARE FROM THE EARTH.
Keywords: parallax principle, how far, stars, Earth
In paragraph F, “The parallax principle can be extended to measure the distances to the stars. If we look at a star in January – when Earth is at one point in its orbit – it will seem to be in a different position from where it appears six month later. Knowing the width of Earth‟s orbit, the parallax shift lets astronomers calculate the distance.”
PASSAGE 3: A NEUROSCIENTIST REVEALS HOW TO THINK DIFFERENTLY
QUESTIONS 27-31: CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A, B, C OR D.
27. NEUROECONOMICS IS A FIELD OF STUDY WHICH SEEKS TO
Keywords: Neuroeconomics, seeks to
In the first paragraph, the writer argues that “These discoveries have led to the field known as neuroeconomics which studies the brain’s secrets to success in an economic environment that demands innovation and being able to do things differently from competitors.” In other words, neuro economics is a field of study which seeks to understand how the brain is linked to achievement in competitive fields.
– achievement=success
=>ANSWER: C
28. ACCORDING TO THE WRITER, ICONOCLASTS ARE DISTINCTIVE BECAUSE
Keywords: iconoclasts, distinctive
In paragraph 2, the writer says that “This definition implies that iconoclasts are different from other people, but more precisely, it is their brains that are different in three distinct ways: perception, fear response, and social intelligence.” So, iconoclasts are distinctive because their brains are different, in other words, their brains function differently.
– distinctive=different
=>ANSWER: B
29. ACCORDING TO THE WRITER, THE BRAIN WORKS EFFICIENTLY BECAUSE
Keywords: brain, efficiently
In paragraph 3, the writer indicates that “For example, when confronted with information streaming from the eyes, the brain will interpret this information in the quickest way possible. Thus it will draw on both past experience and any other source of information” So, the brain works efficiently because it relies on previous events.
– efficiently = in the quickest way
– relies on = draw on
– previous events=past experience
=>ANSWER: D
30. THE WRITER SAYS THAT PERCEPTION IS
Keyword: perception
At the end of paragraph 3, the writer says that “More than the physical reality of photons and sound waves, perception is a product of the brain.”
=>ANSWER: C
31. ACCORDING TO THE WRITER, AN ICONOCLASTIC THINKER
Keywords: iconoclastic thinker
In paragraph 4, the writer says that “Iconoclasts, either because they were born that way or through learning, have found ways to work around the perceptual shortcuts that plague most people.” In other words, an iconoclast thinker can avoid cognitive traps.
– cognitive=perceptual
=>ANSWER: B
QUESTIONS 32-37: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE CLAIMS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE 3 ?
32. EXPOSURE TO DIFFERENT EVENTS FORCES THE BRAIN TO THINK DIFFERENTLY.
Keywords: different events, think differently
In paragraph 5, the writer says that “The best way to see things differently to other people is to bombard the brain with things it has never encountered before. Novelty releases the perceptual process from the chains of past experience and forces the brain to make new judgments.”
– different events = things it (the brain) has never encountered before = novelty
– think differently=make new judgments
=>ANSWER: YES
33. ICONOCLASTS ARE UNUSUALLY RECEPTIVE TO NEW EXPERIENCES.
Keywords: receptive, new experiences
In paragraph 5, the writer says that “Successful iconoclasts have an extraordinary willingness to be exposed to what is fresh and different. Observation of iconoclasts shows that they embrace novelty while most people avoid things that are different.”
– are unusually receptive to = have an extraordinary willingness to be exposed to
– new experiences=what is fresh and different
=>ANSWER: YES
34. MOST PEOPLE ARE TOO SHY TO TRY DIFFERENT THINGS.
Keywords: too shy, different things
In this passage, the writer does not mention whether most people are too shy to try different things. He just says that “most people avoid things that are different” So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
35. IF YOU THINK IN AN ICONOCLASTIC WAY, YOU CAN EASILY OVERCOME FEAR.
Keywords: think, iconoclastic, overcome fear.
In paragraph 6, the writer argues that “Fear is a major impediment to thinking like an iconoclast and stops the average person in his tracks.” This means that fear prevents people from thinking in an iconoclast way. So, the statement’s meaning is opposite to that in the text.
=>ANSWER: NO
36. WHEN CONCERN ABOUT EMBARRASSMENT MATTERS LESS, OTHER FEARS BECOME IRRELEVANT.
Keywords: embarrassment, less, fears, irrelevant
In paragraph 6, “fear of public ridicule” is mentioned. It we interpret this as “embarrassment”, still we are not told if other fears then become irrelevant. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
37. FEAR OF PUBLIC SPEAKING IS A PSYCHOLOGICAL ILLNESS.
Keywords: fear, public speaking, a psychological illness
In paragraph 6, the writer indicates that “But fear of public speaking, which everyone must do from time to time, afflicts one-third of the population. This makes it too common to be considered a mental disorder. It is simply a common variant of human nature, one which iconoclasts do not let inhibit their reactions.” So, fear of public speaking is not a psychological illness, it is just a common variant of human nature.
– a psychological illness= a mental disorder
=>ANSWER: NO
QUESTIONS 38-40: COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE WITH THE CORRECT ENDING, A-E, BELOW.
38. THINKING LIKE A SUCCESSFUL ICONOCLAST IS DEMANDING BECAUSE IT
Keyword: successful, demanding
In paragraph 7, the writer argues that “to be successful iconoclasts, individuals must sell their ideas to other people. This is where social intelligence comes in…Perception is important in social cognition too…Understanding how perception becomes intertwined with social decision making shows why successful iconoclasts are so rare.” This means that thinking like a successful iconoclast is demanding because it requires both perceptual and social intelligence skills.
=>ANSWER: A
39. THE CONCEPT OF THE SOCIAL BRAIN IS USEFUL TO ICONOCLASTS BECAUSE IT
Keywords: social brain, useful,
In paragraph 7, the writer indicates that “In the last decade there has been an explosion of knowledge about the social brain and how the brain works when groups coordinate decision making. Neuroscience has revealed which brain circuits are responsible for functions like understanding what other people think, empathy, fairness, and social identity. These brain regions play key roles in whether people convince others of their ideas.” So, the concept of the social brain is useful to iconoclasts because it focuses on how groups decide on an action.
– groups = circuits
– groups decide on an action=groups coordinate decision making
=>ANSWER: B
40. ICONOCLASTS ARE GENERALLY AN ASSET BECAUSE THEIR WAY OF THINKING
Keywords: an asset, way of thinking
In the last paragraph, “Iconoclasts create new opportunities in every area from artistic expression to technology to business. They supply creativity and innovation not easily accomplished by committees. Iconoclasts face alienation and failure, but can also be an asset to any organisation.” So, iconoclasts are generally an asset because their way of thinking works in many fields, both artistic and scientific.
=>ANSWER: C
1. H 2. C 3. B 4. I 5. D 6. A 7. two decades 8. crowd (noise) 9. invisible 10. Objective 3 11. A/C 12. A/C 13. C 14. F 15. D 16. G 17. E 18. D 19. A 20. B 21. C 22. FALSE 23. FALSE 24. TRUE 25. NOT GIVEN 26. TRUE 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. C 31. B 32. YES 33. YES 34. NOT GIVEN 35. NO 36. NOT GIVEN 37. NO 38. 39. 40.
Cambridge IELTS 9 is the latest IELTS exam preparation.https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 9 reading test 1 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: WILLIAM HENRY PERKIN
QUESTIONS 1-7: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 1 ?
1. MICHAEL FARADAY WAS THE FIRST PERSON TO RECOGNISE PERKIN’S ABILITY AS A STUDENT OF CHEMISTRY.
Keywords: first, Michael Faraday, Perkin‟s ability, chemistry
In paragraph 2, the writer indicates that “His talent and devotion to the subject were perceived by his teacher [at the City of London school] Thomas Hall….” So Thomas Hall was the first person to recognise Perkin’s ability in chemistry, and this teacher encouraged Perkin to attend lectures by Faraday. “Those speeches (by Michael Faraday) fired the young chemist’s enthusiasm further”,
=>ANSWER: FALSE.
2.MICHAEL FARADAY SUGGESTED PERKIN SHOULD ENROLL IN THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF CHEMISTRY.
Keywords: should enroll
At the end of paragraph 2, the writer argues that “he later went on to attend the Royal College of Chemistry, which he succeeded in entering in 1853, at the age of 15.” So, who advised Perkin to enroll in the Royal College of Chemistry is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
3. PERKIN EMPLOYED AUGUST WILHELM HOFMANN AS HIS ASSISTANT
Keywords: August Wilhelm Hofmann, employed, assistant
In paragraph 3, the writer says that “At the time of Perkin’s enrolment, the Royal College of Chemistry was headed by the noted German chemist August Wilhelm Hofmann. Perkin’s scientific gifts soon caught Hofmann‟s attention and, within two years, he became Hofmann‟s youngest assistant.” This means Hofmann employed Perkin as his assistant. So, the statement is FALSE.
=>ANSWER: FALSE
4. PERKIN WAS STILL YOUNG WHEN HE MADE THE DISCOVERY THAT MADE HIM RICH AND FAMOUS
Keywords: young, discovery, rich and famous.
At the end of paragraph 3, the writer says that “Perkin’s scientific gifts soon caught Hofmann‟s attention and, within two years, he became Hofmann‟s youngest assistant.Not long after that, Perkin made the scientific breakthrough that would bring him both fame and fortune.” This means that when making the scientific discovery, Perkin was still young.
– famous (a) – fame (n)
– rich(a) – fortune (n)
– discovery – scientific breakthrough
=>ANSWER: TRUE
5. THE TREES FROM WHICH QUININE IS DERIVED GROW ONLY IN SOUTH AMERICA.
Keywords: quinine, derived, only in South America
In paragraph 4, “At the time, quinine was the only viable medical treatment for malaria. The drug is derived from the bark of the cinchona tree, native to South America.” This means that the cinchona trees originate in South America; therefore, whether they grow only in South America is not mentioned.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
6. PERKIN HOPED TO MANUFACTURE A DRUG FROM A COAL TAR WASTE PRODUCT.
Keywords: drug, coal tar waste product.
In paragraph 5, the writer argues that “He (Perkin) was attempting to manufacture quinine from aniline, an inexpensive and readily available coal tar waste product.”So, the statement is TRUE.
– a drug ~ quinine (the only viable medical treatment for malaria)
=>ANSWER: TRUE
7. PERKIN WAS INSPIRED BY THE DISCOVERIES OF THE FAMOUS SCIENTIST LOUIS PASTEUR.
Keywords: inspired, Louis Pasteur
At the end of paragraph 5, the writer indicates that “And, proving the truth of the famous scientist Louis Pasteur’s words ‘chances favours only the prepared mind’, Perkin saw the potential of his unexpected find.” So, whether Perkin was inspired by Louis Pasteur‟s discoveries or not is not mentioned.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
QUESTIONS 8-13: ANSWER THE QUESTIONS BELOW.
8. BEFORE PERKIN’S DISCOVERY,WITH WHAT GROUP IN SOCIETY WAS THE COLOUR PURPLE ASSOCIATED?
Keywords: what group, purple associated?
In paragraph 6, the writer argues that “Indeed, the purple colour extracted from a snail was once so costly that in society at the time, only the rich could afford it.” So, before Perkin‟s discovery, the colour purple was associated with the rich.
=>ANSWER: the rich
9. WHAT POTENTIAL DID PERKIN IMMEDIATELY UNDERSTAND THAT HIS NEW DYE HAD?
Keywords: potential, new dye
At the end of paragraph 7, the writer says that “But perhaps the most fascinating of all Perkin’s reactions to his find was his nearly instant recognition that the new dye had commercial possibilities.” This means that Perkin immediately understood that his new dye had the potential of being sold commercially.
– potential=possibilities
– immediately= nearly instant
– understand = recognise (recognition(n))
=>ANSWER: commercial (possibilities)
10.WHAT WAS THE NAME FINALLY USED TO REFER TO THE FIRST COLOUR PERKIN INVENTED?
Keywords: finally, name, first colour
In paragraph 7, it is stated that his purple colour became “the world‟s first synthetic dye”. In paragraph 8, the writer argues that “Perkin originally named his dye Tyrian Purple, but it later became commonly known as mauve.” This means that “mauve” was finally used to refer to the first colour Perkin invented.
=>ANSWER: mauve
11. WHAT WAS THE NAME OF THE PERSON PERKIN CONSULTED BEFORE SETTING UP HIS OWN DYE WORKS?
Keywords: name, person
In paragraph 8, “He (Perkin) asked advice of Scottish dye works owner Robert Pullar, who assured him that manufacturing the dye would be well worth it if the colour remained fast and the cost was relatively low.” This means that Perkin consulted Robert Pullar before setting up his own dye works.
– consulted=asked advice
=>ANSWER: Robert Pullar
12. IN WHAT COUNTRY DID PERKIN’S NEWLY INVENTED COLOUR FIRST BECOME FASHIONABLE?
Keywords: country, fashionable
In paragraph 9, “Utilising the cheap and plentiful coal tar that was an almost unlimited byproduct of London‟s gas street lighting, the dye works began producing the world‟s first synthetically dyed material in 1857. The company received a commercial boost from the Empress Eugénie of France, when she decided the new colour flattered her. Very soon, mauve was the necessary shade for all the fashionable ladies in that country (France).” This means that Perkin’s newly invented colour first became fashionable in France.
=>ANSWER: France
13.ACCORDING TO THE PASSAGE, WHICH DISEASE IS NOW BEING TARGETED BY RESEARCHERS USING SYNTHETIC DYES?
Keywords: disease, researchers, using synthetic dyes
At the end of paragraph 10, the writer argues that “And, in what would have been particularly pleasing to Perkin, their current use is in the research for a vaccine against malaria.” This means that malaria is now being targeted by researchers using synthetic dyes.
QUESTIONS 14—17: READING PASSAGE 2 HAS FIVE PARAGRAPHS,A-E.
14.PARAGRAPH B.
The main idea of paragraph B is “In discussing whether we are alone, most SETI scientists adopt two rules.” Then, the writer details these two rules. The second rule is “a very conservative assumption that we are looking for a life form that is pretty well like us”.
– ground rules = assumptions
– SETI = the search for extra-terrestrial intelligence
=>ANSWER: iv
15.PARAGRAPH C
In paragraph C, the writer emphasizes that “our understanding of other life forms is still severely limited”, and “we do not know how likely it is that life will arise naturally”. This is followed by some guesses about life on other planets: “it seems inconceivable that at least one of these planets does not have a life form on it; in fact, the best educated guess we can make,…, leads us to estimate that perhaps one in 100,000 stars might have a life-bearing planet orbiting it.” In other words, this paragraph is about likelihood of life on other planets.
– likelihood=best educated guess
=>ANSWER: vii
16.PARAGRAPH D
In this paragraph, the writer says that “An alien civilisation could choose many different ways of sending information across the galaxy. It turns out that, for a given amount of transmitted power, radio waves in the frequency range 1000 to 3000 MHz travel the greatest distance, and so all searches to date have concentrated on looking for radio waves around the world… “. Then, the writer gives more details about the project of searching for extra-terrestrial life. So, paragraph D is about seeking the transmission of radio signals from planets.
– signals=radio waves
– seeking=looking for
=>ANSWER:i
17.PARAGRAPH E:
This paragraph details how we should react to a signal from an alien civilisation: “Everybody agrees that we should not reply immediately.” Then he explains why we should not reply at once. Therefore, this paragraph is about appropriate responses to signals from other civilisations.
– response (n)=reply (v)
=>ANSWER: ii
QUESTION 18-20: ANSWER THE QUESTIONS BELOW
18.WHAT IS THE LIFE EXPECTANCY OF EARTH?
Keywords: life expectancy
In paragraph A, the writer says that “Since the lifetime of a planet like ours is several billion years, we can expect that, if other civilisations do survive in our galaxy, their ages will range from zero to several billion years.”
– Earth=a planet like ours
– life expectancy=lifetime
=>ANSWER: several billion years
19.WHAT KIND OF SIGNALS FROM OTHER INTELLIGENT CIVILISATIONS ARE SETI SCIENTISTS SEARCHING FOR?
Keywords: signals, scientists looking for
In paragraph D, “An alien civilisation could choose many different ways of sending information across the galaxy. It turns out that, for a given amount of transmitted power, radio waves in the frequency range 1000 to 3000 MHz travel the greatest distance, and so all searchesto date have
concentrated onlooking for radio waves around the world…”
– searching for=looking for
=>ANSWER: radio waves/signals
20.HOW MANY STARS ARE THE WORLD’S MOST POWERFUL RADIO TELESCOPES SEARCHING?
Keywords: how many, stars, searching, radio telescopes
At the end of paragraph D, the writer says that “One part is a targeted search using the world’s largest radio telescopes…This part of the project is searching the nearest 1000 likely stars with high sensitivity for signals in the frequencies range 1000 to 3000 MHz”
– most powerful ~ largest
=>ANSWER: 1000
QUESTIONS 21-26: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE VIEWS OF THE WRITER IN READING PASSAGE 2?
21.ALIEN CIVILISATIONS MAY BE ABLE TO HELP THE HUMAN RACE TO OVERCOME SERIOUS PROBLEMS.
Keywords: alien, help overcome problems
At the end of paragraph A, the writer indicates that “It it even possible that the older civilisation may pass on the benefits of their experience in dealing with threats to survival such as nuclear war and global pollution, and other threats that we haven‟t yet discovered,”
– help ~ pass on the benefits of experience
– overcome=deal with
– serious problems ~ nuclear war and global pollution, and other threats that we haven‟t yet discovered
=>ANSWER: YES
22.SETI SCIENTISTS ARE TRYING TO FIND A LIFE FORM THAT RESEMBLES HUMANS IN MANY WAYS.
Keywords: a life form, resemble humans
In paragraph B, the writer argues that “Second, we make a very conservative assumption that we are looking for a life form that is pretty well like us, since if it differs radically from us we may well not recognise it as a form.”
– try to find=look for
– resembles=is like
– in many ways=pretty well
=>ANSWER: YES
23.THE AMERICANS AND AUSTRALIANS HAVE CO-OPERATED ON JOINT RESEARCH PROJECTS.
Keywords: Americans and Australians, co-operated
Paragraph D mentions “The Americans and Australians” However, whether they have co-operated on joint research projects or not is not mentioned. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
24.SO FAR SETI SCIENTISTS HAVE PICKED UP RADIO SIGNALS FROM SEVERAL STARS
Keywords: picked up signals, several stars
In paragraph D, the writer indicates that “Until now, there have not been any detections from the few hundred stars which have been searched.” This means that so far, SETI scientists have not picked up any radio signals from other stars.
=>ANSWER: NO
25.THE NASA PROJECT ATTRACTED CRITICISM FROM SOME MEMBERS OF CONGRESS.
Keywords: NASA projects, criticism, Congress.
In paragraph D, which mentions “members of Congress”, there is no information about the NASA project’s attracting criticism from members of Congress. So, the statement is NOT GIVEN.
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
26.IF A SIGNAL FROM OUTER SPACE IS RECEIVED, IT WILL BE IMPORTANT TO RESPOND PROMPTLY.”
Keywords: signal, outer space, respond promptly
In the last paragraph, the writer argues that “There is considerable debate over how we should react if we detect a signal from an alien civilisation. Everybody agrees that we should not reply immediately” This means that if a signal from outer space is received, we should not reply promptly.
QUESTIONS 27-30: CHOOSE NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS FROM THE PASSAGE FOR EACH ANSWER
27.WHAT HAD TO TRANSFER FROM SEA TO LAND BEFORE ANY ANIMALS COULD MIGRATE?
Keywords: transfer, animals migrate
In the first paragraph, the writer indicates that “If you go far back enough, everything lived in the sea. At various points in evolutionary history, enterprising individuals within many different animal groups moved out onto the land…And we mustn’t forget the plants, without whose prior invasion of the land none of the other migrations could happen.
– Transfer (from sea to land)=move out onto (the land)
– before=prior
=>ANSWER: plants
28.WHICH TWO PROCESSES ARE MENTIONED AS THOSE IN WHICH ANIMALS HAD TO MAKE BIG CHANGES AS THEY MOVED ONTO LAND?
Keywords: two processes, big changes, moved onto land
In paragraph 2, the writer indicates that “Moving from water to land involved a major redesign of every aspect of life, including breathing and reproduction”
– Big changes=a major redesign of every aspect of life.
=>ANSWER: breathing-reproduction
29.WHICH PHYSICAL FEATURE, POSSESSED BY THEIR ANCESTORS, DO WHALES LACK?
Keywords: physical feature, whales lack?
In paragraph 2, the write argues that “Whales (including the small whales we call dolphins) and dugongs, with their close cousins the manatees, ceased to be land creatures altogether and reverted to the full marine habits of their remote ancestors. They don‟t even come ashore to breed. They do, however, still breathe air, having never developed anything equivalent to the gills of their earlier marine incarnation.”
– ancestors=earlier marine incarnation
– lack=never developed
=>ANSWER: gills
30.WHICH ANIMALS MIGHT ICHTHYOSAURS HAVE RESEMBLED?
Keywords: ichthyosaurs, resembled
In paragraph 3, “Ichthyosaurs were reptilian contemporaries of the dinosaurs, with fins and streamlined bodies. The fossils look like dolphins and they surely lived like dolphins, in the water.”
– resemble=look like
=>ANSWER: dolphins
QUESTIONS 31-33: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE?
31.TURTLES WERE AMONG THE FIRST GROUP OF ANIMALS TO MIGRATE BACK TO THE SEA.
Keywords: turtles, first animals, back, sea
In paragraph 2, “Nevertheless, a good number of thorough going land animals later turned around, abandoned their hard-earned terrestrial re-tooling, and returned to the water again.”
Whether turtles were among the first group of animals to migrate back to the sea or not is NOT mentioned. We only know, from this paragraph, that “Turtles went back to the sea a very long time ago…” So, the statement is NOT GIVEN
– migrate back=return
=>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
32.IT IS ALWAYS DIFFICULT TO DETERMINE WHERE AN ANIMAL LIVED WHEN ITS FOSSILISED REMAINS ARE INCOMPLETE.
In paragraph 3, the writer argues that “You might wonder how we can tell whether fossil animals lived on land or in water, especially if only fragments are found. Sometimes it‟s obvious. Ichthyosaurs were reptilian contemporaries of the dinosaurs, with fins and streamlined bodies. The fossils look like dolphins and they surely lived like dolphins, in the water. With turtles, it is a little less obvious. One way to tell is by measuring the bones of their forelimbs.” This means that although some fossilised remains of animals are incomplete, sometimes it is still obvious to determine where an animal lived; the case of dolphin fossils is an example. So, the statement is FALSE.
– incomplete fossilised remains=fragments
=>ANSWER: FALSE
33.THE HABITAT OF ICHTHYOSAURS CAN BE DETERMINED BY THE APPEARANCE OF THEIR FOSSILISED REMAINS.
In paragraph 3, the writer says that “Ichthyosaurs were reptilian contemporaries of the dinosaurs, with fins and streamlined bodies. The fossils look like dolphins and they surely lived like dolphins, in the water.”So, it is true that the habitat of ichthyosaurs can be determined by the appearance of their fossilised remains.
=>ANSWER: TRUE
QUESTIONS 34-39: COMPLETE THE FLOW-CHART BELOW.
34-39. METHOD OF DETERMINING WHERE THE ANCESTORS OF TURTLES AND TORTOISES COME FROM
34. 71 SPECIES OF LIVING TURTLES AND TORTOISES WERE EXAMINED AND A TOTAL OF…WERE TAKEN FROM THE BONES OF THEIR FORELIMBS.
Keywords: 71,taken, total of, bones, forelimbs
At the beginning of paragraph 4, the writer argues that “Walter Joyce and Jacques Gauthier, at Yale University, obtained three measurements in these particular bones of 71 species of living turtles and tortoises.”
=>ANSWER: 3 measurements/three measurements
35. THE DATA WAS RECORDED ON A… (NECESSARY FOR COMPARING THE INFORMATION)
Keywords: recorded on a
In paragraph 4, the writer indicates that “They used a kind of triangular graph paper to plot the three measurements against one another.”
– comparing the information ~ plot the three measurements against one another
– recorded=plot
=>ANSWER: (triangular) graph
36. OUTCOME: LAND TORTOISES WERE REPRESENTED BY A DENSE…OF POINTS TOWARDS THE TOP.
Keywords: land tortoises, represented, dense, points
Also, in paragraph 4, the write indicates that “All the land tortoise species formed a tight cluster of points in the upper part of the triangle.”
– dense=tight
– towards the top=in the upper part of the triangle
=>ANSWER: cluster
37. THE SAME DATA WAS COLLECTED FROM SOME LIVING….SPECIES AND ADDED TO THE OTHER RESULTS.
Keywords: same data, living species, the other results
In paragraph 4, The results from the land tortoises were all in the upper part of the graph, and in the lower part of the graph were the results from the water turtles. “There was no overlap, except when they added some species that spend time both in water and on land. Sure enough, these amphibious species show up on the triangular graph approximately half way between the „wet cluster‟ of sea turtles and the „dry cluster‟ of land tortoises.”
38. OUTCOME: THE POINTS FOR THESE SPECIES TURNED OUT TO BE POSITIONED ABOUT….UP THE TRIANGLE BETWEEN THE LAND TORTOISES AND THE SEA TURTLES.
Keywords: points, positioned about, up the triangle
In paragraph 4, “Sure enough, these amphibious species show up on the triangular graph approximately half way between the ‘wet cluster’ of sea turtles and the „dry cluster‟ of land tortoises.”
– added to the other results=half way between the „wet cluster‟ of sea turtles and the „dry cluster‟ of land tortoises
=>ANSWER: halfway
39. BONESOF P.QUENSTEDTI AND P.TALAMPAYENSIS WERE EXAMINED IN A SIMILAR WAY AND THE RESULTS ADDED.
Outcome: The position of the points indicated that both these ancient creatures were….
Keywords: position, points,creatures
At the end of paragraph 4, the writer says that “The bones of P.quenstedti and P.talampayensis leave us in no doubt. Their points on the graph are right in the thick of the dry cluster. Both these fossils were dry-land tortoises.”
– Ancient creatures=fossils
=>ANSWER: dry-land tortoises
40. ACCORDING TO THE WRITER, THE MOST SIGNIFICANT THING ABOUT TORTOISES IS THAT
A. They are able to adapt to extremely dry environments.
B. Their original life form was a kind of primeval bacteria.
C. They have so much in common with sea turtles.
D. They have made the transition from sea to land more than once.
In the last paragraph, the writer indicates that “Tortoises therefore represent a remarkable double return. In common with all mammals…their remote ancestors were marine fish and before that various more or less worm-like creatures stretching back, still in the sea, to the primeval bacteria.
Later ancestors lived on land and stayed there for a very large number of generations. Later ancestors still evolved back into the water and become sea turtles. And finally they returned yet again to the land as tortoises, some of which now live in the driest of deserts.” So this means that tortoises have made the transition from sea to land more than once.
=>ANSWER: D
1. FALSE 2. NOT GIVEN 3. FALSE 4. TRUE 5. NOT GIVEN 6. TRUE 7. NOT GIVEN 8. (the/only) rich 9. Commercial (possibilities) 10. Mauve 11. (Robert) Pullar 12. (in) France 13. Malaria 14. iv 15. vii 16. i 17. ii 18. several billion years 19. Radio (waves) 20. 1000 (stars) 21. YES 22. YES 23. NOT GIVEN 24. NO 25. NOT GIVEN 26. NO 27. Plants 28. Breathing, Reproduction 29. Gills 30. Dolphins 31. NOT GIVEN 32. FALSE 33. TRUE 34. 3 Measurements 35. (triangular) graph 36. cluster 37. amphibious 38. half way 39. Dry-land tortoises 40. D
Cambridge IELTS 8 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 8 reading test 4 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: LAND OF THE RISING SUN
QUESTIONS 1 – 5, CHOOSE THE CORRECT HEADING FOR SECTIONS B – F
1. SECTION B
In paragraph B, the writer gives us an overview about lower secondary schools in Japan such as the number of years [lower secondary schools in Japan cover three school years…private sector], the facilities [School are usually modern in design…in rows], the time of lessons [a standardized 50 minutes], break time [a 10 – minute break], classes are large and unstreamed. => This provides the background of secondary education in Japan. – lower secondary schools = middle – years education => ANSWER: vii – Background to middle – years education in Japan
2. SECTION C
In paragraph C: “Everyone has their own copy of the textbook supplied by the central education authority, Monbusho, as a part of the concept of free compulsory education up to the age of 15” => Monbusho, central education authority supplies textbooks. The last sentence in paragraph C: “Besides approving textbooks, Monbusho also decides the highly centralized national curriculum and how it is to be delivered”. This means that Monbusho has great effects/influence not only on textbooks but also the national curriculum. Moreover, the writer only refers to Monbusho in paragraph C. =>ANSWER: i – The influence of Monbusho
3. SECTION D
In paragraph D, the writer indicates the pattern for a math lessons: “Lessons all follow the same pattern. At the beginning, the pupils put solutions to the homework on the board, then the teachers comment, collect or elaborate as necessary”. => That means there is a typical format/pattern of a math lesson. format = pattern => ANSWER: v – The typical format of a math lesson
4. SECTION E
In paragraph E: “Teachers say that they give individual help at the end of a lesson or after school, setting extra work if necessary”. Moreover, “in observed lessons, any strugglers would be assisted by the teacher or quietly seek help from their neighbor”. That means teachers are willing to help students who have difficulties in learning. – less successful students = strugglers – help [to be helped] ~ be assisted by =>ANSWER: ii – Helping less successful students
5. SECTION F
In paragraph F, the writer raises a question in order to find out what factors contribute to the success of math education in Japan. “So what are the major contributing factors in the success of maths teaching? Clearly, attitudes are important”. Some other “relevant points relate to the supportive attitude of a class towards slower pupils, the lack of competition within a class, and the positive emphasis on learning….” – key = major contributing factors => ANSWER: viii – The key to Japanese successes in maths education
QUESTIONS 6-9
6. THERE IS A WIDER RANGE OF ACHIEVEMENT AMONGST ENGLISH PUPILS STUDYING MATHS THAN AMONGST THEIR JAPANESE COUNTERPARTS
Key words: wider range of achievement, English pupils, studying maths, Japanese counterparts In paragraph A: “but there was also a larger proportion of ‘low’ attainers in England, where, incidentally, the variation in attainment scores was much greater”. This means that though Japan has a significantly better record in terms of average mathematical attainment than England and Wales, England has a wider range of attainment scores than Japan. So, in England and Wales it is common for some pupils to achieve very high scores, while others only have low scores. – wider = greater – achievement = attainment counterpart: a person or thing that has the same position or function as somebody/something else in a different place or situation. => ANSWER: YES
7. THE PERCENTAGE OF GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT SPENT ON EDUCATION GENERALLY REFLECTS THE LEVEL OF ATTAINMENT
Key words: percentage, Gross National Product, spent, reflects, level of attainment The last sentence in paragraph A: “the percentage of Gross National Product spent on education is reasonably similar in the two countries, so how is this higher and more consistent attainment in maths achieved?” This means that though both countries [Japan & England] receive the same percentage of Gross National Product, the level of achievement in studying maths is higher in Japan. Moreover, in the first sentence, the writer indicates that Japan has a better record in mathematical attainment than England and Wales; therefore, it is false to say that the percentage of GNP spent on education reflects the level of attainment. => ANSWER: NO
8. PRIVATE SCHOOLS IN JAPAN ARE MORE MODERN AND SPACIOUS THAN STATE – RUN LOWER SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
Key words: private schools in Japan, modern, spacious, state – run lower secondary schools In paragraph B, the writer indicates that : “all pupils attend state schools; only 3 per cent are in the private sector. Schools [state schools] are usually modern in design, set well back from the road and spacious inside”. This means that the writer states only that state schools are modern and spacious. We do not know whether private schools are more modern than state schools or not. – state – run lower secondary schools = state schools ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
9. TEACHERS MARK HOMEWORK IN JAPANESE SCHOOLS
Key words: teachers, mark, homework, Japanese schools In paragraph D: “Pupils mark their own homework: this is an important principle in Japanese schooling as it enables pupils to see where and why they made a mistake so that these can be avoided in future”. => This means that teachers do not mark homework. It is the students who mark their own homework. =>ANSWER: NO
QUESTIONS 10-13 CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A,B,C OR D.
10. MATHS TEXTBOOKS IN JAPANESE SCHOOLS ARE
In paragraph C: “These textbooks are, on the whole, small, presumably inexpensive to produce, but well set out and logically developed”. Textbooks are referred to again in paragraph D: “….the logical nature of the textbooks and their comprehensive coverage of different types of examples, combined with the relative homogeneity of the class, renders work sheets unnecessary”. Therefore, teachers do not need to use work sheets, the maths textbooks contain everything that the pupils need. – well organised = well set out – comprehensive coverage ~ containing all the examples that the pupils need =>ANSWER: B – Well organised and adapted to the needs of the pupils
11. WHEN A NEW MATHS TOPIC IS INTRODUCED,
In paragraph D: “…. the teacher explains the topic of the lesson, slowly and with a lot of repetition and elaboration. Examples are demonstrated on the board; questions from the textbook are worked through first with the class….”. This means that when a new maths topic is introduced, the teacher patiently gives a clearly explanation of the topic to students. – patiently = slowly – carefully = with a lot of repetition and elaboration =>ANSWER: C- It is carefully and patiently explained to the students
12. HOW DO SCHOOLS DEAL WITH STUDENTS WHO EXPERIENCE DIFFICULTIES?
In paragraph E: “Teachers say that they give individual help at the end of a lesson or after school, setting extra work if necessary. In observed lessons, any strugglers would be assisted by the teacher or quietly seek help from their neighbour”. Schools also encourage parents to help: “Parents are kept closely informed of their children‟s progress and will play a part in helping their children to keep up with class, sending them to ‘Juku’ (private evening tuition) if extra help is needed and encouraging them to work harder”. – supplementary = extra tuition: the act of teaching something, especially to one person or to people in small groups =>ANSWER: A – They are given appropriate supplementary tuition
13. WHY DO JAPANESE STUDENTS TEND TO ACHIEVE RELATIVELY HIGH RATES OF SUCCESS IN MATHS?
In paragraph F: “maths is recognised as an important compulsory subject throughout schooling; and the emphasis is on hard work coupled with a focus on accuracy”. Maths is an important subject in Japanese schooling, Japanese students tend to learn hard/make a lot of effort and focus on the accuracy of answers => they tend to achieve high rates of success in maths – correct answers = accuracy – hard work = effort =>ANSWER: C – Much effort is made and correct answers are emphasised
PASSAGE 2: BIOLOGICAL CONTROL OF PESTS
QUESTIONS 14 – 17 CHOOSE THE CORRECT LETTER, A,B,C OR D
14. THE USE OF PESTICIDES HAS CONTRIBUTED TO
In paragraph 1: “Apart from engendering widespread ecological disorders, pesticides have contributed to the emergence of a new breed of chemical-resistant, highly lethal superbugs”. This means that the use of pesticides is partly responsible for widespread ecological disorders and the development of highly lethal superbugs ~ types of insects that are very difficult to destroy and which cause a lot of damage. This results in an imbalance in many ecologies around the world. – around the world = widespread – imbalance = disorders => ANSWER: B – an imbalance in many ecologies around the world.
15. THE FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION HAS COUNTED MORE THAN 300 AGRICULTURAL PESTS WHICH
In paragraph 2: “more than 300 species of agricultural pests have developed resistance to a wide range of potent chemicals”. That means pesticides no longer affect/ have any effect on these agricultural pests. – no longer responding to = have developed resistance to – pesticides = potent chemicals =>ANSWER: A – are no longer responding to most pesticides in use.
16. COTTON FARMERS IN CENTRAL AMERICA BEGAN TO USE PESTICIDES
Paragraph 4 refers to cotton farmers in Central America: “farmers avidly took to pesticides as a sure measure to boost crop yield”. That means farmers used pesticides to increase the amount of cotton harvested from each crop ~ the crop yield. – began to use = took to – boost: to make something increase =>ANSWER: D – to ensure more cotton was harvested from each crop
17. BY THE MID-1960S, COTTON FARMERS IN CENTRAL AMERICA FOUND THAT PESTICIDES
In paragraph 5: “By the mid-1960s, the situation took an alarming turn with the outbreak of four more new pests, necessitating pesticides spraying to such an extent that 50% of the financial outlay on cotton production was accounted for by pesticides”. This means that pesticides accounted for 50% of the amount of money spent on cotton production. – financial outlay: the money that you have to spend in order to produce cotton =>ANSWER: D – were costing 50% of the total amount they spent on their crops
QUESTIONS 18 – 21
18. DISEASE -SPREADING PESTS RESPOND MORE QUICKLY TO PESTICIDES THAN AGRICULTURAL PESTS DO.
Key words: disease-spreading pests, respond, more quickly, pesticides, agricultural pests. In paragraph 2, the FAO states that “more than 300 species of agricultural pests have developed resistance to a wide range of potent chemicals. Not to be left behind are the disease-spreading pests, about 100 species of which have become immune to a variety of insecticides now in use”. In this paragraph, the writer only refers to the number of species of both agricultural and disease – spreading pests which respond to pesticides. There is no mention of which type of pests develop resistance to pesticides more quickly. The information is not given. – respond to = develop resistance to – respond to = become immune to => ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
19. A NUMBER OF PESTS ARE NOW BORN WITH AN INNATE IMMUNITY TO SOME PESTICIDES
Key words: pests, born, innate immunity, pesticides In paragraph 3: “Because of their tremendous breeding potential and genetic diversity, many pests are known to withstand synthetic chemicals and bear offspring with a built-in resistance to pesticides”. That means these species are born with an innate immunity/ to insecticides. – born with ~ some pests give birth to young/offspring which are not killed by chemical pesticides – withstand ~ resist/be immune to/not be killed by – insecticides ~ chemicals/pesticides which kill insects innate: that you have when you were born =>ANSWER: YES
20. BIOLOGICAL CONTROL ENTAILS USING SYNTHETIC CHEMICALS TO TRY AND CHANGE THE GENETIC MAKE-UP OF THE PESTS‟ OFFSPRING.
Key words: biological control, synthetic chemicals, change, genetic make-up, pests‟ offspring. In paragraph 7, “In the face of the escalating perils from indiscriminate applications of pesticides, a more effective and ecologically sound strategy of biological control, involving the selective use of natural enemies of the pest population, is fast gaining popularity – though, as yet, it is a new field with limited potential”. The writer states that „biological control‟ is a more effective and ecologically sound strategy, used in an effort to tackle the serious danger caused by the application of pesticides. This means that „biological control‟ does not use pesticides but uses natural enemies of pests. => It is false to say that “Biological control entails using synthetic chemicals to try and change the genetic make-up of the pests‟ offspring”. – peril: serious danger – indiscriminate: action that is taken without thought about what the result may be, especially when it causes people to be harmed =>ANSWER: NO
21. BIO-CONTROL IS FREE FROM DANGER UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
Key words: bio – control, free from, danger, circumstances In paragraph 7, the writer mentions “the advantage of biological control in contrast to other methods is that it provides a relatively low – cost, perpetual control system with a minimum of detrimental side – effects. When handled by experts, bio – control is safe, non – polluting and self – dispersing”. – Under certain circumstances [when handled by experts], bio-control is safe, non-polluting and self-dispersing = free from danger. =>ANSWER: YES
QUESTIONS 22 – 26
22. DISAPENE SCALE INSECTS FEED ON
The last sentence in paragraph 9 explains that “CIBC is also perfecting the technique for breeding parasites that prey on ‘disapene scale’ insects – notorious defoliants of fruit trees in the US and India” => This means that disapene scale insects feed on fruit trees. – notorious: well known for being bad – defoliant: these insects eat the leaves from plants, in particular the leaves of fruit trees =>ANSWER: D – Fruit trees
23. NEODUMETIA SANGAWANI ATE
In paragraph 10: “Neodumetia sangawani, was found useful in controlling the Rhodes grass-scale insect that was devouring forage grass in many parts of the US”. This means Neodumetia sangawaniate ate Rhodes grass-scale insect to control it from devouring [eating] forage grass. To be clear, Neodumetia sangawani eats grass-scale insects, and grass-scale insects eat forage grass. – ate = was devouring =>ANSWER: H – Grass-scale insects
24. LEAF-MINING HISPIDES BLIGHTED
In paragraph 10: “In the late 1960s, when Sri Lanka‟s flourishing coconut groves were plagued by leaf-mining hispides, a larval parasite imported from Singapore brought the pest under control”. This means that Sri Lanka‟s coconut groves were damaged by leaf-mining hispides. – blight = plague – flourishing: developing quickly and being very successful/productive grove: a small group of trees => ANSWER: C – Coconut trees
25. AN ARGENTINIAN WEEVIL MAY BE SUCCESSFUL IN WIPING OUT
In paragraph 9, “Similarly the Hyderabad – based Regional Laboratory (RRL), supported by CIBC, is now trying out an Argentina weevil for the eradication of water hyacinth”. That means an Argentinian weevil may be successful in destroying all of the water hyacinth plants [by eating them] – hyacinth: a plant with a mass of small blue, white or pink flowers with a sweet smell that grow closely together around a thick stem – wiping out = eradication
26. SALVINIA MOLESTA PLAGUES
In paragraph 10: “By using Neochetina bruci, a beetle native to Brazil, scientists at Kerala Agricultural University freed a 12-kilometer-long canal from the clutches of the weed Salvinia molesta…About 30,000 hectares of rice fields in Kerala are infested by this weed [Salvinia molesta]”. That means weed Salvinia molesta plagues about 30,000 hectares of rice fields in Kerala. – plague = infest =>ANSWER: B – Rice fields
PASSAGE 3: COLLECTING ANT SPECIMENS
QUESTIONS 27-30: DO THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS AGREE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN READING PASSAGE 3?
27. TAXONOMIC RESEARCH INVOLVES COMPARING MEMBERS OF ONE GROUP OF ANTS
Key words: taxonomic, comparing members of group of ants In paragraph 1: “For taxonomy, or classification, long series, from a single nest, which contain all castes (workers, including majors and minors, and, if present, queens and males) are desirable, to allow the determination of variation within species”. This means that taxonomic research involves classifying ants from a single nest, which contain all castes, or different members of a group. – comparing = determination of variation – one group = species =>ANSWER: TRUE
28. NEW SPECIES OF ANT ARE FREQUENTLY IDENTIFIED BY TAXONOMISTS.
Key words: new species of ant, identified, taxonomists All the information relating to taxonomic research is in paragraph 1. Taxonomic research involves comparing members of one group of ants and “the taxonomist sometimes overlooks whole species in favour of those currently under study”. There is no information about how often new species of ant are identified by taxonomists. => ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
29. RANGE IS THE KEY CRITERION FOR ECOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS
Key words: range, key criterion, ecological collections In paragraph 1, “For ecological studies, the most important factor is collecting identifiable samples of as many of the different species present as possible”. This means that it is important for ecological collections to collect a variety of present species [collect different species] – range: a variety of things of a particular type – key criterion = the most important factor => ANSWER: TRUE
30. A SINGLE COLLECTION OF ANTS CAN GENERALLY BE USED FOR BOTH TAXONOMIC AND ECOLOGICAL PURPOSES.
Key words: single collection of ants, taxonomic and ecological purposes In paragraph 1: “For ecological studies, the most important factor is collecting identifiable samples of as many of the different species present as possible”. Taxonomists prefer to collect a lot of ants from a single nest. “Unfortunately, these methods are not always compatible”. Therefore, one collection of ants cannot always be used for both purposes. Therefore, it is false to say that a single collection of ants can generally be used for both taxonomic and ecological purposes. => ANSWER: FALSE
QUESTIONS 31 – 36
31. IT IS PREFERABLE TO TAKE SPECIMENS FROM GROUPS OF ANTS
In paragraph 2, in the hand collecting method, “when possible, collections should be made from nests or foraging columns and at least 20 to 25 individuals collected. This will ensure that all individuals are from the same species and so increase their value for detailed studies”. “Take specimens from groups of ants” means all individuals [ants] are the same species, from the same nestor column of ants searching for food. =>ANSWER: A – Hand-collecting
32. IT IS PARTICULARLY EFFECTIVE FOR WET HABITATS.
In paragraph 4, in the ground litter sampling method, “this method works especially well in rain forests and marshy areas”. Rain forests and marshy areas are wet habitats. – effective = works well – marshy area: land which is always soft and wet. => ANSWER: C – Sampling ground litter
33. IT IS A GOOD METHOD FOR SPECIES WHICH ARE HARD TO FIND
In paragraph 3, in the method using baits, “Baits can be used to attract and concentrate foragers. This often increases the number of individuals collected and attracts species that are otherwise elusive”. That means baits can be used to collect species which are hard to find [elusive]. – hard to find = elusive =>ANSWER: B – Using bait
34. LITTLE TIME AND EFFORT IS REQUIRED
In paragraph 5, the pitfall trap method, “One advantage of pitfall traps is that they can be used to collect over a period of time with minimal maintenance and intervention”. That means when using pitfall traps, little time and effort is required to look after and check the traps [this is the advantage of this method]. – little = minimal: very small in size or amount; as small as possible =>ANSWER: D – Using a pitfall trap
35. SEPARATE CONTAINERS ARE USED FOR INDIVIDUAL SPECIMENS
In paragraph 2, in the hand collecting method, “Individual insects are placed in plastic or glass tubes (1.5 – 3.0 ml capacity for small ants, 5-8 ml for larger ants) containing 75% to 95% ethanol”. Insects [including small ants and larger ants] are placed in plastic or glass tubes [containers] with different sizes. Each insect is placed in a separate tube. – containers = tubes =>ANSWER: A – Hand collecting
36. NON-ALCOHOLIC PRESERVATIVE SHOULD BE USED
In paragraph 5, in the method using pitfall traps, “the preservative used is usually ethylene glycol or propylene glycol, as alcohol will evaporate quickly and the traps will dry out”. If alcohol is used to preserve ant speciments, the traps dry too quickly because alcohol evaporates. So other preservatives, which do not contain alcohol should be used. – evaporate: to disappear, especially by gradually becoming less and less => ANSWER: D – Using a pitfall trap
QUESTIONS 37 – 40
IN PARAGRAPH 4: “THIS IS MOST COMMONLY DONE BY PLACING LEAF LITTER [38] ON A SCREEN [39] OVER A LARGE FUNNEL, OFTEN UNDER SOME HEAT [37]. AS THE LEAF LITTER DRIES FROM ABOVE, ANTS (AND OTHER ANIMALS) MOVE DOWNWARD AND EVENTUALLY FALL OUT THE BOTTOM AND ARE COLLECTED IN ALCOHOL [40] PLACED BELOW THE FUNNEL”
1. vii 2. i 3. v 4. ii 5. viii 6. YES 7. NO 8. NOT GIVEN 9. NO 10. B 11. C 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. D 17. D 18. NOT GIVEN 19. YES 20. NO 21. YES 22. D 23. H 24. C 25. E 26. B 27. TRUE 28. NOT GIVEN 29. TRUE 30. FALSE 31. A 32. C 33. B 34. D 35. A 36. D 37. heat 38. leaf litter 39. screen 40. alcohol
Cambridge IELTS 8 is the latest IELTS exam preparation. https://draftsbook.com/ will help you to answer all questions in cambridge ielts 8 reading test 3 with detail explanations.
PASSAGE 1: STRIKING BACK AT LIGHTNING WITH LASERS
QUESTIONS 1 – 3
1. THE MAIN TOPIC DISCUSSED IN THE TEXT IS ANSWER: D
A. The damage caused to US golf courses and golf players by lightning strikes. The write only gives a little information about the effect of lightning on golfers [in paragraph 1] and no information about the damage caused to US golf courses => not the main topic. => FALSE B. The effect of lightning on power supplies in the US and in Japan. There is only information about the damage to US power companies [100 million dollars] in paragraph 1 and no information relating to damage in Japan => FALSE C. A variety of methods used in trying to control lightning strikes There are only two techniques to control lightning mentioned in the passage: rockets and lasers => not variety => FALSE D. A laser technique used in trying to control lightning strikes. Only paragraphs 1, 3 and 4 are not about the use of lasers. The other 7 paragraphs all give information about the laser technique. Note also the title of the passage=> TRUE
2. ACCORDING TO THE TEXT, EVERY YEAR LIGHTING ANSWER: A
A. Does considerable damage to buildings during thunderstorms. The first paragraph refers to the problem when thunderstorms strike. The final 2 sentences in paragraph 1 state: “And there is damage to property too. Lightning damage costs American power companies more than 100 million dollars a year” => damage to companies is more than 100 million dollars [a huge amount of money] => It is considerable damage. => TRUE. B. Kills or injures mainly golfers in the United States. In paragraph 1, the writer only mentions “a lone golfer may be a lightning bolt‟s most inviting target”. There is no information whether golfers or other people in the US are the main victims of lightning strikes => NOT GIVEN. C. Kills or injures around 500 people throughout the world. In paragraph 1: “Their electrical fury inflicts death or serious injury on around 500 people each year in the United States alone”. => „In the United States alone‟, not in the world => FALSE D. Damages more than 100 American power companies. Lightning caused damage costing American power companies more than 100 million dollars a year, but there was no information relating to how many companies were damaged. => NOT GIVEN
3. RESEARCHERS AT THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA AND AT THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW MEXICO ANSWER: A
A. Receive funds form the same source In paragraph 3: “The technique survives to this day at a test site in Florida run by the University of Florida, with support from the Electrical Power Research Institute (EPRI)” – Support from = receive fund from In paragraph 5: Jean – Claude Diels of the University of New Mexico leads a project, “which is backed by EPRI” – Backed by = receives funds from – Backed by~to be supported by Two researchers at the University of Florida and the University of New Mexico receive funds from the same source (EPRI) => TRUE B. Are using the same techniques The technique used in research at the University of Florida is firing rockets into thunder clouds, and the technique of the University of New Mexico is to use lasers to discharge lightning. => They use different techniques => FALSE C. Are employed by commercial companies. There is no information in either paragraph 3 or paragraph 5 about who employs them to do this – research => NOT GIVEN D. Are in opposition to each other. – Neither paragraph 3 nor paragraph 5 say whether these two scientists are in opposition => NOT GIVEN
QUESTIONS 4-6: COMPLETE THE SENTENCES BELOW.
4. EPRI RECEIVES FINANCIAL SUPPORT FROM…..
In paragraph 3, “EPRI, which is funded by power companies” – Funded by = receives financial support => ANSWER: Power companies
5. THE ADVANTAGE OF THE TECHNIQUE BEING DEVELOPED BY DIELS IS THAT IT CAN BE USED….
In paragraph 5, “Diels is leading a project, which is backed by EPRI, to try to use lasers to discharge lightning safely – and safety is a basic requirement since no one wants to put themselves or their expensive equipment at risk”. => This means that the advantage of the technique Diels developed is that it can discharge lightning safely. Moreover, as mentioned in paragraph 4, the technique using rockets: while “they are fine for research; they cannot provide the protection from lightning strikes that everyone is looking for”. “Cannot provide the protection” means they are not safe. => Safety is the advantage of the technique using lasers. =>ANSWER: Safely
6. THE MAIN DIFFICULTY ASSOCIATED WITH USING THE LASER EQUIPMENT IS RELATED TO ITS….
In paragraph 7: “However, there is still a big stumbling block. The laser is no nifty portable….. Diels is trying to cut down the size….”. This means that the main difficulty of using the laser is that it is not easy to carry or to move. Diels is trying to cut down the laser to the size of a small table. – Stumbling block = difficulty – No nifty portable~ not easy to carry or to move ANSWER: Size
QUESTIONS 7 – 10
7. B – ATOMS
In paragraph 6: “The idea began some 20 years ago; when high – powered lasers were revealing their ability to extract electrons out of atoms…generate a line of ionization…” “Extract electrons out of atoms” means the laser is able to remove electrons from atoms – Generate a line of ionization = create a line of ionization This means that a laser was used to create a line of ionization by removing electrons from atoms
8. C – STORM CLOUDS
In paragraph 6: “If a laser could generate a line of ionization in the air all the way up to a storm cloud…in an uncontrollable surge”. This means that once the laser is able to create a line of ionization, it could then be directed at storm clouds in order to control electrical charges. – Up to = directed at – Guide = control
9. G – ROCKETS
In paragraph 4, the writer states: “But while rockets are fine for research, they cannot provide the protection from lightning” => They are dangerous. In paragraph 5, the technique using lasers is mentioned as the way to discharge lighting safely.Therefore, in comparison to rockets, using laser techniques is less dangerous than using rockets in order to control electrical charges.
10. D – MIRRORS
In paragraph 6, the writer writes that “To stop the laser itself being struck, it would not be pointed straight at the clouds. Instead it would be directed at a mirror and from there into the sky”. That means in order to protect the laser, it is firstly directed at a mirror, not pointed straight at the clouds. – To stop the laser being struck = to protect the laser =>ANSWER: D
QUESTIONS 11 – 13
11. POWER COMPANIES HAVE GIVEN DIELS ENOUGH MONEY TO DEVELOP HIS LASER.
Key words: power companies, Diels, enough money, develop laser. In paragraph 8, “Bernstein says that Diels‟s system is attracting lots of interest from the power companies. But they have not yet come up with the 5 million dollars that EPRI says will be needed to develop a commercial system…”. This means that though power companies are interested in Diels‟ system, they have not yet given him the money that he needs to develop it. =>ANSWER: NO
12. OBTAINING MONEY TO IMPROVE THE LASERS WILL DEPEND ON TESTS IN REAL STORMS.
Key words: Money, improve the lasers, depend on, real storms. In paragraph 8, “He reckons that the forthcoming field test will be the turning point – and he’s hoping for good news. Bernstein predicts „an avalanche of interest and support” if all goes well. He expects to see cloud – zappers eventually costing 50,000 dollars to 100,000 dollars each”. This means that if the upcoming [forthcoming] real tests go well (= depend on the tests), Bernstein can obtain a lot of interest and support costing 50,000 to 100,000 million dollars. – Field test = test done by practical work rather than working in library or laboratory ~ tests in real storms. – Reckon: to think, have opinion on something – Forthcoming: going to happen, very soon – An avalanche of interest and support: a lot of interest and finance/money => ANSWER: YES
13. WEATHER FORECASTERS ARE INTENSELY INTERESTED IN DIELS’S SYSTEM.
Key words: weather forecasters, interested in, Diels‟s system Meteorology [weather forecasting] is referred to in paragraphs 9 and 10: “Diels also hopes to see the birth of „interactive meteorology‟ – not just forecasting the weather but controlling it”. That means Diels hopes his system can interact and affect weather, but there is no information about the interest of weather forecasters in his system. =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
PASSAGE 2: THE NATURE OF GENIUS
QUESTIONS 14 – 18, CHOOSE FIVE LETTERS, A – K
ANSWER: B, C, F, H, J
Most of the popular beliefs about genius and giftedness are mentioned in paragraph 2 A. Truly gifted people are talented in all areas. In paragraph 2: “it is popularly believed that if people are talented in one area, they must be defective in another”. That means they are unable to be talented in all areas. => FALSE – defective: having a fault or faults; not perfect or complete B. The talents of geniuses are soon exhausted. In paragraph 2, “… that intellectuals are impractical, that prodigies burn too brightly too soon and burn out”. – burn out = exhausted – prodigies = [young] talents This means that the talents of geniuses soon burn out/are exhausted => TRUE C. Gifted people should use their gifts “that people with gifts have a responsibility to use them [their gifts]” => TRUE D. A genius appears once in every generation => NOT GIVEN E. Genius can be easily destroyed by discouragement => NOT GIVEN F. Genius is inherited In paragraph 2: “…that genius runs in families”. That means genius is inherited from people in their families. => TRUE G. Gifted people are very hard to live with => NOT GIVEN H. People never appreciate true genius. “…that genius goes unrecognized and unrewarded” => that means they [geniuses] are not appreciated by other people.=> TRUE I. Geniuses are natural leaders => NOT GIVEN J. Gifted people develop their greatness through difficulties. “….that adversity makes men wise” =>that means people [men] become wiser through difficulties. => TRUE K. Genius will always reveal itself. In paragraph 3, the writer refers to: “…the frequency with which abilities went unrecognised by teachers and schools”. Therefore, it is not always true that genius is recognized or reveals itself. => FALSE
QUESTIONS 19 – 26
19. NINETEENTH CENTURY STUDIES OF THE NATURE OF GENIUS FAILED TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE UNIQUENESS OF THE PERSON’S UPBRINGING
Key words: nineteenth century studies, nature of genius, failed, take into account uniqueness of person‟s upbringing. In paragraph 3: “However, the difficulty with the evidence produced by these studies, fascinating as they are in collecting together anecdotes and apparent similarities and exceptions, is that they are not what we would today call norm-referenced”. – failed to take into account = they are not norm-referenced… we must also take into account – the uniqueness of the person’s upbringing = information about how common or exceptional these circumstances were at the time. For example, most studies were conducted among “members of the privileged classes”, but “home tutoring was common in the families of the nobility and wealthy”. So, studies failed to take into account the education and health of the circumstances of children from a range of social classes – the social norms. => ANSWER: TRUE
20. NINETEENTH – CENTURY STUDIES OF GENIUS LACKED BOTH OBJECTIVITY AND PROPER SCIENTIFIC APPROACH.
Key words: nineteenth – century, studies of genius, lacked, objectivity, proper scientific approach The last sentence in paragraph 3: “It was only with the growth of paediatrics and psychology in the twentieth century that studies could be carried out on a more objective, if still not always very scientific, basis”. This means that in the 19th century studies could not be conducted using an objective and scientific approach. Studies only became more objective and scientific in the 20th century. => ANSWER: TRUE
21. A TRUE GENIUS HAS GENERAL POWERS CAPABLE OF EXCELLENCE IN ANY AREA.
Key words: true genius, general powers, excellence in any area. In paragraph 4, the writer notes the idea of Dr Johnson that: “The true genius is a mind of large general powers, accidentally determined to particular direction. We may disagree with the „general‟, for we doubt if all musicians of genius could have become scientists of genius or vice versa…” => ANSWER: FALSE
22. THE SKILLS OF ORDINARY INDIVIDUALS ARE IN ESSENCE THE SAME AS THE SKILLS OF PRODIGIES.
Key words: skills of ordinary individual, the same as, the skills of prodigies. In paragraph 5: “…the achievements of prodigies are the manifestations ofskills or abilities which are similar to, but also much superior to, our own”. This means that the skills of prodigies are similar to those of ordinary people, but their achievements are much greater. However, “….their minds are not different from our own…” – the same as = similar to =>ANSWER: TRUE
23. THE EASE WITH WHICH TRULY GREAT IDEAS ARE ACCEPTED AND TAKEN FOR GRANTED FAILS TO LESSEN THEIR SIGNIFICANCE.
Key words: truly great ideas, accepted, taken for granted, fails, lessen their significance. In paragraph 5, the writer explains that “the hard-won discoveries of scientists like Kepler or Einstein become the commonplace knowledge of schoolchildren and the colours of an artist like Paul Klee so soon appear on the fabrics we wear. This does not minimise the supremacy of their achievements….” – So, great ideas/hard-won discoveries are accepted and taken for granted~ even schoolchildren learn them. However, the importance of these ideas is not lessened/reduced. – lessen = minimize => ANSWER: TRUE
24. GIFTEDNESS AND GENIUS DESERVE PROPER SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH INTO THEIR TRUE NATURE SO THAT ALL TALENT MAY BE RETAINED FOR THE HUMAN RACE.
Key words: giftedness and genius, deserve, scientific research, true nature, talent, retained for the human race In the passage, there is no reference to scientific research relating to what genius really is, in order for all talent to be retained. In fact, in the last paragraph the writer tells us that: “Genius and giftedness are relative descriptive terms of no real substance”. => ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
25. GENIUSES OFTEN PAY A HIGH PRICE TO ACHIEVE GREATNESS
Key words: geniuses, pay high price, achieve greatness In paragraph 6: “We may envy their achievements and fame, but we should also recognize the price they may have paid in terms of perseverance, single-mindedness ….to make their way to the top”. This means that we may feel jealous because some geniuses become famous. However, they did not achieve this fame without a lot of hard work and determination to succeed. => ANSWER: TRUE
26. TO BE A GENIUS IS WORTH THE HIGH PERSONAL COST
Key worth: be a genius, worth, high personal cost In paragraph 6, the writer only mentions the high price that geniuses may have paid to gain success/ achieve greatness. There is no reference to whether all the personal costs – restrictions on their personal lives, demands on their time and energy, for example – are worth the reward of becoming a genius. => ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
PASSAGE 3: HOW DOES THE BIOLOGICAL CLOCK TICK?
QUESTIONS 27 – 32
27. PARAGRAPH B
In paragraph B, the writer explains that ageing of objects “must occur according to the laws of physical chemistry and of thermodynamics. Although the same law holds for a living organism, the result of this law is not in the same way… biological system has ability to renew itself it could actually become older without ageing”. The difference in aging of objects and living organisms is that ageing of objects must occur according to the laws of physical chemistry and of thermodynamics and living organisms actually become older without ageing. The reason is that “The material of which the organism is formed changes continuously”, unlike an object – the material of which it is made does not change. not in the same way = differences => ANSWER: ix – Fundamental differences in ageing of objects and organisms
28. PARAGRAPH C
In paragraph C, the writer writes that “a restricted life span, ageing, and then death are basic characteristics of life”. The reason is that “in nature, the existent organisms either adapt or are regularly replaced by new types… it needs room for new and better life”. That means when an organism dies/ is replaced by new types, because of changes in the genetic material, they have new characteristics, and in the course of their individual lives they are tested for optimal or better adaptation to the environmental conditions. => This is the benefit of dying. => ANSWER: ii – Why dying is beneficial
29. PARAGRAPH D
In paragraph D, the writer states that “Although more and more people attain an advanced age as a result of developments in medical care and better nutrition, the characteristic upper limit for most remains 80 years”. This means that though there are developments/improvements in life [better nutrition, medical care], the lifespan is still stable/ remains [80 years] – developments = improvements – stable = remain =>ANSWER: vii – A stable lifespan despite improvement
30. PARAGRAPH E
In paragraph E: “If a life span is a genetically determined biological characteristic, it is logically necessary to propose the existence of an internal clock, which in some way measures and controls the ageing process and which finally determines death as the last step in a fixed program”. This means that we should think of the ageing process in the same way as an internal, biological clock functioning until death. – an internal clock = biological clock => ANSWER: i – The biological clock
31. PARAGRAPH F
The main idea of paragraph F is the effect of energy consumption on life span. “Animals which save energy….live much longer than those which are always active”. For example, animals like crocodiles and tortoises which behave „frugally‟ with energy/ do not use up a lot of energy, and live for a long time. Compared with men, women also behave more frugally with energy – they use less of it~they have a lower metabolic rate. Therefore, people or animals consuming a lot of energy have an intensive life, but not a long life. – frugally: in a way that uses only as much food or energy as is necessary => ANSWER: viii – Energy consumption
32. PARAGRAPH G
In paragraph G, “It follows from the above that sparing use of energy reserves should tend to extend life”. This means that using less energy can extend/prolong life. “Each of us can develop his or her own „energy-saving programme‟…..Experience shows that to live in this way not only increases the life span but is also very healthy”. – extend = prolonging => ANSWER: iv – Prolonging your life
QUESTIONS 33 – 36
33.& 34. OBJECTS AGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PRINCIPLES OF…. AND OF…..
Key words: objects, principles of In paragraph B, “Ageing in this case [ageing of objects] must occur according to the laws of physical chemistry and of thermodynamics” – in accordance with = according to – principles = laws => ANSWER: Physical chemistry, thermodynamics
35. THROUGH MUTATIONS, ORGANISMS CAN… BETTER TO THE ENVIRONMENT
Key words: mutations, organisms, environment In paragraph C: “Because of changes in the genetic material (mutations) these [organisms] have new characteristics and in the course of their individual lives they are tested for optimal or better adaptation to the environmental conditions”. This means that, thanks to mutations, organisms have new characteristics which may allow them to adapt better to the environment. Though from the text ‘adaptation’ is in noun form, in the question, after „can‟ we need a verb, so we must change “:adaptation‟ => adapt – environment = environmental conditions =>ANSWER: adapt
36. … WOULD POSE A SERIOUS PROBLEM FOR THE THEORY OF EVOLUTION.
Key words: pose, serious problem, theory of evolution. In paragraph C: “Immortality would disturb this system – it needs room for new and better life. This is the basic problem of evolution”. Immortality poses a problem for evolution – there would be no new life with a possibility of better characteristics. – immortality: that lives or lasts for ever => ANSWER: Immortality
QUESTIONS 37 – 40
37. THE WEAR AND TEAR THEORY APPLIES TO BOTH ARTIFICIAL OBJECTS AND BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS.
Key words: wear and tear theory, artificial objects and biological systems. In paragraph A: “in this statement we think of artificially produced, technical objects [artificial objects], products which are subjected to natural wear and tear during use” =>when they are used, objects suffer from wear and tear~they become less effective/damaged. In the last sentence, the writer raises a question “But is the wear and tear and loss of function of technical objects and the death of living organisms really similar or comparable?” The wear and tear and loss of function of technical objects are questioned whether they are comparable to the death of living organisms. In paragraph B, the writer answers this question. Organisms are different because the “material of which the organism is formed changes continuously”. – biological system = living organisms => ANSWER: NO
38. IN PRINCIPLE, IT IS POSSIBLE FOR A BIOLOGICAL SYSTEM TO BECOME OLDER WITHOUT AGEING
Key words: principle, possible, biological system, become older without ageing In paragraph B: “At least as long as a biological system has the ability to renew itself it could actually become older without ageing” => A biological system can become older without ageing. =>ANSWER: YES
39. WITHIN SEVEN YEARS, ABOUT 90 PER CENT OF A HUMAN BODY IS REPLACED AS NEW.
Key words: seven years, 90 per cent of human body, replaced as new There is no information in the passage relating to „seven years‟, or 90 per cent =>ANSWER: NOT GIVEN
40. CONSERVING ENERGY MAY HELP TO EXTEND A HUMAN’S LIFE.
Key words: conserving energy, extend, life In paragraph G, “It follows from the above that sparing use of energy reserves should tend to extend life”. => That means saving energy can help people live longer. – conserving energy = sparing use of energy reserves =>ANSWER: YES
1. D 2. A 3. A 4. power companies 5. safely 6. size 7. B 8. C 9. G 10. D 11. NO 12. YES 13. NOT GIVEN 14. B 15. C 16. F 17. H 18. J 19. TRUE 20. TRUE 21. FALSE 22. TRUE 23. TRUE 24. NOT GIVEN 25. TRUE 26. NOT GIVEN 27. ix 28. ii 29. vii 30. i 31. viii 32. iv 33. physical chemistry/thermodynamics 34. physical chemistry/thermodynamics 35. adapt 36. immortality 37. NO 38. YES 39. NOT GIVEN 40. YES
